[a / b / c / d / e / f / g / gif / h / hr / k / m / o / p / r / s / t / u / v / vg / w / wg] [i / ic] [r9k] [cm / hm / y] [3 / adv / an / cgl / ck / co / diy / fa / fit / hc / int / jp / lit / mlp / mu / n / po / pol / sci / soc / sp / tg / toy / trv / tv / vp / x] [rs] [status / ? / @] [Settings] [Home]
Board:  
Settings   Home
4chan
/qst/ - Quests


The sun reached the edge of the horizon, slowly sinking into the oceans surrounding the island of Valulori. The orange evening sky was starting to appear over the ruins of the facility, some of the men finishing their jobs and heading back to their barracks to rest. Though many soldiers and government officials continued to work, showing no signs of ceasing their operations. After all, the near-by crater and the ruins within remained dangerous. It was a place which needed to be constantly monitored in case... any surviving monster girl subjects, scientists or guardsmen showed up.

You and your men didn't have the fortune of staying away from the ruins above ground though. Nor did you have the opportunity to sit back and rest... You had travelled down into the crater some time ago, and were now exploring the dark, underground hallways of the ruined facility. All with only two goals in mind: figuring out what the hell caused all of this and killing any dangerous monster girl, resisting guardsmen or arrogant scientist. And given what you have been told by some... reliable sources, there were quite some of these down in the facility who you needed to hunt down. Not just to get answers from them, but to put them to justice for their crimes...

-------------------------------------------------

Recap from previous thread: You and your men have descended into the ruins of the facility. There, you discovered many grim sights and found quite a lot of abandoned supplies. More importantly, you encountered several interesting individuals: Chrys, an insect subject, three guardsmen who you mercy-killed, and Laura and Oreas, a scientist and the subject she's the caretaker of. These people have told you many things about this place, the way it worked and the people who inhabited it. More importantly, they showed you that the government is not fully aware of the secrets within these ruins. That, or the government is withholding information from you. And given the government's hostility towards you when you asked them questions, it's safe to say that there was more going on than what they initially told you...
This quest is mostly story focused, though in a rather freeform manner. What your goal is in this place and who you choose to trust is mostly up to you. Do you want to explore the place and figure out its mysteries? Or do you just want to shoot shit and cleanse this place of monster girls? No matter what you opt to do down here, I will always try to give options for what you can do and you can also send in your own choices and suggestions on what to do.

Shared documents:
You, your men and your allies:
https://docs.google.com/document/d/1_NoldE7zglICEuon-YZNhxjXcqvjszveOsz4u8jz-is/edit?usp=sharing
List of scientists and subjects, along with minor details.
https://docs.google.com/document/d/15Z64W31Eszz9CNi-ZWe-t38yqg6riZ9oUvinfd2-F9A/edit?usp=sharing

Previous thread:
https://suptg.thisisnotatrueending.com/qstarchive.html?searchall=Monster+Girl+Facility
>>
Continuing from the previous thread...

>Ask if they have any info on acceptable targets - unethical scientists/murderous subjects, with focus on the former though.
Considering what Thaddeus had said, you decided that Laura and Oreas absolutely deserved to live. They seemed mostly harmless, only trying to protect themselves. They were especially harmless compared to some of the other sick fucks who were down there... Though this got you an idea: since they knew who were threatening, unethical and murderous down here, they could perhaps name those people. Not to mention, providing information on them. Thus, after the two had hugged each other, you calmly asked them. Oreas seemed a little surprised, but not truly bothered by the question. Laura seemed more amused though, before speaking casually. "I already mentioned Elbrus and Roraima. Though, you did say they were wanted alive for some reason... I'd say, kill them regardless. Bastards deserve it for the crimes they committed..."

Given that those two were the only scientists she was truly critical of, you decided to move on and ask for information about murderous subjects. "Well, I can name a few which I think I haven't mentioned yet... Hmmm, I don't think I ever mentioned FE-09. Do you know of her?" To this, Thaddeus responded rather calmly. "Aye, she's a subject who... Derek mentioned before." A few of your men nodded along, Zaria even adding her own thoughts to it. "She's a... weird mix of creatures, right? Really strong, durable and fast and aggressive?" Laura nodded slowly, before smirking. "What do you know of her intelligence though?" Your men remained quiet, clearly not having a good answer to this question... Derek responded again, given he was the first to read up on her on the tablet before. "She was... not too intelligent, right? Or, that was assumed, anyway... and given that it was Elbrus' subject, I imagine that was by design..." Laura nodded, before sighing a bit. "She's the most obvious example of Roraima's cruel and unethical treatment. At least that gives you the advantage of smarts, traps and... well, being able to maybe outwit her."

"Well, maybe I could cook something up then..." Artyom said smugly, clearly being more than happy to put his trapping skills to use for once. That was, if you were to actually go after the murderous chimera. "Take it you're good with traps or something?" Laura asked Artyom, who nodded in response. Laura scoffed, before speaking more quietly. "For your sake... I hope whatever plan you do 'cook up' will work well." Laura then turned to you, pausing to think before continuing. "There's also NH-19... A defective subject from Elbrus..." Upon hearing that she was defective, Evander seemed curious. "Defective? How so? She some sorta... super mutant monster gal? Or is she mindless and wrong or something?" Derek responded a bit more worriedly. "She's not some horrific creep like her creator, is she?" Laura chuckled in response, before shaking her head.
>>
"She is not extremely mutated... She's, how should I put it... a lot of her subject traits were somehow suppressed, along with some of her intended abilities. So, she went from... I think a harpy with the ability to heal people, to some sort of mostly human flesh eater." This was quite the turn from what your men were expecting, Anon even softly saying "What.". Laura scoffed again in response. "Oh yes... ironically, she was very close to being disposed off upon her creation, but... apparently, Elbrus kept her around for some reason. I don't know why he did that though, but knowing him... he probably was content with using her for other indecent purposes. Regardless, she's... from what I've been told, a rather creepy and sadistic subject, so definitely one to be on the lookout for."

Derek already started looking at the tablet for further details about this NH-19. Though before he could find anything, Laura spoke up again. "On the topic of dangerous and defective subjects of whom I know very little... SD-1902. I don't even know who made her, but... she apparently had some sort of growth mutation, meaning she hardly grew and remained quite constant in terms of her size." To this, Zaria cautiously asked: "So, is she... really small or something?" Laura shook her head again. "I... do not know exactly. I think she was classified as 'normal size', meaning she was between 5 and 10 feet. Regardless, she's more well known for... apparently having a really high injury count when it comes to her caretakers. From what I've heard, she traumatized and burnt dozens of scientists, to the point that some were unable to continue working here..." It seemed like this was another feisty and highly dangerous subject, making Lars ask the obvious question. "So, for what stupid reason was she kept around? Was she useful because of that... weird defect?" Laura shrugged, looking a bit bewildered. "I... don't know! She was kept around for god knows what reason! I don't know if she's on that hitlist of yours, so... maybe it'll explain it better than I can!"

>Ask what they plan to do now that they know more about the situation: keep hiding out down here? Try to escape somehow?
With Laura yet again providing quite some useful information, you decided to ask them something else quite important. After all, they had proven trustworthy and... were perhaps deserving of some help down here. So, you asked what they were planning to do. Laura said only one thing: "Survive and hide. finding a way to escape is... quite difficult, given what you did to my legs.". It was quite unfortunate that you had hampered her survival by... shooting her in the legs. More importantly though, she still needed food, rest, warmth and protection to really survive. Granted, Oreas could definitely protect her given her powers. But... well, she was still going to find it quite difficult to survive in the long term at this rate. Especially as more and more death squads poured into these ruins...
>>
However, Laura wasn't the only one to state what she wanted, as Oreas soon after broke the silence. "I wanna find Mona..." It was understandable as to why she wanted this. From what Oreas had said, Mona seemed to be quite the caring and friendly scientist. Maybe a bit too quickly pressured by others, but... that was nothing compared to some of the crimes other folks down here had committed... Perhaps offering your help to Laura and Oreas with this goal could be worth it...

>Show them to the vat room
After they told you what they wanted to do down here, you decided there was maybe one way you could help them out. You told them to follow you, your men being unsure as to what you were planning on doing. Though, they didn't question you, keeping their eyes on Laura and Oreas. Given Laura's injuries, Oreas and Thaddeus helped her get around the place a bit. You crossed the walkway around the reception, heading to the other side to where you first started. And after going down the right stairwell, you'd return to the room with the vat. Once you arrived there, your men realised what you were doing. They seemed quite taken back, as they all quietly stared at you as you let Laura and Oreas enter the room with the vat. "Is... is that a vat?" Laura asked, albeit clearly in a rhetorical way. Oreas immediately became amazed and excited, approaching the broken piece of equipment with Laura by her side. After they got a good look at it though, Laura seemed to become a bit more disappointed. She soon turned to you, speaking calmly. "I knew there was a vat somewhere around here... Did you guys destroy it, or was it already this broken when you got here?" Derek responded hesitantly, still being unsure about why you showed them this. "It's... pretty much non-functional from what we've seen." Laura glanced at the vat, before shaking her head. "Yeah, I sorta expected that..." There was an awkward silence, followed by Laura calmly responding. "So... why did you show this to me? Is there some reason for it?" Your men didn't respond, also looking at you as... well, they clearly wanted to know why you showed this to them. After all, you had previously mentioned that you wanted to keep the presence of these vats a secret to other people... and now you were sharing it with the people you were supposed to be hunting down!

>Explain to Laura and your men why you showed it to them. (Write in your reasoning... perhaps curiosity or maybe because you had hoped it would help them.)

Further, optional prompts:
>Offer Oreas assistance or info which could help her find Mona. (Write in what you want to give her.)
>Offer Laura help so she can maybe recover from her injuries. That, or supplies so she can keep going. (Write in waht you want to give her)
>Offer the two to join your party for a while. Maybe until they were safe.
>Leave the two here and move further onwards.
>Ask Derek to pull up info about the subjects she mentioned on the tablet.
>Something else... (Write in)
>>
(Gentlemen, we are back after a few days of hiatus! To those only now joining the quest, feel free to ask me anything you wish to know about the previous thread and the setting.)

(Suggestions and criticism are also still always appreciated! Oh, and please let me know whenever something is wrong or missing in my responses.)
>>
>>5860482
>>Explain to Laura and your men why you showed it to them. (Write in your reasoning... perhaps curiosity or maybe because you had hoped it would help them.)

Alright so despite being completely against the idea of showing them the vat room.
I will attempt to salvage the situation.

Explain that while the vat is un-operational, we wanted to know what the process would be for activation and utilization should we find one intact. Just walk us through the steps you'd do for everything so we know for future reference.

>Offer the two to join your party for a while. Maybe until they were safe.
The offer from last time and finally

>Something else... (Write in)
Tell them that you would not mind helping them find Mona. If she is found, we can take her back above and hand her over so she can perhaps convince the government to spare the lives of more personel/assets(read: scientists and subjects) down here since apparently she is valued by the government. It's a better shot for them than waiting to die down here.
>>
>>5860482
>Explain to Laura and your men why you showed it to them.

We thought it would help them - she should just need a blueprint now and she mentioned those were maybe available online. How non-functional is she talking? It looked good to us, but we don't exactly work here. All we did was remove the hard drive to prevent others from using it.

>Offer Oreas assistance or info which could help her find Mona. (Write in what you want to give her.)
In exchange for a physical description and any other info she can give us we're willing to try and find her and escort her back here.
>>
>>5860538
>>5860546
Supporting both explanations. Just merge them.
>>
>Explain to Laura and your men why you showed it to them.
Since it'd be quite awkward to just... not tell Laura and your men why you did this, you would calmly explain your reasoning. You'd mention for one that you'd both be able to get something out of showing it. You and your men could be told how it worked in case an intact one was found in the future. Meanwhile, Laura and Oreas could use it if they managed to fix it, which you imagined wasn't too difficult for them if they just found a blue-print. You'd mention the first point, which seemed to make your men less worried and bothered. Though, this did make Laura tilt her head. "Why would you want to know how to operate a vat, specifically? What could you use it for?"

Before you could respond, Zaria was quick to give a reasonable excuse to hopefully make Laura a bit less sceptical. "Well, if we find an active one, knowing how it works could be useful so we know how to disassemble it in a safe way. More importantly, we could run some security checks on functioning ones." Given that Zaria didn't elaborate on the 'security checks', Laura still remained a little sceptical. Though you quickly told her that you also showed them the vat because of the second point: It could help them out. You told them that blueprints were probably available on some of the computer systems, Derek quickly adding: "I also imagine there are some instruction manuals around for them which you could use to fix it." Laura squinted her eyes, still seeming hesitant. "Okay, and... if I do manage to make it work? What do I do with it then? My only thoughts are... making a remote for Oreas so she can grow again and maybe become more powerful."

Oreas' eyes seemed to widen in mild excitement, as she clearly didn't mind the idea of... becoming even more powerful to protect Laura. Zaria afterwards mumbled. "Maybe you could figure out a way to make yourself a subject?" This actually got some eyes staring at Zaria, as it seemed a bit odd for her to suggest it. Though, she didn't seem too bothered, looking around at everyone before casually responding. "Hey, subjects use humans as a base template or something, right? I'm sure you could find a way to make yourself a subject. It'd make surviving down here a hell of a lot easier, I imagine." This made Laura scoff a bit, shaking her head and sighing. "You know, would be tempted to try it... if it weren't for the fact that most experiments of turning other organisms into subjects ended... really badly. Mostly due to tumour formation and newly formed subject organs being rejected." Zaria let out a more disappointed "Oh." as it was clear her suggestion wasn't going to work.
>>
"At least making a remote could work... but, I don't want other death squads figuring out that Oreas has a remote, making her more of a target..." Oreas lost her excitement, likely because she quickly realised that Laura was right, and that getting her a new remote would just make her more of a target... Still, you wanted to know how the subject creation process worked, Laura sighing. "I'm... not the best at explaining it, since I don't really have any experience with it. I have been taught how to use a vat, but... yeah, I never made a subject myself. Regardless, from what I have been taught, it's not as difficult as it seems. Most of the work comes before even using the vat, given that you need to make the subject template and ensure the system can accept it. Given how broken this vat is though, it'd be pretty much impossible to do anything..."

Yeah, the whole thing being broken kind of made that obvious, Derek even pointing that out as he responded. "Well... yeah, it's not really functional now, is it?" You'd then ask how broken the vat even was to begin with, Laura letting out a deep sigh. "Pffff, I... the question is less how broken the vat is, and more what things are still somehow functioning..." Thaddeus then jumped into the conversation, asking what you really just wanted to know. "We want to know what you'd need to do IF it were a working vat then." Laura nodded quietly, looking over the vat.

"Well... all you'd need is a functioning computer to run constant checks, a constant stream of organic material and nanites, and a lot of time. Subject formation depends on how large and complex the subject is. Human sized subjects tend to take a day or two to form... though smaller ones usually take a lot less time. During the formation process, you need to monitor the subject constantly and ensure that the streams going into the vat remain constant. These processes are often done by a computer, but... hey, even those can have errors, so it's always good to keep your eyes open for any sort of error..." Well, it did seem quite easy. But, given her inexperience with them, it probably was a lot more difficult to do. Besides, even if she knew how to operate a vat, repairing it with what little equipment she had would likely be... close to impossible regardless...
>>
>Offer the two to join your party for a while. Maybe until they were safe.
>Tell them that you would not mind helping them find Mona. Perhaps even take her back above ground to hand her over to authorities. Hopefully, she can convince the government to spare the lives of more personnel/assets(read: scientists and subjects) down here since apparently she is valued by the government.
With the vat not really being as useful to Laura and Oreas as you had hoped, you decided to give them a different offer. They could join you and your men for a bit to keep them safe. Laura seemed unsure what to say, though Oreas appeared quite pleased. "You'd really do that? You'd really keep us around and protect us?" Perhaps you could tell them that you already technically had a subject under your wing in the form of Chrys. But then again, maybe that could wait a bit longer... especially since your men didn't seem all that happy with you revealing the vat to them. "I'd love to accept your help, but... what would you do with us? Just help me walk around? And what about the other death squads? What if they encounter you with us?" Laura would ask soon after.

It was a fair question, one to which Artyom responded quite quickly. "Well, Oreas can always phase through a wall into a nearby room. And with you, we can always make an excuse that you're our prisoner." Laura still seemed reluctant, after which you stated a decent goal: they could come along, and you could then hopefully find Mona together. Laura didn't seem too opposed to the suggestion, while Oreas really got excited. "That'd be amazing! If you'd be willing to do that, you... you'd be the best!" It was sweet how happy she was with the suggestion. Though, while she was most excited, your men weren't all too sure about your suggestion, with Lars quickly asking "Um, Mikhail, if we do somehow find Mona... what do we even do then? Do we then take her along as well or something? Or do we just leave the three together?"

To this, you came with a more... bold suggestion. Mona was wanted alive by the government, for some reason... perhaps she could convince the government to spare more of the staff and their 'assets'. There was a moment of silence, followed by Laura speaking up in a more concerned tone. "Okay, let's say we do somehow find her... do you really think she'd be able to convince the government to stop hunting and killing innocent people and subjects?" You weren't sure, but... you also knew it was a better shot for them than having them stay down here, waiting for an inevitable death.
>>
Even Oreas seemed to agree, speaking up more confidently than before. "Laura, these soldiers have proven not everyone down here just wants to kill us! Maybe there are many others up there who wouldn't mind keeping us alive!" Laura let out another sigh, followed by rubbing the back of her head. "Oreas, I don't know if it's worth going out there. Staying hidden in one remote corner of this place seems... a lot safer to me then going all around the place and increasing the chance we encounter more death squads..." Oreas turned a bit more pouty and disappointed. "But what about Mona? What if she can be found? And what if she can save us and other innocent lives?" Laura looked down a bit, clearly being unsure what to say. Though after a moment of silence, Laura sighed again. "Maybe you're right..." Oreas seemed to start smiling again, hugging Laura once more. It looked like you had two more people to add to your little troupe. The question now was... how were you going to ensure the safety of the two people who would now be joining you?

>Just move onwards with Laura and Oreas besides you. For now, you'd look for Mona. If you encountered a death squad, Oreas would hide and Laura would be treated as a prisoner.
>Discuss a clearer plan with Laura, Oreas and your men while you headed forward. (Write in what you feel would work well)
>Have Laura and Oreas stay here while you headed forward. They could join you again once you finished your exploration.
>Head back to the main base, with Laura and Oreas also joining you. They could maybe hide in one of the side-rooms you have already explored.
>Something else...
>>
>>5861085
>Have Laura and Oreas stay here while you headed forward. They could join you again once you finished your exploration.
>>
>>5861085
>Have Laura and Oreas stay here while you headed forward. They could join you again once you finished your exploration.

For Laura and Oreas, they gotta think long term too, what's going to happen once the kill list is complete and the scientists on the capture list are grabbed? Is the gov just going to assume nothing was missed and leave? It's an underground facility on an island, they might flood the place once they have everything they want extracted. Staying hidden forever doesn't seem viable.
>>
>>5861199
Support this.
>>
>Have Laura and Oreas stay here while you headed forward. They could join you again once you finished your exploration
While Oreas and Laura did agree to stay with you and follow you throughout the ruins, you knew taking them along now could be an issue. After all, you still wanted to explore this space further. There were several large chambers still ahead of you which were worth exploring. Besides, your men weren't all that tired. So, you told Oreas and Laura that they could stay here whilst you explored the place. This made Laura look a bit befuddled. "Didn't we... just accept joining you guys?! Why do you want us to now stay put here?! M-Make up your mind already!" You elaborated to them that... yeah, you wanted them to come along, but that you also wanted them to maybe have some more time to think about their choice. After all, staying hidden forever didn't seem like a very viable option, so maybe they could discuss their future while you were exploring the place further.

More importantly though, was the fact that you were heading forwards, and that doing so would be a lot slower for you and unsafe for them if they came along. Besides, you'd be able to pick them up when you returned from your exploration. This, Laura did seem to accept. "Fair enough... I'll guess we'll just wait here. Should we stay hidden somewhere in case other squads show up?" Your men didn't seem too sure about the answer. After all, so far not many other soldiers had seemed to have come to this particular area. Still, Artyom eventually voiced the general mindset your men had. "I suggest hiding a bit just to be safe. Maybe head a bit upstairs to be sure." Laura groaned, before turning to Oreas.

"You heard em, Oreas... Can you be so kind to help me out here?" Oreas quickly walked over, helping to carry Laura further. "By the way... you guys better get me something to help me walk around this place. I don't know if you have any fancy medical equipment, but... whatever you do have, I could really use it given what you guys did to my fucking legs." She was not going to let it go that she was shot in the legs, huh? Well, maybe something could be found back at the base to help out... and if there were no medications, Oreas (and maybe Chrys as well) could help carry her around once she did join you and the others.

Regardless, Laura and Oreas headed up the stairwell to the floor above, while you led your men back to the reception. At long last, you were going to inspect the huge chambers which lay ahead. You and your men got your guns at the ready, and headed forward. Right away, you'd be met with some... interesting and strange chambers. The first one to your left looked to be barren, with mechanical panels covering the walls, floor and ceiling. Though the ones on the walls and ceiling were hanging downwards, many having been broken off of the wall.
>>
Perhaps this was some sort of test chamber which could be configured in all sorts of ways with the panelling. The one to your right was something similar. Though the next few were... a bit different. One chamber was filled with murky water, and it was also notably tilted just ever so slightly, meaning this entire chamber was actually at an angle... Regardless, there was another chamber containing a sort of artificial desert, with sand and large lights which seemed to be broken. There were more chambers like these, including another forested chamber like the one you had burnt down, and even a rocky chamber with some small outcroppings and formations.

After walking past quite a large number of these chambers, you'd finally get to a hallway similar to the reception, albeit smaller... More importantly, it once again gave a path to the right and left. There was also a forward path, but it was blocked off by tons of metallic rubble which blocked it all off... Thus, you could only really head left or right now. You knew heading right would most likely bring you to the flooded section, while heading leftwards headed... god knows where. "Well, chief, what do we do?" Thaddeus would soon ask, before Anon spoke up. "Mikhail..." He'd point to a bit of wall between the right and forward path. The others also looked, soon being... stunned and put mildly on alert by what they saw...

There was a tunnel in the wall. About a feet or two in diameter. It was at least 10 feet up from the ground, and large quantities of dirt and metal littered the floor below the hole. Something had entered this place through that very hole in the wall. "Didn't... Chrys mention a subject who likes to dig?" Zaria soon asked, Derek nodding. "BC-887... Centipede subject... She said she was friendly though." To this though, Lars spoke a bit more pessimistically. "Given that Chrys shot acid at me before she became friendly though, I... don't want to try and investigate how 'friendly' a huge fucking centipede monster girl is. Especially one which can seemingly dig through concrete and steel." His concerns were somewhat valid. For all you knew, this BC-887 was a major threat... and given what she was capable of and how much larger she might just be than the other subjects you have encountered so far... Then again, you didn't even know if it was BC-887 who created this tunnel. It could very well be something else... Something a lot more dangerous...
>>
>Investigate the tunnel. Perhaps whatever subject created it left something behind with which you could identify it.
>Head rightwards to the flooded section. It was time to finally investigate it and see what the hell was going down there.
>Head leftwards, into the further unknown. The flooded section was too treacherous to traverse, so it was for the best you kept taking safe routes.
>Ask Evander to check up on the pile of rubble blocking the forward pile. Perhaps he could see if it was worth blowing up so you could head forwards?
>Investigate the chambers you passed in the hallway behind you. Exploring them fully could take a lot of time, but perhaps you'd find more guardsmen... or subjects.
>Something else...
>>
>>5861514
>Head rightwards to the flooded section. It was time to finally investigate it and see what the hell was going down there.

We can check on the arm. Or was it a leg?
>>
>>5861558
I take it you're talking about the leg you found in the large lake at the entrance to the ruins, right? If so, I recall that you kept it hidden somewhere near that entrance, which is quite a distance back.
>>
>>5861515
>Investigate the tunnel. Perhaps whatever subject created it left something behind with which you could identify it.

If we find recent biological material, we can craft a remote from the VAT and use it to reign her in.
If she can dig through the ground, she can dig her way to another island/tunnel to mainland (maybe?)
>>
>>5861563
Dang, I thought we hit it near the flooded section.

Nevermind then, backing >>5861565
>>
>>5861515
>>Head rightwards to the flooded section. It was time to finally investigate it and see what the hell was going down there.
>>
>Investigate the tunnel. Perhaps whatever subject created it left something behind with which you could identify.
The first thing you wanted to do upon being at this intersection, was check out the tunnel. Given how large it was and that it was clearly made by some subject, you started looking around for any sorts of signs of a subject. You actually had something in mind... if you could find biological material from the subject in question, you could maybe use to create some sort of remote once the vat was finished. It was a bit of a stretch, but it was perhaps worth looking into... Regardless, you and your men approached the tunnel, you telling your men to look for anything which looked important. Organic material, clothing, anything which seemed even the slightest bit out of the ordinary. You inspected the hole with Thaddeus and Zaria, the latter looking at it and responding with "I could try and crawl into it to inspect it, if one of you guys could help me climb up there." Thaddeus didn't seem too oppossed, soon helping Zaria get on his shoulders so she could reach up to the tunnel.

"Are you sure that's safe?" Artyom soon asked a bit hesitantly. Though, Zaria didn't seem too bothered by his concerns. "I'm not gonna crawl deep into the tunnel... Don't worry." Though, this made Anon mumble a little in the distance as he looked through the rubble. "They always say that right before shit hits the fan..." Fortunately for you or Zaria, she'd get the chance to safely inspect the tunnel from within. Though after a bit, she got out and carefully jumped back down. "It seems to have come from above us and from the north-east. It also seems to be getting a lot tighter further back." Thaddeus seemed a bit confused, tilting his head. "Was it... due to a collapse or something?" Zaria shook her head a bit. "It... didn't look like it. I think it looked more like random bits of debris... but I'm not an expert with this."

Soon after, you heard Lars speak up. "Guys. Guys! I found something!" Immediately, you and the others ran towards him. And in front of him, in a pile of rubble, there was something very peculiar. A piece of bluish black cloth which was strangely reflective and clean. It didn't appear to have any dirt sticking to it whatsoever, seemingly being highly stain- and dust-resistant. "A piece of cloth? Couldn't that just be from anything?" Anon asked somewhat sceptically, to which Evander responded quite sternly. "Aye, it could be... but the way it's just in this one pile is... quite suspicious if ya ask me. Maybe it's part of the subject's clothing?" Given that Chrys, Oreas and Laura knew some of the subjects, perhaps they'd know what it was? And if they didn't... well, you could always bring it back to base to investigate it. Either way, it was clearly something out of the ordinary, especially in a pile of rubble.
>>
Other than the piece of clothing, your men unfortunately didn't find anything else of note. They rummaged through the mess for a short while, though they quickly realised that... not much more of value could be extracted from this place. They could sift through rubble and dirt for some time, but... it'd not be worth it. It'd take too much time and would exhaust your men... Fortunately, there still were some other options...

>Head rightwards to the flooded section. It was time to finally investigate it and see what the hell was going down there.
>Head leftwards, into the further unknown. The flooded section was too treacherous to traverse, so it was for the best you kept taking safe routes.
>Return to Laura and Oreas with the piece of cloth. Maybe they'd know what subject it belonged to, if any...
>Investigate the chambers you passed in the hallway behind you. Exploring them fully could take a lot of time, but perhaps you'd find more guardsmen... or subjects.
>Something else...
>>
>>5861754
I suspect they belong to the subject who likely shedded their "clothing".
Either way we can ask Laura and Oreas, but first.

>Investigate the chambers you passed in the hallway behind you. Exploring them fully could take a lot of time, but perhaps you'd find more guardsmen... or subjects.
Lets clean house.
>>
>>5861754
>Investigate the chambers you passed in the hallway behind you. Exploring them fully could take a lot of time, but perhaps you'd find more guardsmen... or subjects.
Doubt we'll find either, but hopefully an office plan or something :(
>>
>Investigate the chambers you passed in the hallway behind you. Exploring them fully could take a lot of time, but perhaps you'd find more guardsmen... or subjects.
With the tunnel and rubble providing little information aside from the piece of cloth, you were left with a few options... and also, limited time. You had spent most of the afternoon underground now, and perhaps it was time to head back to the main base. Before that though, you had one final thing you wanted to do which would take... a bit of time. You wanted to inspect all the huge chambers which you walked past in the hallway. Maybe they'd contain more soldiers like the previous containment chamber you had checked out, or something else of interest for that matter. You'd thus tell your men to investigate the rooms, something they quickly agreed to. Entering the chambers turned out to be... a bit difficult. The only way to seemingly enter the chambers with ease was via several walkways a few floors up.

There were still several large metal containment doors, though these were all shut tight and clearly too heavy to force open. At least some of the chambers had sections of the glass wall broken open, through which you and your men could enter. The first chamber you'd safely be able to enter was the one with a croppy, mountainous. It ended up being actually kind of peaceful once you and your men got inside of it and checked it out. There was a tiny little cave which was entirely empty aside... There were also some pipes going through the chamber, some leading to small puddles of water, while others moved far higher up. Given their positioning, they probably were meant to either flood some lower sections of the chamber, or create some sort of waterfall or stream. It thankfully didn't take long for you to find anything, though you were careful and vigilante in case anything jumped out, which... certainly made it take a bit more time than was necessary.

Then again, safety was more important than exploring this place fast right now.

Regardless, the next chamber was the chamber with the thick forest in it. Unlike the previous chamber, your warnings into the chamber for anyone to show themselves did not result in anyone trying to escape. And after some careful consideration, you'd quietly enter it with some of your men as it didn't seem like anyone was there... Even though there was nobody in there, this chamber ended up being the most interesting, as you and your men found snares made out of vines and other signs of it being trapped... Though most of these plant traps were already dead or decaying, meaning they either must've been set up here a long time ago, or there just weren't enough nutrients anymore for it to be kept up. Still, you could maybe take some of these snares along, as Artyom pointed out that their only purpose seemed to be to make people stumble over them.
>>
The next chamber actually required a bit of breaking in to do, and it was the chamber with the desert environment. Thankfully, some work from Alan, Thaddeus and Evander managed to do the job... Unfortunately, this chamber ended up being quite boring and useless. It literally was just a dry desert. At least it was still warm inside, meaning that the room was probably quite well insulated and that nothing had entered it to let out said warmth.

The final environmental chamber was... the flooded chamber, and entering it just didn't seem worth it. You couldn't look very far through all the murky water, but you could tell that it was stagnant and had been so for some time. At least the two chambers with the weird wall and ceiling panelling ended up being somewhat interesting, as you could enter one of them with ease and found that... most of the floor panels were actually pretty stable. There were a few more unstable sections to the chamber though, as Alan at one point stepped on a panel which collapsed a bit. Fortunately, he wasn't hurt or anything, but it did go to show that walking through the chamber was... not entirely worth it. Besides, there weren't any signs of activity to begin with anyway...

After all was said and done, you had spent about an hour breaking open some of the chambers and exploring them. Though, while exhaustion hadn't set in, some other things were starting to set in. "So, are we going back to base? I could use some food right about now." Alan said quite directly, which was a mindset Lars and Evander seemed to agree with. "Yeah, I could use some food right about now." Lars said softly, Evander chuckling a bit. "I could enjoy a pint right around now as well, aye." Of course, most of your men didn't seem too tired. Zaria was still rearing to go, Thaddeus not seeming too bothered either. Derek, Artyom and Anon also looked quite content and willing to keep going. Then again, heading forward now would mean that walking all the way back to the main base would also take longer... and it'd already be around a 40 to 50 minute walk back to the main base at the centre of the crater from where you currently were...

Your men looked at you, waiting to hear what you'd suggest.

>Keep exploring further. Hunger and exhaustion be damned, you weren't going to leave yet. (Write in what you'd want to explore further)
>Head back the way you came, maybe stopping at some of the side routes if they looked to be interesting.
>Send those who are tired and hungry back to the main base. Those who had energy to spare could continue looking.
>Ask your men what they wanted to do. Perhaps they'd have some suggestions.
>Something else...
>>
>>5862188
>Ask your men what they wanted to do. Perhaps they'd have some suggestions.
>>
>>5862188
>Head back the way you came, maybe stopping at some of the side routes if they looked to be interesting.
We need to go about getting Laura and Oreas to look at the "clothing" we found and move them elsewhere away from vat so we can have our tech-wise guys look at making a remote once we put back the hard-drive later. Heading up top is good about now, we can go subject hunting after going up top for a bit.
>>
>>5862193
>>5862215
Waiting for a potential tie-breaker vote between these options. If that vote doesn't happen (or someone comes in with a third option), I'll do a roll to see which option wins.
>>
>>5862215
Support
>>
>>5862188
>Head back the way you came, maybe stopping at some of the side routes if they looked to be interesting

Our men just told us what they wanted to do
>>
>>5862193
Supporting.
>>
>Head back the way you came, maybe stopping at some of the side routes if they looked to be interesting
With three out of your 8 men now wanting to go back already, you decided it was time to simply head back. You could still stop at some of the side paths back near the start of this section if you really were eager to explore. But even then, your first day down in the ruins had so far been... well, quite eventful, to say the least. Two subjects who you had kept alive, a scientist, a few guardsmen and... a couple of bodies. Not to mention, all the signs of subject activity. Perhaps the estimates which Laura and Oreas gave you downplayed how many monster girls were in this place... Regardless, you'd tell your men it was time to head back, most of your men not seeming to object.

Only Zaria really had some objections to the choice, mumbling: "Wouldn't mind checking the place out further..." Though she didn't seem too bothered, clearly just wanting to explore more now that you potentially had found another subject's trail in the form of the tunnel. "How about we explore the place after we have some food, huh?" Lars responded to Zaria's statement. Perhaps going down into this place after getting some food could be done... though, it'd really depend on the time. If it was getting late, perhaps sleeping early and then heading out early in the morning could work better. Still, that was something you could decide on later.

Thus, you'd lead your men back to Laura and Oreas, intending to first pick them up from their chamber before making your way back. It didn't take long for your men to help Laura get down, Oreas obviously following close-by. They were quick to ask about what else you had found, pointing out the hallway which had collapsed. They explained that it had already collapsed by the time they got here from the left hallway. However, when you explained that you found a tunnel, they seemed surprised. "I don't remember that... just... a tunnel in the wall? Near the blocked off path?" Laura asked, to which your men nodded, Thaddeus explaining. "It was quite a bit above the ground... lotsa piles of rubble around it as well." Laura raised an eyebrow, before looking to Oreas. "Did... did you see any of that?" She'd ask Oreas, who shook her head with an uncertain look on her face. "I... don't remember." It was then that you showed the piece of cloth which Evander had found. He had put it in a little vial for safekeeping, allowing Oreas and Laura to handle it safely. "It does... kind of look like your outfit, Oreas." Laura said after inspecting it, with Oreas shaking her head a bit in response. "No, it's... I don't think that's mine."
>>
Derek then asked the obvious question which was on your mind: "Do you know... who it could've belonged to?" To your disappointment, Laura and Oreas both shook their heads, the former even stating "You could tell me it belonged to any subject I never got to see, and I'd believe it..." Fortunately for you, you still had Chrys who could maybe help out with identifying it.

Thus, you'd lead your cadre of men all the way back. It didn't take all too long for you to pass the burnt containment chamber, which... well, elicited a single response from Laura. "Why is that containment chamber... completely burnt?" Alan explained that it was his doing, and that you had found three injured soldiers in there who you mercy-killed. Fortunately, Laura didn't seem to mind it too much, though you could tell Oreas felt quite scared by the fact you had killed soldiers. But hey, you had a job and you couldn't leave everyone you met alive. Especially if the people who you met had a death wish to begin with.

Finally though, you'd pass the intersection and saw the room where Lydia, Chrys and Mike had spent the last while. The question now was... well, what were you going to do with Laura and Oreas? Would you just casually introduce them to the three of them and then leave Oreas, Chrys and Laura in that room? Lydia and Mike probably wouldn't question it or be too bothered by their presence, but it was still something worth considering.

>Write in what you'll do now.

Suggestions:
>First check up on Lydia and Mike to see how they are doing. Maybe check to see if Lydia made progress on the tracker.
>Maybe move Chrys, Laura and Oreas to a different chamber a bit further back. That, or create some sort of barrier to ensure they stayed safe while you headed back up.
>Ask if any of your men still wish to explore, or if they all wish to go back up to get some food... and maybe rest as well.
>>
>>5862532
>First check up on Lydia and Mike to see how they are doing. Maybe check to see if Lydia made progress on the tracker.

Oh man I didn't think we'd take them this far back
Oh well, can't think of a good reason for them and Chrys not to meet, so might as well introduce them after making sure everything is going well.
>>
>>5862532
>>5862547
support
>>
>>5862547
Supporting. However why not introduce them to Laura and Oreas as well?
>>
>First check up on Lydia and Mike to see how they are doing. Maybe check to see if Lydia made progress on the tracker.
Not wanting to possibly cause a commotion just yet, you'd opt to first see how Lydia and Mike were doing. Perhaps they had made some progress on the tracker while you were gone? Thus, you'd call out their name as you stood in front of the door, Mike soon peaking out carefully with his gun in hand. After seeing that it was you though, he'd let out a sigh of relieve. "Ah, Mikhail... Just had to make sure it was you, haha... anyway, uhhh, how did your expedition go?" He'd already look at you and the others, shortly after noticing Laura and Oreas and freezing up. There was this awkward silence, after which Evander responded. "It's a long story, lad."

You then said you wanted to see how Lydia was progressing, Mike nodding slowly before responding. "A-Alright... ummm... come in?" He'd awkwardly move to the side so you could enter, as his focus remained on Laura and Oreas. You'd enter with Thaddeus, Derek and Anon, finding Lydia without her helmet on, still working on the tracker with Chrys by her side. Though, Lydia didn't look all that excited, seeming quite focused on work. She didn't even acknowledge that you or the others were there, simply continuing to fiddle with the slightly disassembled NARI band. Chrys did look at you, quickly smiling a bit awkwardly. "Ummm, hey guys! Uhhh... we're... well, Lydia is still working on the tracker... it's going, um..." She'd glance over at Lydia, who was currently unscrewing something with a determined yet irritated look.

After a moment of trying to unscrew the thing she was working on, Lydia groaned and soon looked at you and the others. "It's going quite shit, if I may say so myself! This thing is... a pain to work with. The tracker part can easily be attached to the band, but whenever it stays attached long enough... it just stops working properly? I think it might be some nanites in the band trying to integrate the tracker part or something, which makes it no longer work somehow? Either way, it's really annoying!" She'd sigh a bit, before shaking her head. "I'm sorry, Mikhail, but... I-I can't get this done. At least not for the time being. Maybe with more time, I can figure something out soon but... well, it's far from finished now." Well, that was unfortunate. Perhaps Derek could help her out with it, but that'd mean leaving Chrys, Laura and Oreas without a way to be tracked down in case they disappeared... or tried to flee... "At least I managed to get the tracker to connect to the tablet you gave me, so... well, there's that." That was a good thing at least. Maybe just giving Chrys the current tracker part could work. Though, then the question became if she was trusted enough not to just... throw away the tracker the moment you left her alone down here.
>>
Regardless, Lydia soon calmed down a bit, speaking a bit more casually. "Anyway, what did you guys encounter? Anything of note you found?" Mike soon after responded, doing so a bit more calmly but still with a tone of astonishment. "Ummm, yeah, they... they certainly found something, I can tell you that much..." This already piqued Laura's and Oreas' curiosity, clearly wanting to see what the hell you had brought in for them. And even then, Laura and Oreas were only one of the things you had discovered. The vat, the intel you had gained from your two new captives, the tunnel you had found and the cloth from the subject who had likely dug it all up. What to start with, what to tell them and how to even bring it all to them?

>Write in what you want to do/tell Lydia, Mike and Chrys.

Suggestions:
>Give a little introduction between Lydia, Chrys and Oreas and Laura. Perhaps explaining how you found them. (Write in what you want to say)
>First get Chrys to look at the piece of cloth which you found and where you found it to see if she recognises it.
>Tell Lydia, Chrys and Mike about all the things you had found. (Write in what exactly you wish to tell them about your exploration)
>>
>>5863067
I'd say
>First get Chrys to look at the piece of cloth which you found and where you found it to see if she recognises it.
Then give Lydia, Chrys, and Mike a full summary of what happened
>>
>>5863067
Basically all of the above.
First
Take Lydia and Mike aside from the others in another room and catch them up fully on everything that happened. Explaining the intel etc. Basically catch em up to where we are.
Suggest to Lydia that perhaps after putting back the hardware into the VAT we can make a remote for Chrys that makes putting a tracker less of a pain in the ass (maybe?)

After that we show Chrys the piece of cloth and get her input, and then have her meet Oreas and Laura. Explain that the situation went the same with them.
Encounter, activity, shots fired, and then cooperation
>>
>>5863145
Supporting.
>>
>Take Lydia and Mike aside from the others in another room and catch them up fully on everything that happened. Explaining the intel etc. Basically catch em up to where we are.
The first thing you decided to do was to inform Lydia and Mike about what was going on. Though, you kind of wanted this away from Chrys, which seemed to confuse Mike, concern Lydia and scare Chrys. Thus, you told them to follow you as Thaddeus and Anon watched over Chrys. Though you also saw Derek looking over the tracker, trying to look at it and see if there was anything he could do with it. You took Lydia and Mike to the other side of the room, telling them all about what had happened. You told them how you had found Laura and Oreas, how they had provided quite the intel about this place. Information about various subjects, the scientists who used to live here, about the mysterious Andrei, the possible reasons as to why some of the scientists are wanted alive, and lastly the vat.

The last of those seemed to really intrigue Lydia, for obvious reasons. She was something of an inventor at heart, so she'd find something like this right up her alley. "So, what's the plan now?" Mike asked by the end of it, you explaining that it was time to head back to the upper areas, leaving Oreas, Laura and Chrys down here. "Well, we better hide them somewhere obscure, then... unless if we wanna risk some other death squad coming around here and... you know, does our job for us." Mike responded, as Lydia gave him a bit of a bump. "Don't say that. It might be our job to execute targets, but they aren't targets." Lydia said sternly, probably because she didn't want Chrys to hear you discussing her potential 'execution'.

>Suggest to Lydia that perhaps after putting back the hardware into the VAT we can make a remote for Chrys that makes putting a tracker less of a pain in the ass.
"So, what about the tracker? Because unless if there is a miracle, we're going to have to trust them to stay put here..." Lydia said soon after, bringing up the obvious issue of her tracker not working. To this, you mentioned that the vat could create a remote for Chrys which could help out. "I could try it with Derek and the scientist you found... it probably will be even more tough than fixing the tracker though." Lydia did seem intrigued by the option, though she did show a bit of doubt about how feasible at was. Still, it would likely be better for both a tracking perspective and from the perspective of Chrys' survival. After all, if you had her remote, you could perhaps give her some beneficial mutations to allow her to survive...
>>
"Are you sure we should... risk fixing something which other scientists and subjects could abuse? What if this... Elbrus guy got his hand on a remote for one of his creepy subjects? Or this Andrei guy did something with it?" Mike asked soon after... though you couldn't really give a fully safe answer to that now, could you? After all, if you guys could fix a vat... then the chances of an experienced scientists fixing one were possibly quite high as well.

>After that we show Chrys the piece of cloth and get her input
After you had discussed these matters with your men, you opted to move onto the next most important thing: Showing Chrys the piece of cloth which you had found. You'd tell Mike and Lydia to stay there, as you got to Evander and asked him for the cloth sample. And after he handed it right to you, you brought it to Chrys. You told her where you found it and asked her if she knew who it belonged to. Chrys didn't look at it for long, before speaking calmly. "It does look like what Arika used to wear!" This instantly got your men's attention, with Derek softly responding. "That's... BC-887, right?"

Chrys nodded understandingly before handing the sample back to you. "Like I said before, she loves digging. I also don't take her for the type to be... subtle with where she's digging." She said casually, Thaddeus responding more inquisitively. "So, BC-887 is around here probably... and ya said she was a friend of yours, right?" Chrys nodded, at which point Thaddeus looked at you and softly remarked. "Another possible ally down here... Someone who can maybe help us out..." Chrys did seem excited to hear this, though you could tell from the way some of your men looked away that they weren't exactly approving of creating even more allies. Even if this one was one of Chrys' friends.

>Have them meet Oreas and Laura.
>Explain that the situation went the same with them: Encounter, activity, shots fired, and then cooperation
Perhaps the topic of BC-887 could be discussed at a later time. Especially since... the three of them hadn't even met Oreas and Laura yet. Thus, you'd tell them to follow you out of the room so they could meet. Chrys hadn't been informed of the things you had discovered, or the fact you had encountered another scientist and subject. Still, how badly could this meeting go? It wasn't like Laura was some horrific caretaker or that Oreas and Chrys were enemies...
>>
You'd lead the three of them outside, as Lydia got her first look at Laura and Oreas. She looked quite stunned, while Oreas and Laura didn't look too bothered. To them, two extra scientists weren't exactly going to change their world. However, when Chrys stepped outside, Oreas and Laura both looked absolutely stunned. Chrys also froze up and took a step back as she scanned over the two of them. There was an awkward silence, which was broken by Laura shortly after. "Woah, woah, woah, a-another subject?!" Oreas meanwhile tilted her head, seemingly quite interested in Chrys. You didn't tell Laura or Oreas about how you met Chrys just yet, though you did tell Chrys that you encountered the two of them in a similar manner to how you discovered her. A confrontation, shots being fired, them accepting defeat, then helping out and lastly being spared.

Chrys didn't seem too surprised, yet still looked quite fascinated at them. Laura and Chrys already started getting closer to each other, looking at one another and inspecting each other's features. And while they did such, Laura spoke with a more bewildered smile on her face. "You... never mentioned you already befriended a different subject." Laura said with a hint of... respect? Thaddeus was quick to tell her: "Well, we had our reasons not to tell ya from the beginning..." To this, Laura raised an eyebrow. Though thankfully, she didn't question it. "Well, I guess I can always be... a caretaker of two subjects in your absence. It'll be a nice change of pace..." Laura finally said, looking over the two subjects who by now were starting to discuss their creators, their abilities and many other things. It looked kind of sweet, seeing the two smaller subjects already quickly befriending each other...

Now though, you had to make some tough choices. There was no tracking device for Chrys, let alone one for Oreas. And you were heading back to base, forcing you to leave the two subjects and Laura down here... Perhaps for an entire night, as your men got food and rest.

You had to ensure that they were safe somewhere...

>Write in your plan for Laura, Oreas and Chrys before you'll head back to base.

Suggestions:
>Tell Derek, Lydia and Laura to work on the tracker while you and the others headed back to rest.
>Get someone or two of your men to act as guards for the three of them while you left.
>Bring the three of them to a more safe and blocked off location where they wouldn't be found very easily (and can't escape easily either). (Write in which location/room)
>>
>>5863515
>Bring the three of them to a more safe and blocked off location where they wouldn't be found very easily (and can't escape easily either). (Write in which location/room)

Consult with our men where we should hide them. They are all part of a death squad, where would the last place they look be?
>>
>>5863551
We should get a welder and make one of the rooms completely locked shut. Then just move around some rubble and make it look like the room caved in. Unless someone else comes with a welder, which I doubt, they should be safe.
>>
>>5863515
>>Bring the three of them to a more safe and blocked off location where they wouldn't be found very easily (and can't escape easily either). (Write in which location/room)
How about that room which we used the card to unlock? You need a card to unlock and for it seems we have the only one, we put some rumble and other easy to move rubbish to make it looks like it's blocked, we could get some of Chrys stuff and say we got it from another sector to draw attention away from this spot.
>>
>>5863597
"Does a flamethrower count as a welder?" -Alan probably
>>
>>5863515
>Bring the three of them to a more safe and blocked off location where they wouldn't be found very easily (and can't escape easily either). (Write in which location/room)
backing >>5863598
pretty sure it's where those guardsmen were holed up and they said they had survived for some time hiding there so it's a good spot
>>
>Bring the three of them to a more safe and blocked off location where they wouldn't be found very easily (and can't escape easily either).
As you were forced to make a choice with where to take Laura, Oreas and Chrys to, you had an epiphany. There was one safe location which they could hopefully stay in for the time being: the room which you needed a key-card to open. It was the room adjacent to the first containment chamber with the three guardsmen corpses. Given that the entire room had been lit ablaze, it was likely that anyone who passed by it would ignore it and assume it was empty. Hell, you could even tell other squads that you checked it out thoroughly and that there was nobody in there anymore after you burnt it all down. Thus, with this in mind, you told everyone the plan. Laura, Oreas and Chrys would get a safe stay in the locked-off chamber, something your men quickly agreed to.

Though, Laura appeared a lot less optimistic, soon even voicing her concerns. "If you'll lock us up, are you sure we'll be safe? What if it just attracts attention from other death squads... or large, aggressive subjects?" It was a fair concern, but it was better than letting them stay in the small chamber where Lydia had worked on the tracking device. Derek even pointed that out, remarking: "Well, it's better than a side-room only a minute's walk away from the crater where every death squad is situated..." Thaddeus also had a say in the matter, adding: "We walked by it and also didn't really enter the place, up until we found that key-card... You'll be safer there than ya would be here." Laura let out a sigh, before nodding. "Alright, lead the way then..." Thus, you'd head a bit further back to the burnt containment chamber and the locked chamber adjacent to it. It didn't take long, and the three of them quickly entered without a hassle. The fire had already died down for the most part, and the smoke seemed to have dissipated already.

Even though it probably wasn't 'comfortable' given the warmth, drought and smell of burning, the chamber still was safe enough for them to stay without too many complaints. You'd tell them to stay hidden and away from the door in case anyone tried opening it. And shortly after, you and the others tried pushing the door closed again, before finally locking it all. "I hope they'll be safe in there..." Lydia mumbled, to which Lars stated. "If a couple of heavily injured guardsmen were safe in there for a while, then two subjects and a scientist will definitely make it work..."
>>
Though, Lydia still remained concerned for a different reason. "I'm more worried about the fact they're next to a cindering chamber. What if they suffocate from smoke? Or the fire spreads? Or something else bad happens?" The fire had so far seemed to have died down, and the lack of airflow into the burning chamber and burnable material probably meant that they were safe... probably... and if not... well, Oreas could probably at the very least escape. Chrys and Laura would probably be in trouble, but for all you knew, Chrys' subject body could handle a harsher environment like the burnt one... or survive with very little.

Still, chances were they'd be fine. Thus, you headed back again, walking for another 10 or so minutes before finally reaching the crater again. By now, it was starting to get dark, the night sky slowly appearing overhead through the smoke-filled sky. You already saw many of the carrier craft taking people out of the crater, as well as many death squads in the distance heading towards the main base in the centre. It seemed many men were starting to finish their operations now. You'd soon head to the centre of the crater as well... but not without first getting the leg which you had found in the nearby lake earlier. It was still as gross as ever, and the only one who seemingly didn't mind carrying it was Alan. At least you had some items which you could wrap around the leg to both preserve it and keep the gross thing out of sight.

You'd walk for another 20-30 minutes to the centre of the crater, the dusk slowly turning to night.

>Take a carrier craft to the main base above to get some rest.
>Hand over the leg to... something. Perhaps the people doing scans of subject samples.
>Head over to the area with government officials to tell them what you had uncovered. (Write in what you intend to tell them. It can be a lie or a truth.)
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
>>5864231
>>Hand over the leg to... something. Perhaps the people doing scans of subject samples.

>>Discuss with your men...
About ways to hunt down and not be helples against the acidic slime subject.
>>
>>5864250
Support
>>
>>5864231
>>5864250
Sounds good. Don’t think a flamethrower will work fast enough against a liquid being. We’d need some way to slow or restrain her too. Don’t suppose there’s any futuristic cryo weapons that can freeze her
>>
>Hand over the leg to... something. Perhaps the people doing scans of subject samples.
>Discuss with your men... About ways to hunt down and not be helpless against the acidic slime subject.
As you approached the main base in the crater, the first thing you decided to do was... find the place where you could just hand over the leg for analysis. Evander knew where to go, given that he had already handed Chrys' sample over before. Thus, you'd follow him, as you started thinking of something else. You wanted to hear what your men had to say about the topic of 7-SM. Laura had brought her up before, and she seemed like a threat you could actually maybe manage. She didn't seem brutal and mindless, but also intelligent enough where she maybe was a valuable target. Besides, she could escape the facility quite easily from the sound of things, which... would mean her capture would be very much appreciated by the government, perhaps leading to a nice pay bonus.

But first, you'd have to find her and, and how you'd do that was... anyone's guess. It was going to either be a roll of the dice, or asking for information on her from other squads and the government. Perhaps her last known location would also give some hints as to the general region she might be at... Though if you did somehow find her, you'd also have to fight her or capture her somehow. You wondered how you'd even deal with a slime subject who likely was quite the escape artist. And after thinking of some possible options, you decided to instead ask your men for their opinion on the matter. The question too your men by surprise, with Thaddeus even saying. "Ya wanna go after her, Mikhail?" Derek also seemed quite stunned, holding up the tablet a bit. "Her threat level is quite high. Are you sure about this?" You had to admit that it was going to be hard to actually find her, and that this was more just for the future, in case you ever tracked her down.

Your men quietly looked at each other, before Alan spoke up. "I think the flamethrower will probably work well." He'd say straight up, either not understanding that a highly mobile liquid subject could easily avoid it, or just being way too eager about his flamethrower. You did see some of your men nodding quietly along, probably because they didn't exactly have any counterpoint.

Though Evander did have a suggestion of his own. "I suggest explosives. Probably will destroy her completely with ease!" It was a simple suggestion, but perhaps a decent option. Then again, she could possibly reform afterwards, or maybe grow back if a large chunk of her survived.

In turn, Lydia gave her own suggestion. "I don't know if fire or explosives will do the trick... Based on what you've told me about her, I think we have to fight fire with fire." Alan held up his flamethrower, to which Lydia shook her head. "Not like that, Alan..." She responded calmly, Alan putting the flamethrower down without much emotion or objection.
>>
"She's a completely acidic creature, right? Why not use chemical weapon with some sort of highly basic compound instead? Something which... neutralizes her body acid and thus is likely to harm her quite a bit? I don't know which chemical would work best, but... I imagine it working quite well if we figure out her body's composition." It wasn't the worst suggestion, but it was probably on the same tier as a cryo-weaponry: Something which would be pretty difficult to acquire with the constant government surveillance... Then again, chemical weapons could probably be made here with the help of the chemicals left behind by the scientists...

"You guys seem to forget, that this slime gal could just escape the moment she sees us as a threat." Artyom responded bluntly afterwards, before clearing his throat. "I mean, your choice in weaponry is fine and all, but... she'll just flee the moment she senses danger. Which is why I suggest we try and lure her into a trap. Chemical weaponry or thermobaric explosives could be used, but... it'd need to be something she walks in on. That way, she is less likely to be prepared with escape routes or other tricks."

"Yeah, I think a trap would work! But, maybe one thing we could try is some sort of... electrical trap?" Anon soon added onto it, the others clearly intrigued by his suggestion. "I mean, she's fluid, right? Or well, a slime. Maybe electricity could be particularly effective against her then?" It was a pretty solid suggestion on Anon's part, though it did still have the negatives of requiring a lot of setup and... well, a place to trap the slime girl.

"Wasn't it mentioned that this subject was... pretty smart?" Lars soon mentioned, before speaking a bit less sceptically. "I don't think... luring her into a trap is going to be easy. At least, not without first knowing the way she thinks and moves around the place." Mike softly mumbled: "No shit?", which Lars didn't respond to. "I suggest that, if we do go after her, we need to find out where she is, what paths she takes, manners by which she usually escapes and... use that knowledge to block off any sort of paths which she could use. It'll take a lot of time, sure, but it'll ensure she has no chance of escaping as easily."

To this, Derek scoffed. "This place is massive. Do you think we'll somehow seal up all the cracks she can escape through?" Lars didn't give an answer, seeming well aware that it was not the best way of going about things down here. Derek then brought up his own suggestion, doing so confidently. "I think we ought to lure her out somehow... Surely, there must be something she's interested in down here. After all, why would she still be down in this place if she could've just as easily escaped?" He made a fair point, the others nodding a bit in agreement.
>>
Lastly came Mike, who had kept his slightly differing view on this matter. "I really am not sure about... hunting this slime subject. She seems dangerous, hard to find and... yeah, just not worth the effort. Maybe if we find some info on her whereabouts, we can try and go after her? But... I just think we should focus on other subjects instead."

The other men couldn't exactly disagree with said point, mumbling to each other how it might be the best plan for now. Even Thaddeus soon remarked. "Maybe we should first try and see if there's more info on her out there... Perhaps even ask the other men or the government officials about her..." Thaddeus clearly wasn't too hopeful about finding the slime girl, but he didn't completely push it aside like Mike seemingly did.

Regardless, it did give you a lot of options to think about, especially as Evander kept leading the way for a few more minutes. Finally though, you'd reach a large building of some kind which was quite well-guarded. Evander signalled you to follow along with Alan who still had the bloody thing. And after you entered it and showed it, the people there would look at it and ask about where you had found it and how. They took it off of you and told you they'd try and look at it and give you some updates on it whenever they had finished their analyses. When asked how long that would take, they said maybe an hour, but that it could take longer since they were also finishing things up for the day.

Thus, you had finished most of your work here for the day. And after returning to your men, it seemed like the right time to head back up and get some rest... unless if you wanted to do something else...

>Find some government officials to ask them questions. Could be about 7-SM, or something else (write in what you want to get answers for.)
>Explore this base further, now that everyone was leaving and it was maybe a lot less busy. (Write in what you wish to be on the lookout for.)
>Head back to the main base for the time being. It was clearly time to wrap up.
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else.
>>
>>5864534
>>Discuss with your men...
Which target or sector they believe it would be good to tackle next?

>Head back to the main base for the time being. It was clearly time to wrap up.
>>
>>5864528
>highly basic compound
lmao we just throw bleach at her until she dies
>>5864539
also tell them its not just about hunting down the slime girl, but also methods of defending against her. The slime girl COULD leave but decided not too and is instead fighting squads. She is a potential encounter.

Other then that, unless anyone else has a suggestion we could just leave yeah.
>>
>>5864534
Backing >>5864582
>>
>Discuss with your men...
>Head back to the main base for the time being. It was clearly time to wrap up
After your men gave their thoughts on hunting down 7-SM, some even objecting to it, you told them that it wasn't just about hunting her down. Rather, you wanted to hear their thoughts for if you did encounter her and had to defend against her. She stayed in this place for some reason, so that meant there was a chance you could encounter her. Your men thankfully understood that sentiment, with Mike tilting his head a bit and speaking more calmly. "I guess it's good to discuss... but I dunno why we should specifically focus on fighting her. Aren't there... way worse and more threatening subjects out there who we may wanna figure out how to defeat first?" Mike did have something of a point, but one could argue that a slime girl was a lot more dangerous than the average subject. Especially one who for some reason chose not to hide or escape and is actively on the move for... god knows what reason. Until you learnt of other subjects just as odd as her, discussing 7-SM would probably remain a solid thing to do.

Not much later, you'd hand the leg over to the researchers and analysts, being told to come back later if they discovered to who it belonged. Thus, you were able to head back to the main base again. Your men seemed pretty pleased with that, as you'd all head back to the transport hub so you could get out of the crater. Though while you made your way back to the transport vehicles, you decided to ask your men which sector they believed would be good to explore sooner or later. The question seemed to surprise your men somewhat, though the first to speak up was Lydia. "Well, I just think we should stick to the same region we're currently in... Maybe also explore the flooded section sooner rather than later."

A lot of your men seemed to agree with the idea of sticking to where you already currently where. Though the mention of checking up the flooded section wasn't accepted as eagerly. "If we do go through the flooded section, we have to be a bit more prepared. Get some solid boots and maybe some emergency equipment." Lars would say, to which the others nodded. "Forget about just having that. If we do go down there, we've gotta know what we're looking for and what path to take." Mike responded afterwards, which was a rather valid concern. What you had seen of the flooded section so far was probably only a glimpse of the entire section... It was probably a lot rougher inside of there than it looked.
>>
"Well, the tablet did state there have been a couple of paths carved out through the flooded section. Some do require wading through water, but... from what I've seen, I estimate at least 30% of the place can be accessed." Derek said a bit more optimistically as he raised his tablet. Though 30% was quite low, it still was plenty to explore... and that other 70% may not be entirely accessible, but surely some of it could be reached with enough time and effort? How flooded was the flooded section anyway?

Of course, not everyone had had their say just yet, and Evander was quick to speak up as well. "If we aren't gonna check out the flooded section, may I suggest we blow up that barricade we saw all the way past those giant containment chambers? I got a feelin' there's something good waiting behind us there!" If he felt that blowing it up was a safe and worthwhile thing, perhaps there was something to it. After all, he wouldn't suggest blowing up something which could pose a major risk to you and the others. "Where does that tunnel even lead to? Just more office spaces and containment chambers?" Zaria asked a bit more curiously, after which Derek was quick to check the tablet and the map.
"Well... according to the old map... that path first leads to a large testing area for larger subjects, and is also connected to the greenhouse section." It did seem like an interaction location to go to as well.

Though the mention of huge subjects made Thaddeus speak up a bit more intrigued. "Not gonna lie, I kind of wish to find a way to go even deeper or further away from the crater. I imagine that the deeper we go, the more subjects we encounter... especially large and more powerful ones." It seemed like another decent suggestion, though Artyom was quick to give his own thought on the matter, doing so quite sceptically. "I imagine other death squads will probably head deeper as well for that same reason... Besides, the further down we go, the more likely we'll get into dangerous situations, I imagine..." It was a fair concern on Artyom's part, but Thaddeus didn't seem too bothered by it.

So far though, it seemed your men were content with staying in the same, general area for the time being. Albeit, branching out to either the flooded section, or further into the depths of this place. Either were going to be a bit more of a risk, having to either wade through submerged hallways, or blasting away rubble. Though in response to all these complex and risky ideas, Alan gave a rather simple suggestion. "Why don't we just... take a left turn somewhere on the path we took? I'm sure we're gonna find stuff no matter what path we pick." It wasn't a solution your men seemed too excited about, but it was a safe choice.
>>
Regardless, you'd have plenty of time to consider your options, especially as you soon got on a carrier vehicle and were brought out of the crater. And once you had landed back at the edge of the crater, you saw that the place had gotten a bit busier with people all around. Your men soon stepped out of the vehicle. "Man, I'm starving... Let's go back to our tents and get something to eat." Lars said, some of your men eagerly nodding along. Some already took off their helmets and were ready to just relax for the evening... though you knew Evander was going to get busy making some moonshine. It may take a few weeks for him to prepare, but that wasn't going to stop him from beginning right away...

>Head to the barracks and just get some food and rest. That, or join your men for a short period of time to look after them and relax (Skips to the next day)
>Join your men at a campfire and discuss things there for a little while. (write in what you wanna discuss, or if you just want to listen in to their chat)
>Explore the place a bit to see if there was anything of note...
>Something else...
>>
>>5865243
>>Join your men at a campfire and discuss things there for a little while. (write in what you wanna discuss, or if you just want to listen in to their chat)

Tell Lydia and Derek to see if they can continue showing the others how to use the tablet on the way back tommorow. It'd be nice if we didn't have to be restricted by that by having a few more who could use it. (we may be placing them on vat duty while we explore)

>>Explore the place a bit to see if there was anything of note...
(■_■)
>>
>>5865243
>>Join your men at a campfire and discuss things there for a little while. (write in what you wanna discuss, or if you just want to listen in to their chat)
Talk with the team to decide the fate of our ""guests". We kill them, we leave them to their luck or we say if they collaborate with us to get our targets and nab the scientists we can try something like smuggle them out of here once our business are done?
>>
>>5865243
>Explore the place a bit to see if there was anything of note...

then

>Head to the barracks and just get some food and rest. That, or join your men for a short period of time to look after them and relax (Skips to the next day)
>>
>>5865268
Maybe discuss that when we are back in the underground facility. Who knows who could be listening here.
>>
>>5865345
Ok I concede that, so going with>>5865264.
>>
>Join your men at a campfire and discuss things there for a little while.
Once you had disembarked from the transport vehicle, your men were quick to head back to the main camp. You didn't hesitate to follow, though did consider the option of exploring the place some time later.

Thus, you and your men headed back to the tents you were assigned to, finding that Lodger and the government had provided ample supplies for you while you were gone. The government had given some simple rations, water, basic medical supplies and some items for inside of the tent. Lodger on the other hand had provided some communication equipment, high quality rations, equipment for preparing food and even some bits of furniture which were simple enough to assemble. They had provided some other materials with which you could set up a pretty comfortable base to rest in... And seeing all of this, your men set up a nice camp for you to relax in. They started a campfire, cooked some water and put down some nice chairs for you to get seated on. Lars even started using some of the cooking equipment to make some decent food with the rations which were given out. And of course, Evander got busy to work, preparing the pre-cursor to his moonshine. Though, he made sure to stay a bit hidden with the help of Thaddeus and Anon, who obviously didn't want him getting caught doing something you weren't really allowed to...

The rest of your men all got seated at the campfire which was soon started. Looking around, you weren't the only ones doing such, as nearby squads also were busy enjoying the evening. "You know, if it weren't for the huge ass crater nearby... I could see this place being a resort planet for high-ranking government workers or something." Zaria would say quite casually, making Artyom scoff with a slight smirk on his face. "Instead, it's a research planet... or well, a completely fucked up research planet." Mike shook his head before responding with a more bemused tone. "The one time a nice, habitable planet isn't completely turned into an oligarch's private resort planet, and the government still finds a way to fuck things up." There were some amused chuckles from some of your men, as Lars responded while focusing on making some good grub. "Be careful with what you say, Mike. You don't wanna anger any nearby government officials... or bootlickers." Mike seemed to take the suggestion quite seriously, looking around as you saw Lars and Zaria smirking a bit.
>>
Regardless, you soon turned to Lydia and Derek who were nearby, discussing the NARI band and how they'd fix it. You told them that they probably should teach someone else to use the tablets as well. After all, it was getting a bit of an issue that only they knew how to really use it. Lydia and Derek both nodded in response, with Lydia saying: "I guess we can do that, yeah." Derek already looked to Artyom, Mike and Zaria, before showing them the tablet. "Hey, do any of you maybe wanna learn how to use the tablet? We should probably get to work making everyone able to use it." They seemed surprised by the sudden request, before Zaria softly said. "Um, sure. It's not that difficult, right?" Mike and Artyom also didn't seem opposed, as Derek and Lydia moved their chairs to them so they could maybe show them how to use them.

>Explore the place a bit to see if there was anything of note...
While they went to work figuring out how to use the tablet, you decided to look a bit around the place. As you got up, Derek did ask you "Where are you going, Mikhail?", to which you simply told them you'd be back later. They didn't question it further, as you left them be and started walking down the main path. There mostly soldiers from Lodger around you, some even greeting you as you walked past them. But most of them simply wandered back to their own little area to relax. You did soon see some tents which had other death squads... Mostly folk from Heathen and Blackstar.

You also saw plenty of tents ahead of you which had folk from Diamond Dogs and Heroes. Furthermore, you saw there were plenty of hastily built barracks for government workers, which perhaps had some things of interest... And if those places didn't have anything of interest, well, the soldiers around you all seemed to be talking to each other about what they had encountered. Some were clearly talking very vaguely to keep things a secret, but others blatantly mentioned the subjects they encountered... It could be worth listening in to some of them, especially if they mentioned subjects you wanted to hear things about.
>>
Though, you also soon saw a familiar group of soldiers, as Leonard and his men from Heathen returned to his own tens. It was maybe worth hitting him up to ask him what he had found... Though before you were able to make that choice, you also saw two more worrisome things... One was further in the distance, along a barren path which went a good distance away from the main base. And at the end of said path, there were graves which had only been recently dug up... A place where men who had been killed in action were seemingly buried. The other thing you saw was a lot closer-by, and was attracting a bit of attention: it were a couple of government officials who were seemingly confronting a group of Blackstar soldiers...

>Listen in to nearby soldiers for anything of interest. (Write in what you want to try and overhear...)
>Visit Leonard to exchange some more information with him... hopefully, now with him telling you about the things he had encountered.
>Check out the mortuary, perhaps to get an idea of how deadly this place really was...
>Listen in on the argument between Blackstar and the government officials.
>Something else...
>Head back to your men...
>>
>>5865432
>>Listen in on the argument between Blackstar and the government officials.
This first, likely to be limited on time the most.

>Listen in to nearby soldiers for anything of interest. (Write in what you want to try and overhear...)
This next, Focus on things relating to subjects and scientist/gaurds obviously. Most importantly, see if any squads are seemingly doing more then just running and gunning and are finding more info on the place as a whole (i.e. what went down or more then just how to kill people.)

I don't know if its worth going to Leonard. He knows how to reach us and if he has something for us he can reach out here or via tablet.

laslty if they are still burying (i'd be surprised if they are in a rush of all things for a burial).
>Check out the mortuary, perhaps to get an idea of how deadly this place really was...
can get some info on how men are dying here, and by what.
>>
>>5865441
Supporting. It might be useful to go speak with Leonard later to trade intel, maybe tell him a few things we learned and mention a few of the unlisted subjects we discovered from our interrogation and the scientist Andrei. Though we should obviously exclude Oreas when that time comes.
>>
>>5865441
Support

I wonder how viable it would be to get hold of things to spend longer downstairs. Extra supplies. Sleeping gear. Cooking kit. More advanced medical supplies. Finding a safe place to stop for a while would be harder, but it beats having to come back topside every time someone gets hungry.
>>
>>5865432
>Listen in on the argument between Blackstar and the government officials.

>Listen in to nearby soldiers for anything of interest. (Write in what you want to try and overhear...)
Any clues on where scientists, especially the bigwigs, are hiding.
>>
>Listen in on the argument between Blackstar and the government officials.
The first thing you opted to check out was the confrontation between the Blackstar soldiers and the government officials. There were already plenty of soldiers looking from a distance, some even watching a bit more up-close. You joined the growing group of soldiers who were watching the entire confrontation play out. From the sound of things, the government officials were grilling the Blackstar soldiers quite badly. "You have breached the contract by doing this, you do understand that, yes?" To this, one of the soldiers spoke with restrained fury. "Come on now! We kept one guardsman around who didn't even put up a fight!" Well, it seemed like you weren't the only one who had kept people alive down inside of the ruins. Perhaps this would be a good indicator to see how doing what you were doing would be viewed by the government?

Unfortunately, it seemed to be received rather poorly. "Them not fighting back is beside the point. You came here to do a specific job, did you not?" One government official said, as another was noting things down and the other seemed to be in contact with someone over the phone. The commander of the small group of Blackstar soldiers shook his head and spoke a bit tiredly. "Listen, we signed up to this mission to kill monsters and crazy scientists, not gun down incapacitated civilians. Besides, we had other reasons to keep them alive. They provided us with vital information about a monster we were tracking."

Most people who were watching kept quiet, some showing disgust, other seeming more surprised. Others looked more annoyed by the government workers, than they seemed annoyed by the Blackstar soldiers. "That is also besides the point. If you need to rely on enemy forces to do your job, then you are clearly not fit for the job. And considering the lack of kills from you and your men..." The government worker taking notes would say, as the Blackstar captain shook his head and groaned. He was quick to respond to the government official in a more enraged tone afterwards. "We've explored several sections and explored large amounts of unknown territories! Just because we haven't shot anybody, doesn't mean you can claim we're doing a poor job! We've spent hours down in the mess, which by the way, I believe is more likely than not YOUR fucking fault!" The government workers kept their calm, with the main one soon stepping forward with a more stern and aggressive tone. "The men from Diamond Dogs who caught you working with this guardsmen have already encountered several subjects and killed plenty of people. They've done a better job than you and your men have done so far." The Blackstar captain finally snapped, yelling angrily at the officials. "Well, then fucking let them do our job, how about that!"
>>
The government workers remained calm, staring at the man before the main one spoke up confidently. "Very well then... Get your men, grab your things, and meet us at the main headquarters. We'll discuss your contract termination there." The government workers took a few notes, before turning around and moving away in unison. The Blackstar captain looked quite agitated still, looking at you and the other men who were watching this all go down. "The fuck are you all looking at?!" He'd say, before he shook his head and presumably left to get his and his men's stuff... Though as they left, there was a lot of murmuring and chattering from the soldiers around you. Most just wanted to know why they relied on a guardsmen, while others seemed to sympathize with the captain and his men. Though you also heard some men from Diamond Dogs laughing at the poor soldiers, clearly finding it most humorous that they were humiliated and essentially fired...

>Listen in to nearby soldiers for anything of interest.
After that... fun little interaction, which revealed you weren't the only one sparing survivors, you decided to listen in to other soldiers. Especially with the topic of survivors now fresh in the nearby soldiers' mind, you could eavesdrop and hear... quite a lot of useful information. Some of the men talked about how they encountered guardsmen, which mostly ended the same: the soldiers in question killing them without a hassle. Though you did hear a couple of Heathen's soldiers mentioning how a couple of guards got incapacitated by a simple trap. Afterwards, the Heathen soldiers which they extracted some information from said guards before they were killed. And fortunately for you, the Heathen soldiers did mention some useful things. "They were going on about how some of the scientists were still alive and... working with their subjects? Or that some of the subjects likely wanted to find their creators..." "Really? Sounds like bullshit to me, dude." "Can't really be sure about this... Either way, they couldn't tell us a whole lot more afterwards, so we killed them... and seeing now how keeping those bastards alive will get you treated by the government? Yeah, nah, I'll accept my payment..."
>>
The Heathen soldiers then started discussing other crap about previous missions and how they didn't show mercy then, so it was clear that their conversation wasn't of us to you anymore. Fortunately, another group of Diamond Dog soldiers were more than eager to boast about their little escapades. "Those Blackstar folk are just... complete idiots, keeping people alive for intel which probably is a bunch of lies anyway." "Oh yeah, their methods are absolutely retarded. But hey, that's what you get when you don't have the guts to do things through more... creative ways..." "Oh, do tell dude. What did your guys do?" "Well, we found this one scientist, right? And he told us all about this head scientist who's subject we're after... Uhhh, fucking... Logan, I think his name was? Like, this bastard made some sorta weird ass slime gal? At least, that's what this scientist told us..." "Oh don't forget, according to that scientist, this guy is the one who made the obnoxious fucking electronics subject as well! The one who's constantly fucking with our equipment!" "Oh shit, for real?" "Yep, and hopefully we can maybe find the fucker and use him to deal with that worthless fucking electric subject..." Another titbit of information, but something hopefully quite useful. Not only did this Logan apparently make LW-20, but they also worked on a slime subject, perhaps related to 7-SM...

Other than that, you didn't hear anything else around you which you didn't already know from the tablet or your captives. Though, it did seem that... nobody was talking about vats, remotes or the cause of this disaster. Either nobody was talking about these topics specifically as you listened around, or people were keeping this to themselves like you and your men were... or, nobody knew of these very important things and you were figuring out more than what was expected of you. Either way, it was safe to conclude that either people kept the info they found to themselves, or they just weren't hunting for information like you were.

>Check out the mortuary, perhaps to get an idea of how deadly this place really was...
After trying to listen in to a few more men, a group of Diamond Dog soldiers eventually took notice and yelled at you. "Hey, you there! What are you pacing around for? You lost or something?" He clearly was trying to mock you, but... you honestly couldn't give less of a shit. You simply moved along and decided that it was better to go somewhere else. Especially as people once again stopped talking about useful intel out in the open. Thus, you went to another place for information: the mortuary in the distance. You found that you were the only one who was heading there, as the path leading towards it was completely empty.
>>
Once you reached the makeshift mortuary after a minute of walking, you were about to enter before being stopped by a government official. "Hey, you can't just enter." The official said calmly, before clearing their throat. "I need to know why you're here first. Give me your name, which squad you belong to, and if anyone from your squad was recently killed and brought here." Well, it seemed that you couldn't just enter this place without a reason. Then again, maybe the official would understand your reason for being here, and would let you in regardless? Then again, given how... the government didn't want you snooping around without a reason, you could always just make up a quick lie as to why you were here, hopefully letting you in...

>Explain why honestly as to why you're here. (write in your exact reasoning.)
>Lie your way into the mortuary. (Write in your lie)
>Head back to the camp with your men. You've figured out enough from this short walk around the base.
>Head to where the government officials who fought with those Blackstar soldiers were heading off to.
>Ask the official about this place... (write in what you'll ask)
>Something else...

(I decided to get an extra update in today because there were quite a lot of responses to the previous update rather quickly. More importantly, I got an extra update in because I don't know if I'll be able to get 2 in tomorrow. I'll definitely get in one, but the second may take a while longer. Oh, and Saturday will also likely have less than the usual 3 updates. I'll try and compensate for them in the future though!)
>>
>>5865586
" and meet us at the main headquarters. We'll discuss your contract termination there."
man was shot 100%

We can infer that diamond dogs are likely to be kill joys. Blackstar are a bit more humane.

Heathen so far also kill joys, though they do also extract info before doing so.
We should mention logan to Laura to see if she knew anything about him.

>Explain why honestly as to why you're here. (write in your exact reasoning.)
We found a body part belonging to another that we handed over to analyses to see what killed him, we are trying to see if the corpse made it here or was lost in the facility so we can update the guys looking into it and go about terminating the threat.

>Head to where the government officials who fought with those Blackstar soldiers were heading off to.
This is also very tempting, if we have time after or can't get in, we could snoop.
>>
>>5865611
Heathen is dedicated to setting up traps and so on from the old thread, so by the definition of their job they mainly get indirect kills from the sounds of things. Them capturing and restraining people alive also seems possible. Yet, given our one ally so far is a member of Heathen and how they have acted I believe that Heathen is reasonable, much like Blackstar. Diamond dogs and Heroes are the murderhobo's.

Also supporting.
>>
>>5865591
>Head to where the government officials who fought with those Blackstar soldiers were heading off to.

I'd like to see what contract termination involves
>>
>Explain why honestly as to why you're here.
Instead of trying to tell the official that one of your men had indeed died, you decided to try something else. You told them your name and the squad you were a part of. Already, he started looking up details about you and your group, likely to see if you had so far been a trustworthy group. However, instead of then telling them of a dead squad member, you told them that you had a different reason you were here. You informed him that you needed to look at some of the corpses, as you had found a limb amongst the rubble. If the corpse to who the leg belonged to could be found, you could maybe discern who killed them and how you'd deal with the responsible threat. The official seemed a bit sceptical, looking over you and back at his tablet before moving to the side. "Make it quick." Thus, he let you enter the mortuary proper, albeit following you closely. It seemed that, while you hadn't exactly answered his question, your honesty and reason to be here were believable to the government official.

The mortuary consisted of a large outer area where soldiers were being buried in reinforced coffins, as well as a covered section of well constructed barracks. Clearly the government only reserved solid structures for anything they themselves had a vested interested in. Regardless, a quick glance over the entire inside of the mortuary showed there were... at least twenty covered bodies lying around. Some had blankets covering them, but others were still presumably being inspected, meaning they were left fully visible...

The soldiers seemed to be mostly Blackstar and Diamond Dog soldiers. However, there were also a few soldiers from Lodger, Heathens and even two snipers from Heroes. Most of the soldiers still had their legs attached, so you could only get quick glances of their bodies. But what you did see was... quite telling. For one, there was a small squadron of Diamond Dogs soldiers who were all... burnt quite badly. Some still looked quite okay, aside from massive burn wounds across their bodies, while a few were completely unrecognizable as people due to their burns. There was also one Diamond Dogs victim who... appeared to have some kind of brand burnt onto their face. It looked like some sort of claw mark...
>>
Another noteworthy sight was a soldier from heroes. Given that these people were expert snipers and usually were pretty smart, it was a shock to see this one soldier with a clear bullet wound through the head. Either he had been executed from up-close, was snuck up on from behind or... someone out there had better aim than a soldier from Heroes... Most of the other soldiers who were there simply looked bruised and heavily broken. A few which were partially covered were far more... mauled and destroyed, reminding you of the sights you saw back at that abandoned guard post with the utterly destroyed guardsmen. But, the official was quick to cover their bodies as you looked at them.

Speaking of which, the government official was quick to show a few of the covered bodies. "Does that leg you found match them?" He'd ask with each corpse he showed the lower half of. Or well, the lower halves of the ones who were missing their legs. Form what little glimpses you had of those bodies he showed, you could tell that they had been heavily brutalized, their body parts being ripped apart and completely maimed. Though none appeared to be retrieved from the flooded section, based on the state they were in. More importantly, none looked to have similar clothing to the clothing you found on the detached leg... Still, while the corpses gave you no clue as to who the leg belonged to, at least you now knew what most people down here were dying to... some sort of fiery subject, someone good with a gun (or just good at getting behind people with a gun), and a group of brutal, murderous subjects. Probably just 38-VG...

After you were shown all of the corpses without any match, the official seemed a bit irritated. "Well, guess this was a waste of time..." He'd groan, before grabbing his tablet. "Now then, if you could be so kind to... leave, that would be appreciated." Given that you weren't stupid, you recognised this as your cue to leave... And after thanking the official, you left the mortuary quickly. But instead of heading back to your camp, you instead headed elsewhere...
>>
>Head to where the government officials who fought with those Blackstar soldiers were heading off to.
The government officials head for one of the more distant and large structures at the edge of the camps. It was quite the detour to get there, but... once you did get there, you could see that the place was a lot more well guarded than the other areas. It had similar fortifications to the main cube at the centre of the crater, and there were actual government military forces present to protect it. Once you did approach the entrance to the area, you were instantly approached by some of these military forces. "Halt. This is government terrain. Any and all death squads must state their reasons for being here." Well, you had bluffed your way into getting a look at the mortuary, even after the government worker clearly didn't want you to... now the question was, how were you going to get inside of here? Or... was it even worth getting inside of here?

>Write in what you'll tell the military forces to hopefully get let inside.

If you opt not to try and lie your way in...
>Head back to your men and tell them what you discovered before getting some rest (Skips to the next day.)
>Head back to your men and continue having some chats with them about... anything, really (write in what you'll do with them)
>Something else...

(Gonna be posting from this ID for the time being. Not sure if I'll get an update in later today... or too many tomorrow. Regardless, hope this update is good)
>>
>>5866288
>Tell them you requested a full written copy of the contract your organization worked out with them, and you're here to pick it up, or at least check on the status.
>>
>>5866288
>Head back to your men and continue having some chats with them about... anything, really (write in what you'll do with them)

I don't know if its worth going in.
>>5866314
Did we do this? or is this a bluff? If its true i'll support.

Otherwise unless we got better ways to get in, I don't know if I wanna risk it.
>>
>>5866359
We did close to the start of thread 1 yeah
>>
>>5866373
ah must've been before I joined and started lurking.

in that case
>>5866314
supporting
>>
>Tell them you requested a full written copy of the contract your organization worked out with them, and you're here to pick it up, or at least check on the status.
After you were apprehended by the military personnel, you decided to quickly make up a story on the fly. Thankfully, there was one thing which you could use to maybe get access to this place, and that was that you had requested a full copy of the contract you were given. It seemed like now could be a decent opportunity to use this information to maybe get some useful intel on what government officials did with those they deemed ineffective. Thus, you told the men about the contract, and that you were here to pick it up or check on its status. If they failed to deliver it, at least you'd be able to get something out of it if they didn't provide the contract...

The men who held you back looked a bit confused, the two at the main entrance looking at each other a bit. The one who told you to stop before spoke a bit more calmly. "Please wait for a moment. We need to... discuss this for a moment." They'd talk to each other for a short bit, clearly asking themselves what to do, with one just stating that you should be let in, while the others argued you needed permission first. They discussed these matters for a bit, before one would finally grab a communication device and speak into it. "Yes, we have a death squad soldier here who stated they are here to pick up a contract. Can we let him in?" After a moment of listening to the device, the soldier turned to you again, this time speaking in a more amicable tone. "What is your name and which death squad do you belong to?" After telling them who you were, they'd send it through to their superiors. And right after, the soldier nodded a couple of times in response to whatever their superior told them. It took a short minute for him to finally be told everything, at which point he'd once again face you.

"I'm afraid that we do not have a full written copy of your contract here yet. However, your request has already been processed, and a copy will be provided to you presumably some time tomorrow. Our best estimate is in the early afternoon." Afterwards, the other soldier stepped forward and spoke a bit more loudly and sternly than his co-worker. "Anyway, staff are currently very busy finishing up for the day... sooo, we can't really help you further. Soooo... yeah, we would appreciate it if you come back some time tomorrow." It was clear that the second soldier was clearly a lot less willing to co-operate with you. That, or he just had a shit day or something... Regardless, all of this was... just a bit disappointing to say the least. But at least you now knew that you could read through the contract some time tomorrow. Unless if bureaucracy fucked it up some more and delayed it even further... and knowing how the government was, it was very possible that they'd screw it up again somehow.
>>
Regardless, the more stern and serious soldier was quick to get back in position with his guns, clearly trying to ignore your presence while 'doing his job'... in other words, standing there and looking with disdain at the other soldiers who were passing by. The other soldier seemed to look a bit more casually at you, perhaps even seeming a bit disappointed that he had to send you away, perhaps a reasonable soldier who worked for the government.

>Maybe chat with the official government soldier. He seemed friendly enough, so perhaps he'd actually be willing to discuss some things?
>Just head back to the main base and get some rest. The quicker you went to sleep, the quicker you'd wake up and get back to doing your job.
>Head back to base and maybe discuss with your men. Perhaps they'd have some fun conversations or theories about what the hell was going on down here.
>Something else...

(Bit of a short update, but also a quick update. Anyway, I don't know if I'll get the three updates in tomorrow... maybe I'll keep it to just 1 or 2 depending on how busy I am.)
>>
>>5866434
>>Just head back to the main base and get some rest. The quicker you went to sleep, the quicker you'd wake up and get back to doing your job.
How about a perspective change QM? How our girls doing while we do our shit in the surface?
>>
>>5866461
You mean the subjects? Well, I mean... I'd love to write a little interaction between them to show what they're up to down there. Issue is that I'd not really know how to get you guys involved in this aaaaand I dunno how spoiler-y it might get.

Still, if people like the idea and have suggestions for it, I'd be down to give it a try.
>>
>>5866469
If you're afraid of spoilers you could give a switch to one of the others teams like Leonard and his crew or even a few of our team members discussing/interacting, when I asked about the shift to the girls I meant more like just something like a few moments after our team locked the girls in the room and they started talking out or other stuff, just a throwing a suggestion to do something a bit different QM, do as you like, the quest is good so far and the curse hasn't struck yet.
>>
>>5866473
I do like the idea of Leonard getting a small post dedicated to his hunt and how he has reacted to this place so far. Maybe even a small combat scene with some of his men.

Either way, I do wanna hear what other people think of the idea before I pull it off.
>>
>>5866434
>Just head back to the main base and get some rest. The quicker you went to sleep, the quicker you'd wake up and get back to doing your job.

Thank them before you go, and remember the friendly one's face. If we see him around without his less amicable buddy then we can chat.

>>5866476
If you're cool with trying it then heck yeah
Another idea for a different perspective is a doomed DD squad running into 38-VG
>>
>>5866479
Supporting.

Also I do like the idea of that. We also should keep the face of the guy who's got their contract terminated in mind and...maybe check the morgue again later. Just in case.
>>
>>5866479
Honestly, this idea is really tempting to work with as well. Hell, I could even give you guys some control over the DD squad leader who then encounters them... though, it'd basically be a given that, no matter the prompt choice you'll go with, you're going to get fucking raped.
>>
>>5866494
>you're going to get fucking raped.
Are we really? I mean ain't she the one with the crush fetish, what she's gonna do crush our heads with thights? It would be one humorous snuff scene.
>>
>>5866434
>Just head back to the main base and get some rest. The quicker you went to sleep, the quicker you'd wake up and get back to doing your job.

>>5866476
it can be anything desu, could be another death squad encounter a subject/life before everything went to shit, etc.

>>5866507
plz no
>>
>>5866507
She's almost 20 feet tall and must weigh a literal ton, so I'd imagine it's more of a hulk smash death move.
>>
>>5866517
What anon, don't want to see someone die by the ancient Brazilian art of "Surra de Bunda"?
https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=ThPk1u4cg88&pp=ygUOU3VycmEgZGUgYnVuZGE=

>>5866522
Yes but remember what Laura said, because twe two perverts fucked around with her it became her fetish, I don't think she will simple end it with a Unga-Bunga Valleri Smash, call it morbid curiosity but I wanna see how QM gonna pull it off.

Anyway my vote is on Leo's team or the girls.
>>
>Just head back to the main base and get some rest. The quicker you went to sleep, the quicker you'd wake up and get back to doing your job.
Not wanting to rouse any suspicion or cause too much of a conflict, you decided to simply leave the soldiers to it and head back to your men at the main camp. Thus, you thanked the men for their efforts, while making a mental note of the more reasonable soldier there. Perhaps if you ever encountered him on his own, you could try and get some answers out of him. Regardless, you'd afterwards head back to your men again, opting to wrap up and get some sleep in as soon as possible. After you got back, you'd first eat some of Lars' food, before telling your men that you were going to sleep. When they asked why, you said that you intended to wake up early tomorrow. Of course, some didn't seem to mind, but others looked a bit disappointed. Either way, they stayed at the fire, continuing to just unwind and have some casual banter until they also got tired.

In the meantime, you entered one of the nearest tents, and quickly got in your sleeping bag. Tomorrow, you'd make sure to get back down into the crater as soon as possible. One could only wonder and think about what was going on below you right now in the ruins of this planet...

>A little change of perspective... Leonard and his hunt.
Leonard and his men were stationed at an old food court right on the border of the North western and south western quadrant. He and his men were currently setting up a number of basic traps after they heard that a subject was causing... quite a bit of chaos somewhere nearby. They didn't know much about the subject, other than that she was exceedingly difficult to catch and quite the brash type. "Alright, Duke, how is the east wing coming along? Did you get some of those snare traps in?" Leonard asked one of his man, to which Duke nodded and gave a thumbs up. "What about the electro-chain trap, Lilith, have those been set up as well?" Leonard said, at which point one of the soldiers, Lilith, responded quite confidently. "I set up a couple at both a low and high level. No matter if she crawls or stays high, she'll be in for a nasty surprise."

Leonard put his hands together, before speaking proudly. "Excellent. Theo, any news on the subjects' last whereabouts?" One of his men looked at the government given tablet, before shaking his head. "No updates still, sir. Last one is still from some Blackstar soldiers a few hours ago." Leonard had looked closely at the situation with the subject and the general area it was confined to. He realised that the other nearby areas had already been blocked off, been trapped heavily or were being watched. In turn, he felt that the subject would run through this place to try and get the other death squads who encountered her to lose track of her.
>>
It seemed like a solid plan, especially since it seemed like the subject only had speed going for it. And if it got stuck on a trap, it would be over for her. Despite this plan, Leonard knew it wasn't entirely foolproof. But, Leonard wasn't intending to kill the subject. At least, not right away. He'd use his position to try and get some information out of the subject, after which he would kill her probably. Maybe not if she dropped some huge leaks which confirmed his mild suspicions about what was going on here. Though ironically, it was this unwillingness to kill which was causing mild amounts of scepticism from some of his men. "Hey Leonard, are you... really sure we shouldn't put up some mines or lethal spike traps? What if the simpler traps just don't work and she breaks free from them?" One of his men asked quite casually, to which Leonard responded: "If she somehow breaks free, we always got guns to shoot her with, right? Besides, I'd rather capture one of these to get intel out of them..." The soldier didn't question the intent further, but did still seem sceptical about how effective this would end up being. "Alright... but what if she refuses to answer? Do we just... kill her instead? I don't know, it just feels like... going soft on this place seems like a bad idea. Besides, we've gotten plenty of payment from the traps which did take down scientists or guardsmen or... helped out other death squads to deal with them." Leonard nodded understandingly, before putting a hand on his soldier's shoulder. "Alright, Harrison, I get your concerns. If the subject we capture does resist, we're gonna either kill her... or send her to the government. Besides, don't you think this is worth giving a shot? What if we find something out nobody knows yet. An explanation as to how all of this happened, or information on an even more lucrative subject to catch?"

Harrison didn't have much else to say. But not because he had no retort, but rather because soon a soft alarm went off. "Some of our sensors are going off in the Northern hallway! Something seems to be heading this way!" Theo said, as Leonard realised that they had prepared everything just in time for his target to get to them... "Everyone, to your position. Stay hidden and don't make a sound until subject has been snagged. If she passes through the traps, then you can shoot to injure. If she tries to attack any of us, shoot to kill!" Leonard's men all ran for cover, getting some camouflage over them to try and blend in with the rubble. They also kept their guns at the ready, just in case the subject somehow broke free from the traps and was dangerous...
>>
Thus, they quietly waited, everyone having their eyes focused on the hallway. They all looked into the distance, trying to see if there was any movement or signs of activity. They were patient, especially as Theo kept a close eye on the tablet for any updates. And after a few minutes, there was... the sound of wind blowing through the tunnels. "What's going on?" One of Leonard's men mumbled quietly, after which he was quickly hushed. After the wind became strangely audible, some of the men started noticing... tiny dust particles being carried along by the wind.

It wasn't much of an issue at first, but it soon made the air more hazy, as they felt larger particles flying past them. The particles made it slightly more difficult to see, yet they still could see the traps down the hallway... The men kept watching carefully, soon noticing a relatively large figure in the distance, leisurely jogging over. The figure had... some rather inhuman features, such as large ears at the top of her head, long hair and... what looked to be some kind of wolf tail. The men kept their guns at the ready, some being tempted to shoot at the subject, but knowing that Leonard wanted this one alive...

The subject approached the traps, before coming to a stop. Most of Leonard's men didn't have any intention to shoot her... but unfortunately, one of them couldn't stand the tension much longer. And seeing as the subject had remained frozen for too long, he'd try and pull the trigger to get a shot in on her legs. Things almost seemed to go in slow motion for a second: The gun fired, the bullet leaving the barrel and hurdling over to her. However, the subject seemingly had anticipated the shot, and instantly tried to dash to the side, just barely managing to dodge the bullet. It grazed against the side of her knee, creating a mild wound, but nothing close to incapacitating her. And after narrowly avoiding a potent shot, the entire plan Leonard had concocted went to hell. The subject ran to the side, somehow sticking to the walls with her feet and running along it. She dodged the snare traps, as Leonard yelled. "SHOOT HER NOW!" At which point the men unloaded their rifles at her.

Unfortunately, the subject was fast. Very fast. She weaved across the ceiling, dodging everything shot at her, the subject heading for the southern hallway. She didn't even seem phased by the traps, as she just ran past them on top of the ceiling... Leonard's men continued trying to gun her down, yet the sandstorm like wind only became thicker and more difficult to see through... And after hearing a confident laugh, the subject seemingly disappeared. The gust of wind died down, the sand particles gradually disappearing as the men left cover.
>>
Unfortunately, the subject was fast. Very fast. She weaved across the ceiling, dodging everything shot at her, the subject heading for the southern hallway. She didn't even seem phased by the traps, as she just ran past them on top of the ceiling... Leonard's men continued trying to gun her down, yet the sandstorm like wind only became thicker and more difficult to see through... And after hearing a confident laugh, the subject seemingly disappeared.

The gust of wind died down, the sand particles gradually disappearing as the men left cover. "What the hell is wrong with you, Darren?! Why did you fire at her?!" Leonard asked angrily to the one soldier who shot at the subject. "I-I thought I'd just... hit her in the knee and incapacitate her like that!" Darren argued, Leonard still being quite pissed off though. He quickly went up to Darren, immediately putting him in his place. "We had a plan, Darren! You weren't supposed to shoot at her!"

Some of the men were trying to slap away any sand and dust which had covered them, while a few others looked disappointed in Darren. Seeing the commotion he caused, Darren lowered his head. "I'm sorry... I... I just... yeah, no, this was my fuck-up. Sorry." He said in a defeated tone, Leonard calming down in turn. He let out a sigh and looked at the room which had been filled with a thin layer of sand. "It's fine. You probably panicked since it's the first subject we've encountered... At least we're all safe." He'd put his hand on Darren's shoulder, before looking around at all the traps and the rest of the room.

"Theo, note down that this room is trapped on the shared map... and also add any details which we've learnt about 9-SB to the files..." He'd soon grab a few grains of sand, Theo noting things down before speaking softly. "Uh, so... she's fast, has some sort of wind powers and... what else?" Leonard got a more amused smile, as he looked at the rest of his men. "Well, given that laugh of hers... she probably thinks she has won this encounter..." He'd then turn to the hallway which the subject had escaped into...

"The hunt has only just begun, though..."
>>
>A little change of perspective... The Diamond Dogs, led by commander Jack H, encounter 38-VG.
The radio crackled and buzzed, as you and your men tried finding the frequency where... someone quite irritating was hosting her little radio show. Ever since LW-20 started talking about all sorts of random crap on the radio, many soldiers listened in to it to try and figure out what the hell she was up to. However, the government was constantly jamming it and blocking her frequencies, making it hard to really follow her reliably without having to constantly change frequencies to whichever new one she used.

Despite that, you'd soon hear a familiar voice over the radio...

"... we start the music, I would like to make a bit of a warning to all my friends out there. I have it on good information that Vinella, or 38-VG, is currently in the south eastern portion of the facility, specifically on floor 57 and in subsection B. So do not under any circumstances go there. I repeat, do not go there under any circumstances. Anyhow, it is currently 10 past 8 in the morning, and things are in full swing yet again down here in what remains of the VMGC! We'll make sure to keep you up to date on any and all attempts to capture me. From the sadistic schizophrenics in Diamond Dogs, to the pompous losers working for Heroes, and the daring fools of Blackstar, we're expecting a busy day today! So sit back, relax and let's enjoy some music, starting with 'Obsession', from Daniel LeCrois' hit album "Young Keplerians"!"

After the music started, one of your men, Clancy, spoke up quite confidently. "Well Jack, I think she basically just told us her whereabouts... She's there, in that area." It was a bit of a crazy statement, as one of your other men clearly seemed to not exactly believe it. "What the hell do you mean she's there?" Afterwards, Clancy responded quite confidently, clearly being convinced of his own statement. "Think about it. She mentioned her location last time and it lead a few of the idiots from Blackstar right into Vinella. So why the hell would she willingly tell us Vinella's location now? Clearly, she's trying to scare people off."

It didn't sound all that crazy, yet some of your men were still sceptical. "How do you know she's there? What if it's one of her friends who's there instead?" In turn, Clancy continued to insist on his theory, speaking quite surely about what was going on. "Look, if it is a friend of hers who's there, she'd divert attention away from there, rather than attracing people with Vinella's presence... after all, chances are she knows announcing Vinella's presence anywhere will just attract soldies from Heroes... and let's be real here, do we really want that? To give those dickheads from Heroes a chance at killing her or her friends?"
>>
our men did seem to start coming around to Clancy's theory, which he continued confidently elaborating on. "Either way, they're going there, regardless of if it's her or Vinella or a friend of hers... so I say we go there so we can kill LW-20 or her friend first..." After a moment of silence, your men seemed to quickly agree, with one even stating: "Honestly, if it means getting a chance to kill her, I'm all for it. I'm sick of her trash taste in music blaring out of these goddamn radio's."

Thus, your men seemed to agree to the plan... and even if you wanted to say no to the plan, the fact a majority had agreed to it ensured that it was going to happen. Even if you were a leader, your men didn't exactly take well to being commanded to do something they didn't want to. Thus, you'd head for the floor which LW-20 had mentioned, your men certain that they'd encounter something most interesting. You'd get to subsection B, finding yourself in a huge industrial area, which seemed to function as a huge waste disposal section. There were huge heaps of trash lying about around you, dozens of conveyer belts and various huge vehicles designed for carrying things around. Your men got their flamethrowers and sonic weaponry out. "Alright, Jack... what's the plan?" One of your men asked you, clearly still wanting to hear what the hell you had to say, despite sort of forcing you here...

>Let everyone inspect the place on their own. Sneaking around while spread out could mean covering more ground quicker.
>Stick together and explore everything together.
>Light the trash up with your flamethrowers. Whatever was hiding in there was going to have fun being burnt in a place befitting of what they are.
>Let your men decide... It wasn't like they were good at listening to begin with.
>Look for anything specific... (Write in what)
>Something else...
>>
(A decently sized update after not doing much today. Tbf, the first part is... mostly just a little story of the first encounter between Leonard and the subject he's after, but maybe it still is fun to read. Other than that, we're going to do a little... side-story of some Diamond Dogs having a bit of an encounter with 38-VG. Kinda guess that the prompt is... kinda useless then. But eh, I think this is just something fun to try out for a bit as a thing we can do between timeskips. And if it turns out just being boring or not that useful, at least it'll be over quickly enough and we can skip these things later...)

(Also, I only just noticed that the last few posts didn't give me the nickname. Whoops. Hope that isn't going to be an issue later down the line...)

(Other than that, I don't know if I'll get another update in today. This day has had its ups and downs and... I am sorta tired. I'll still be up for some chatting, if anyone is around.)
>>
This update has told me one thing. We need to tune into that radio. Maybe we can even talk with LW-20. They are two ways after all. It will be fun hearing those updates from her if nothing else.

This is going to go absolutely horrifically for these poor dogs. Maybe they can at least singe Vinella.

>Light the trash up with your flamethrowers. Whatever was hiding in there was going to have fun being burnt in a place befitting of what they are.
>>
>>5867344
>Light the trash up with your flamethrowers. Whatever was hiding in there was going to have fun being burnt in a place befitting of what they are.


mmmm arson
>>
>>5867344
>Stick together and explore everything together.\
Aight kill squad,
Lets kill some fuckers.
>>
>Light the trash up with your flamethrowers. Whatever was hiding in there was going to have fun being burnt in a place befitting of what they are.
Seeing the huge piles of waste which were nearby, you decided the best option was to torch it all to the ground. Anything which dared to hide would be purged quickly and relatively cleanly. Thus, you told your men to burn it all to the ground, your men clearly being most eager. Immediately 5 blazes shot out from your group and at the various piles of waste. You heard crackling and rumbling from some of the rubble, as things melted and burnt all around you. Your men weren't stupid though, and made sure to at least ensure that there was a safe path to walk through, which you'd lead them along. You still had to walk through a bit of rubble to get around the place, but... well, it was easy enough.

You and your 8 men would walk past several collection points for garbage, each of which was set ablaze right away. Though soon, the small vehicles which were spread around were also set on fire. "Hey, should we really set those on fire? What if they blow up near us or something?" One of your men asked, to which those with the flamethrowers either scoffed or laughed. "Who gives a shit." "What if something is in there that can resist fire, huh? Then blowing them up will be the only way to kill them anyway!" "Don't worry about it. We'll walk far away enough that any explosion won't even get the chance to hurt us." Of course, if those vehicles blew up, it'd still not be entirely safe given that it might just destroy parts of this place... but once again, you didn't have much of a chance to dissuade your men from doing what they wanted to do. Especially since your men really didn't care about causing huge amounts of property damage. If anything, they probably enjoyed it...

For a few solid minutes, you thus walked around lighting everything on fire. "Come on out, LW-20!" One of your men yelled, clearly hoping that this commotion and terror techniques were doing their job. "Why don't you show yourself?" Even though maybe being stealthy was... the better option, there wasn't much you could do to stop them from doing this. Still, you'd soon reach a section which had all kinds of huge machinery for crushing or compacting waste. There were also some control rooms and smaller spaces near the wall which you could access via some walkways. Already, some of your men seemed interested in those, with a few saying they should head there. However, it was then that you heard a loud blast and the sound of something collapsing behind you. "What the hell was that?" One of your men asked, followed by another shrugging. "Probably some shit collapsing... or one of the vehicles exploding..."
>>
Your men didn't seem to care much about what was going on, instead remaining focused on just finding anyone in this place who had remained hidden and out of view. And while the trash burnt and was pretty much guaranteeing kills on any facility staff who was hiding underneath it, your men seemed focused on the control rooms which looked over all the machinery and the entire disposal site. There were 3 of them in total, one being larger and a bit higher up. The other two were far lower down and a bit smaller. Going up to the three chambers seemed safe enough, the metal walkway appearing quite sturdy. It'd probably take a few minutes to reach every space, but you could also just send in some of your men in pairs to speed everything up.

>Check out the source of the sound behind you. Perhaps something bad was going on and it was better to be safe?
>Check out the control rooms, but don't light it all ablaze just yet. Perhaps it was easier to just scare those who remained out of there... if there were any of them.
>Check out the control rooms... and light it all ablaze. Not like you'd come back here again.
>Split your group of you and the 8 men to check out each room individually.
>Something else...

(not exactly the most thorough updates, IMO... but it's mostly just setting the stage for the battle that is to come. If there are any details which you guys wish to know about before responding, do tell!)
>>
>>5868036
>Check out the control rooms, but don't light it all ablaze just yet. Perhaps it was easier to just scare those who remained out of there... if there were any of them.
>>
>>5868036
>>Something else...
A mix of suggestions, split your team in three teams, two of three check the rooms and the team of two keep guard.
>>
>>5868036
>Check out the control rooms... and light it all ablaze. Not like you'd come back here again.
ARSON
>>
>>5867404
>>5868080
someone please get Alan OFF the diamond dog team.
>>
>>5868081
Alan thinks the flames are his ally
But he merely adopted the flames
I was born in them...molded by them
I didn't feel a temperature below 200 degrees Celsius until I was already a man and by then it was nothing to me but FREEZING
>>
>>5868109
Are you perhaps a Diamond Dogs member? You got a job to do, dude. Stop writing responses on this basket weaving forum and get back to hunting subjects.
>>
>>5868119
god damn government slave drivers, won't even let you shitpost for 5 minutes...
>>
>>5868125
This is being noted down, buddy. Expect a cut in your payment, and further cuts if you keep doing this.
>>
>Something else...
>Check out the control rooms, but don't light it all ablaze just yet. Perhaps it was easier to just scare those who remained out of there... if there were any of them.
>Check out the control rooms... and light it all ablaze. Not like you'd come back here again.

Given the three different rooms, you decided the best option now was to simply split up. There were 8 people, excluding you, and you felt that splitting in three teams would work best. One could consist of three men keeping guard, you could then join 2 men to one of the smaller control rooms, while the other checked the second small control room. It was clear that the three who would act as guards weren't all too happy, yet they thankfully did as told for the time being. Meanwhile, the other group seemed more than eager to do as told. "Sweet, time to burn this place to the ground." One of the men in the other group even said, which... you tried to dissuade him from, telling him to first check up on the place. "Alright, alright, we will..." He responded a bit smugly, after which he already headed up the set of stairs. It created a bit of noise walking up the creaky metal walkway, but... well, it was partially drowned out by the noise of fires roaring nearby. Not to mention, the occasional blast from the nearby vehicles.

Meanwhile, you led two of your mean upwards, heading for the first control chamber. Bursting open the door, you instantly yelled anyone who was in there to show themselves. There didn't seem to be anybody, and the place looked mostly abandoned. You'd look around for anything or anyone, you and your men looking underneath desks, checking lockers and anything which could be used for hiding. Though, you didn't find anything of use. Checking through the papers which were strewn about, you didn't find anything of use for your hunt towards subjects. The only thing which was mentioned was that organic matter had to be recycled, so it could be converted into something more useful for later. Other than that, the place was mostly empty.

Though as you explored the place, you heard your men in the other room hoot and cheer, as you watched from the door and saw their chamber already lit ablaze. "Did you guys find someone?" One of your nearby men yelled at them, to which one of the excited soldiers shook his head. "Nah, we found nothing!" Well, that was great... hopefully, they didn't burn anything of actual value in there. Or hell, maybe on the astronomical chance that they missed someone, this would kill them... Regardless, you'd finish up everything in this room, before simply telling your men to also light it all ablaze. It wasn't like there was anything of value in here, after all...
>>
Though as you left the relatively small space, you heard more rumbling and blasting from elsewhere within the disposal area. Though, the three who were guarding you and the other group didn't seem too bothered by it. They simply kept looking at everything burning while having some casual conversation. They probably didn't think it was much... and to be honest, it did seem that way...

Still, you and your men left the small control rooms, you taking a set of stairs further upwards towards the large room. It seemed that while the room you were in was mostly for logistics, and the other burning room was for... well, whatever, this final room was mostly for a lot of mixed purposes. There were lots of spaces separated with glass walls and panelling, just like the usual offices you passed through. Some of these spaces included rooms which were clearly designed for subjects to do... some sort of tests in. Other rooms contained laboratories, most of which seemed to have been used for tests on waste products. Perhaps some subjects were brought here to do tests on garbage and similar items which went through this place? Lastly, you would notice that there was a hallway leading out of this control room and towards an adjacent, massive and rather empty locked off space... one with more transport vehicles. This space even had a huge elevator of some kind, which was capable of lifting these vehicles up to... whatever this location was under.

>Get your other men from downstairs and tell them to come here. They could help to check through this room, before you headed elsewhere.
>Check this space first before doing anything else. The chance very much existed something was hiding here, waiting to flee...
>Check the huge side-room with the elevator. Perhaps something of note could be found there?
>Something else...
>>
>>5868215

>Get your other men from downstairs and tell them to come here. They could help to check through this room, before you headed elsewhere.
>>
>>5868222
Supporting. Lets try not to immediately die...
>>
>>5868215
>Check this space first before doing anything else. The chance very much existed something was hiding here, waiting to flee...
>>
>Get your other men from downstairs and tell them to come here. They could help to check through this room, before you headed elsewhere.
Having seen how large this space was and the adjacent room, you decided the best option now was to simply get your men here so you could all check through this room. Thus, you'd tell your men to stay here. You yelled to the others downstairs, telling them to come up here as well. The three who kept guard seemed quite pleased, quickly getting onto the metal stairs. The three men who had burnt down one of the smaller control rooms also started moving upwards. Though as you watched for the three who were on guard to climb up, you heard more creaking noises coming from deep within the smoke. Your men did glance at it, but didn't seem too interested.

However, as the noise kept going on and you heard more rubble moving about and crackling, your men started looking at the clouds of smoke as well. "What the hell is that?" One of your men even mumbled, as some already got their guns ready. Though after a moment, you heard some loud cracking sound, followed by a loud, approaching whistling noise. And as the sound got closer, you watched one of the burning mini-van sized transport vehicles appearing from the smoke and hurdling towards you at an incredible speed. Your men could barely register it, as it soon crashed into the walkway between you and the three men who had stood guard.

"FUCKING HELL!" One of your nearest men yelled, as you watched the vehicle crash through the railings of the walkway, crashing into one of the control rooms and shattering glass and metal with ease. Rubble flew all over the place, and smoke filled the nearby air. You heard loud cracks and creaks from the place of impact, and felt the walkway shaking under your feet. "WHAT THE FUCK CAUSED THAT?!" The three who came from the room which had now been destroyed quickly ran upstairs, while the ones below also panicked and rushed onwards, potentially risking a collapse.

Despite those risks, most of your men were keen to get close-by, albeit with their eyes on the smoke to see what the hell just... launched a fucking vehicle at you. And as you watched where the vehicle came from, you saw something huge moving through the smoke... Something which was easily over 15 feet tall. It was then that one of your men got the sonic cannon out, aiming it at where the monster was and shooting wildly. The sound blasts weren't exactly aimed with a specific direction in mind, as your men could not see through the smoke you had created. Though you soon heard a loud, boisterous giggle followed by the loud sound of metal creaking and concrete breaking. And with how unstable the place you were standing on was now, it almost felt like you were in a building which was about to be demolished.
>>
Soon, the three men who had explored the control rooms was able to reach you as well, though the three who were still climbing it had to run through the smoke which now emanated from the utterly destroyed control room. You heard further creaking noises, and felt the walkway starting to wobble more and more. The men below quickly reached the destroyed space though, simply running through the smoke and trying to ignore the fire they had to rush past. One did stumble a bit, but managed to stay safe. Though by then, you heard more rumbling noise from the smoke-filled room, followed by seeing a huge chunk of concrete and metal flying towards you. Though it instead flew a bit too high, crashing a bit above you and raining burning rubble and hot metal scrap down onto you and your men.

"Jack, what do we do?!" One of your nearby men yelled, as you heard more creaking noises from within the room. Unfortunately, the smoke really made it impossible to get a good look in where the monster was. You knew its general location based on where the huge projectile came from, but you didn't know if it had moved... hell, given how it seemed unfazed by the burning rubble and smoke, you wondered if it would even be so much as scratched by what few normal guns you did have.

>Write in what your plan of action is now.

Suggestions:
>Aim at the general direction of the subject. You had... a couple of guns, so maybe something would hit a critical point.
>Just fucking run. This was a subject Heroes' are supposed to tackle. It wasn't worth sticking around here for you and your men. Maybe your three men could get up here as well and escape, but you weren't going to stay here and see if they could!
>Wait for your men to get back up, and try and shoot down the subject from the control room. There was some cover to get behind, so maybe it could be used while you shot at the subject.
>Something else...
>>
>>5868280
Well, the only option I see here is put our head between our legs and kiss our ass goodbye. Only other possible option?

>Run. Try to find and get to some small, thin corridor that the thing can't fit in.

Unless those sonic canons are stronger than AT rifles, these dumb diamond dogs are damn dead.
>>
>>5868280
>Wait for your men to get back up, and try and shoot down the subject from the control room. There was some cover to get behind, so maybe it could be used while you shot at the subject.
>Something else...
switch to sonic weaponry.
>>
>>5868280
>Throw in whatever explosives we have and keep shooting, try to collapse the room around it before it can get out
>>
>Wait for your men to get back up, and try and shoot down the subject from the control room. There was some cover to get behind, so maybe it could be used while you shot at the subject.
>Throw in whatever explosives we have and keep shooting, try to collapse the room around it before it can get out
>Something else... (Switch to sonic weaponry)
After you one of your men asked you what the hell to do, you decided to make the decision to wait for your men. "WHAT?!" One of your men yelled in genuine rage, clearly not being all too happy to stay here. Thus, you told them that once everyone was up, you'd get to the control room and use the natural cover there to protect yourself. Two of your men already did such, especially as you heard more metal creaking and concrete breaking apart. In the meantime, you told the others to use sonic weaponry and explosives to deal with the subject. After all, maybe it would grow disoriented... or better yet, the explosions would cause a part of the room to collapse onto the subject. "On it!" One of your men said as he got out a grenade launcher, aiming in the direction of the projectiles. Meanwhile, the two other men got their sonic cannons and started aiming into the darkness. Though soon, you heard another whizzing noise, followed by watching another clump of metal and concrete flying towards you. It thankfully missed, instead hitting below you, blasting more scrap and dust all over the place. Though, aside from making the place tremble, it didn't cause any major issues for you or your men.

Seeing where the projectile came from, the soldier with the grenade launcher aimed in the same direction. He was aiming blindly, the projectile quickly disappearing into the smoke before there was a flesh and a loud thump nearby. You saw the huge shadow of the subject through the clouds of smoke, as you heard more cracking and crumpling sounds. It seemed that he managed to hit close to her, as he aimed his second shot at the thing. And as the three men beside you tried to take down the subject, the three men who were running up the stair were getting closer and closer. It seemed like the job was going well, up until... another vehicle was thrown your way. This one was burning quite a bit, smoke billowing from it as it flew right into your direction. "WATCH OUT!" One of your men yelled, as the two with the sound cannons ducked into the large control room. The others simply stayed low and tried to cover themselves in the vain hope of it missing them... and fortunately for them, it didn't directly hit anyone. However, the vehicle instead crashed into the wall right below you, exploding the moment it compressed against the wall below. The entire place shook, as smoke and heat raced upwards to you and your men. You struggled seeing from all the smoke, and you heard one of your men screaming as they presumably lost their foothold and fell down...
>>
The others managed to escape though, running past you and into the control room as well. You were down a man, but... at least the others had survived... so far...

Given that it'd be suicidal to try and go down to save the one who fell, you rushed inside as well, getting behind cover. Some of your men were already rushing for the exit though, you yelling at them to stay and hide as well. Two of your men didn't listen though, running towards the hallway to the larger, adjacent chamber. At least you still had... 5 more men to work with, and all of them panted and stayed in cover. You still heard the sound of metal creaking and burning metal, but things seemed to die down for a moment. Though after a bit, you heard more noises, specifically some loud thumps which were approaching the control room. And once it was... right underneath you, it stopped.

You soon after heard the most ear-piercing sound imaginable, something grinding against the metal below you and echoing throughout the entire disposal area. Some of your men even blocked off their ears, as you had to endure a sound which made your sound cannons look about as quiet as a mouse. After the sound stopped, there was a moment of deafening silence. You knew the subject was close-by, but... you weren't sure how close-by. It wasn't helped by the intense smoke which came from the exploded vehicle, which made it hard to really look outside of the control room.

Soon though, you heard the voice of your soldier who had fallen off of the walkway and to the ground. "STAY THE FUCK BACK! I'VE GOT EXPLOSIVES, AND I-I'LL BLOW US BOTH UP IF YOU TRY ANYTHING!" The downed soldier yelled. He was absolutely bluffing, as you knew he only had a sonic cannon on him. He still continued though, presumably as he was picked up by the subject. "LET ME GO! YOU... WORTHLESS MISTAKE OF NATURE!" Though after more threats and demands, your soldier started screaming in utter terror. "JACK! STOP HER! FUCKING SHOOT HER OR SOMETHING! JACK! ANYONE! FUCKI-" Afterwards, he screamed in utter agony, as you heard an utterly grotesque crunching sound. His screams became more terrified and pained, as you soon heard something smacking the nearby windows and saw blood staining it... Things only got worse, as your heard even more horrifying screams. The poor soldier screamed for but a few seconds, after which... It ceased. There was a deafening silence, followed by a fleshy crunch and a few more loud thuds below you, followed by a nerve-wrecking chuckle.
>>
It was safe to say that LW-20's announcement of 38-VH being around here was... not some sort of cover-up.

>Just run. Just get the fuck out of there. One of your men had fallen and you weren't going to join him as a statistic.
>The subject was nearby. Maybe, just maybe you could get a good shot in on her now. It was an almost suicidal plan, but... perhaps it was your only way out of here.
>Signal to your men to not make a single sound whatsoever and stay down at all costs. Just remain quiet and make her think you're already gone...
>Something else...

(I sure hope this is educative for what Vinella is like! Also, hope the writing is suspenseful enough aaaand also makes the combat work well enough.)
>>
>>5868728
Damn she scary
Did she crush him or rip him into pieces?

Either way
>Just run
Every man for himself!
>>
>>5868728
>Just run. Just get the fuck out of there. One of your men had fallen and you weren't going to join him as a statistic.
>Something else...
Have one of us pull out and get to the other side to give cover to the rest as we begin withdrawing one by one. Once we all make it to the other side then we can quickly withdraw. If the first man crossing is unable to make it across hold position and stay on overwatch to engage the target with sonic weaponry or explosives. Flame throwers aren't gonna do shit if she isn't burning down in the ashes down below.
>>
>Run

Second we can, split up. She cant be in two places at once. Right? And if the other group lives we can reconnect with them via the radio.

Also after all of this if we are still alive and so is the guy responsible for getting us to go after LW, we should have his pay docked.
>>
>Just run. Just get the fuck out of there. One of your men had fallen and you weren't going to join him as a statistic.
>Something else... (A specific plan to escape)
Seeing what the subject could do to you and your men, you decided the best plan of action was to just fucking run. Fighting this subject was going to get you killed, even with your equipment. However, you weren't just going to run down the space and towards the adjacent area all at once. After all, the subject would most definitely hear all that movement if that were to happen. Instead, you were going to be covert. So, you got one person to act as cover, so each and everyone could leave one by one with their support. You got one of your more accurate soldiers who had an actual rifle to fulfil this position. He'd thankfully accept, running towards the other side of the room and aiming at the windows.

However, after he ran away, you heard more creaking below you and thumps from below. And right after the one who watched over all of you told you to come one at a time, there was a loud noise. Glass shattered all over the place, and smoke started pouring into the room as you saw a huge white and blood-stained claw having broken through the windows. The claw moved down the glass cracks and creaks becoming audible from the wall which started being opened up with ease. More smoke followed the growing hole formed by the monstrous subject, before there was another loud sound and the second claw broke in from a different section of the wall. "GO! GO! GO! EVERYONE!" The guy who was watching over you yelled, signalling more of you to get over to him. Most soldiers started losing faith in the plan by now, as four of them already started running, not even giving cover as they simply fled into the nearby space. Thus, you along with two others remained behind cover, one looking being frozen in terror.

The two clawed hands soon grabbed onto a huge chunk of the wall, pulling on it and causing tears and breaks to form in the wall. Meanwhile, you noticed... two strange, massive antennae-like structures poking into the chamber. The one who kept watch immediately fired at them, actually getting a hit on them and making them twitch away and release a white spray of fluid which created tons of white smoke to whatever it touched. Whatever was touched by the fluid started sizzling and turning liquidous, corroding through metal, plastic, glass and everything else. The two behind cover now started trying to leave, the first one running for his life and managing to escape... Unfortunately, the last one before you was not so lucky.
>>
As they were about to try and flee, the metal wall finally gave in and broke free as smoke rushed into the entire room. The poor soldier who had tried remaining behind cover tried running, only for a huge claw to swipe into the room. And since he was standing, he was launched to the side of the room and smacked into the wall with quite some force. The soldier was instantly knocked out, or perhaps even killed from the blow. You could only hope that they were dead already, because the subject's other huge claw moved in quite eagerly, instantly finding the body and pulling it out of the hole in the wall and into the burning chamber. And as you ran for your life, there was another sickening crunching sound coming from right below the hole in the room. "Sir, we HAVE to go, now!" The one who had covered for you said, at which point the entire place rumbled again as the two huge claws moved into the room, along with the strange acid-spraying antennae.

And through the smoke, you could see a shape starting to crawl its way into the room. You could see scant features through the smoke, the subject appearing to have rather normal proportions, aside from her hands which were massive and ended with those monstrous claws. Her body was mostly dark, with the textures appearing covered in small numbers of hairs at some parts, and smooth over the rest of her body.

Before you could decide on what to do further, you were pulled away by your partner and out of the room. And it was perfectly timed too, as the strange antennae like appendages sprayed more venom right in your direction. After leaving the room, your partner looked to the control panel nearby to try and shut the door. "Close it, close it, FUCKING CLOSE IT!" He kept pressing on the panel, the door thankfully having enough power to close, albeit slowly. The subject kept approaching, but at this rate would not be able to reach the sliding doors... But given her acid and strength, that didn't mean you or your men were safe now. Speaking of whom, you saw the rest of your surviving men already running ahead. There were only two paths: One which continued along a walkway towards another chamber of some kind. The other path required you going down these switchback stairs. Your men were running down this path, heading to the large area with more vehicles below you. This area was on the same floor as the rest of the disposal area. And most importantly, it also had the huge lift which headed upwards.
>>
Unless if the smaller chamber lead to an exit, the only way you had out was... praying that the elevator worked. Given how far away from the crater this place was and how there still seemed to be electricity to some of the machinery, perhaps the elevator still worked... It seemed your men were betting it all on that one, given how they were rushing downwards.

>Follow your men to the lift right away. It was not worth sticking around here much longer.
>Tell your men to get back up here and stop running! Sticking around was the best option still, and they clearly had ignored the small room past the walkway!
>Shoot at the subject through the closing door. You had your sonic cannon and a rifle. Perhaps you could hit a weak part.
>Every man for himself. Just run. Working together as a squad was a fruitless endeavour now. (Write in which path you'll take)
>Something else...

(Curious what you guys will do here right now. Like we've established though, this scenario has kinda focused on a doomed excursion, but I am shocked how the dice have so far kept you guys alive for long... though, it's probably not going to last much longer.)

(If the dice and smart choices save your ass though, I'll absolutely have Jack become a reoccuring character in the story lol)
>>
>>5869065
>Every man for himself. Just run. Working together as a squad was a fruitless endeavour now. (Write in which path you'll take)
Shoot one of your fleeing subordinates in the leg once he's almost at the elevator, then run across the walkway. Hopefully she'll chase the group in the elevator and we can escape either through another passage in the chamber or if there's none, through the giant tunnel 38-VG created getting to us while she's busy pasting our squad.
>>
>>5869065
okay,
there are two ways we can go about this

Plan A, we stick with our team and use our numbers to our advantage as we struggle to get away. We can leverage covering fire and some semblance of what our men have at their disposal, as well as them serving as distractions on our way out.

Plan B, we split up and go the other path, We tell them to keep going down the path they are going and escape. We lure the beast (or don't) towards our way to the chamber on the other path, betting that it going for us (or them) lets at least one group survive.

Direct engagment is likely to fail as we don't have the firepower for this. The weakpoint shot is tempting but I don't want to guess the dice requirement for that and if we fail we are probably gonna die very soon after.

That said OP, I have a very important question. Is the tablet on us?
>>
>>5869084
shooting one of their own is something I wouldn't except even from the other death squads.
>>
>>5869092
I'm afraid not. It's currently with one of the fleeing soldiers, so you could still use it if you got to them.

>>5869084
Keep in mind, Anon, the elevator was previously described as quite massive. Like, it could carry multiple vehicles upwards.
>>
>>5869093
Those guys barely even followed orders. They're getting what they had coming.
It's ok, DD will assign us a new squad when we make it back. But first we have to make it back.

>>5869102
Yeah I know it's big enough for everyone to escape in, but no way is it fast enough. Vinella's gonna rip a cable and everyone inside will be doomed. So really there's no harm in shooting one guy a little early, just so she knows where to go? One body on the path to the elevator and she won't even think to check the side chamber.
>>
>>5869158
Likely no need to shoot either way, she'll likely follow the trail of the bigger crowd if we go our own way, and shooting a guy and getting on the elevator is not unnecessary because it'll still take her time to open the door, so we will have traded an able soldier who would've been on the elevator with us going up for a wounded one to feed to her on the ground for half a second as we travel above. This is besides the fact we would've destroyed all remaining morale or hierarchy among our troops. They are panicked and disorganized yes, but that can be rectified unless we crossed the line like this. While our sonic weapons may be lacking killing power, they CAN harm her. She was being highly tactical in her avoidance and disruption of us from the start of the encounter, and while she is very resilient, sonic weaponry doesn't play on the material strength on the opponent to disorient them.

>>5869102
Damn, then addition to possible plan A/B shout to them to use tablet to notify we encountered Vinella (iirc blackstar has someone with a grudge/another death squad might want the bounty). Or do it ourselves by reaching them.
Currently could go either way with those 2 plans so if other anons got thoughts to share I'm for it. At the moment I lean towards plan A.
>>
>>5869169
Supporting the tablet idea. We should keep going down the path we are and split up. It's the only way to survive.

Also the subject that someone had a grudge with was not VINElla but a subject that could use vines, that being PF-4. It was Blackstar that wanted her though.
>>
>Something else...
Given where everyone was going, and the importance of numbers during this encounter, you decided to run down the switchback stairs as well. You weren't going to try your luck with the side-chamber, especially if it meant being left all on your own. Thus, you ran down the stairs, the other soldier who tried closing the door following closely. Meanwhile, you yelled for your men to use the tablet to contact anyone who could help out. The one with the tablet quickly went to work, while another soldier started yelling into the radio he had on him. "WE'RE IN NEED OF BACK-UP RIGHT NOW! WE'RE TWO MEN DOWN AND 38-VG IS ON OUR BACKS! WE ARE IN THE SOUTH-EASTERN QUADRANT, FLOOR 57 IN THE GARBAGE DISPOSAL AREA! I REPEAT, WE ARE IN THE SOUTH-EASTERN QUADRANT, FLOOR 57 IN THE GARBAGE DISPOSAL AREA!" He sounded quite desperate, yet still trying to keep his composure despite the chaos. It got even worse as there was a loud bang against the closing door above you.

The subject's huge claws were keeping the door open, digging into the thick metal walls and slowly forcing it open. The machinery which slid the door open was trying its best to close, yet it was unable to deal with Vinella's immense strength. By this point, you got down from the stairs and were running for the elevator. You ran past the transport vehicles which were parked there, heading for the elevator on which two of your men had already walked and were looking up at the doors which were opening more and more to Vinella's wrath. Though as the third soldier ran on it, he looked for the control panel at the back and would try and activate it before you or the rest of your men could get on it. As he pressed the button, there was a rumbling sound, followed by the thing starting to move upward. "WAIT FOR US, DICKHEAD!" One of the two other men in front of you would yell, as the one behind you seemed quite upset as well. "MOTHERFUCKER! YOU'RE LEAVING US BEHIND!" The one who had pressed the button to get the huge elevator to go up would not really be too worried by the insults right now, especially since the door holding the subject back finally gave in...

There was a loud bang as the sliding metal doors were first pushed all the way open, followed by the door mechanism breaking. The bit of wall the door was placed in broke entirely, as Vinella pushed it open with way too much force and caused some of the concrete to crack and the entire place to tremble. Dust and rubble fell over parts of the room, and some smoke started entering the small hub area. At this point, you told your men to aim for the subject as you ran to the platform. Two of the men on the elevator were quick to do so with their sonic cannons. Though, the one who had pressed the button tried looking for any place to hide, the platform having a few metal crates and one of the transport vehicles on it. He hid behind the crates and kept low, likely being too scared to fight.
>>
Meanwhile, the two ahead of you reached the platform and tried climbing onto it before it was too late. You could probably still reach it as well, but the one behind you might need a hand to get onto the platform as well.

Once the two soldiers got onto the platform, they'd also grab their sonic cannons before starting to aim at the subject. Though even then, the weaponry only seemed to annoy her a bit as she moved a hand in front of her face to block it out. By now, you could see her in far greater detail, as more of her entered the room. The subject had long black hair, and the strange antennae like protrusion which had shot acid at you seemed to be connected to her back. Insect like legs wrapped slightly around her waist area, and some portions of her appeared dressed in sleek black leather-like clothing. With the one hand which wasn't blocking out the sound cannons, she would grab onto the walkway and pull herself further into the room. Though, given her strength this quickly destroyed the walkway, leaving her to use the wall below her to try and pull herself free. The moment most of her body got onto the quickly-faltering metal walkway and the stairwell, it seemed to give in to her immense weight. The walkway collapsed to the ground with most of her on it.

During this time, you were able to hoist yourself up onto the elevator as well, barely climbing on it on time. Though, this left the one soldier behind you stranded, as he spoke in a panic. "WAIT FOR ME!" As he screamed, Vinella started getting up from the huge pile of rubble she had turned the walkway into. She didn't seem too bothered at all by the fall, or the continued use of the sound-cannons. She calmly stood up while still using her hand to block the sound from hitting her face. She was also slowly stepping forward.

>Write in what the plan is... if any.

Suggestions:
>Try and reduce weight on the elevator by pushing some of the heavier items off of it together.
>Grab the final soldier and hoist him onto the platform.
>Just keep shooting. Maybe try your rifles or flamethrowers, now that you had an even cleaner shot on her.
>Maybe the subject was misunderstood? Perhaps you could try and reason with her!
>>
>>5869492
>Write in what the plan is... if any.
First, Grab the final soldier and hoist him, while doing so, yell to one of the soldiers to aim their weapons at the walkway below her feat. The other blasts focusing on her face.
Lastly, while they do so. go to the transport vehicle and see if it can be activated/has its key inside, if so have it drive straight towards her direction to crash the rest of the walkway/slam into her as we move up.
>>
>>5869513
in case it needs to be mentioned, yes, we get the fuck out of it before it goes flying off obviously.
>>
>>5869492
>Try and reduce weight on the elevator by pushing some of the heavier items off of it together.
Man if we had gone into the side chamber we could be slipping away behind her right now
>>
>>5869513
Support.
>>
>Write in what the plan is... if any.
>Try and reduce weight on the elevator by pushing some of the heavier items off of it together.
You didn't hesitate a second to lie down at the edge of the elevator and reach your hands out for the final soldier. You pulled with all the might you had, but the guy's equipment made it quite difficult. You tried pulling him up with all the force you had, him being lifted from the ground by the moving platform. "DON'T LET GO NOW!" He almost begged you, as you feared that it'd become impossible to keep a hold on him. All the while, your men kept using their sonic cannons to try and keep the subject back.

You yelled at them to aim some of their weapons at the crumbled walkway below her, one of your men pulling out the flamethrower and doing as told. Though, the subject quickly used her other claw to try and block out the flames to prevent the area around her getting set ablaze. Thus, she continued to slowly trot forward past the pile of rubble below her. And as she got closer, she kicked against one of the vehicles in front of her which utterly destroyed it and threw chunks of it all around you. Though fortunately, this also made her lose her balance just a tiny bit, making her pause her approach. Better yet, was the fact that none of the debris from the vehicle hit you or your men. However, the shaking and noise was certainly somewhat overwhelming.

Throughout all of this, you struggled to pull your final man onto the platfrom. Though shortly after, one of your other other men got beside you and also grabbed the last soldier's hands, the two of you successfully hoisting the guy up. He was quick to crawl onto the platform before speaking in an elated tone. "Thank you, thank you much! Both of you!" He sounded almost emotional, before one of the men with the sonic cannons spoke up. "LESS TALKING, MORE SHOOTING THIS FUCKING THING!" The final guy quickly got his rifle, and aimed at the subject, trying to shoot at her arms and legs.

However, the bullets seemed to just bounce off of her. You'd need something a lot larger to damage her. And right now, all your men were trying their damnedest to unload everything on her. One soldier was cowering, one was using a flamethrower, the last soldier was using a rifle, and the other three were using sonic cannons. It was then that you had an idea. as you yelled at one of your men to get to the nearby vehicle to try and enter it. "WHAT?! WHY?!" One of the men yelled at you, as you told them you had an idea. In turn, one of the men with the sonic weaponry did as told, and ran towards the vehicle.

He tried opening it the normal way, before breaking open the window and forcing the door open from the inside. "KEY'S INSIDE!" He said, before you told him to drive it towards the subject. "WHAT, WITH ME STILL IN IT?!" You told him to just jump out of it, as he nodded his head and yelled back. "THIS BETTER FUCKING WORK, JACK!"
>>
The one with the flamethrower yelled back in turn, doing so quite angrily. "JUST LISTEN TO JACK! WE CAN'T HOLD HER BACK WITH THIS!" The subject was indeed starting to speed up her walk again, still blocking the flames and sound with her huge clawed hands. Thus, the soldier in the transport vehicle tried and move it into position to ram it into Vinella. Even if he missed, then it'd still lessen the weight on the elevator considerably. However, it was then that Vinella made her appendages appear again, aiming them straight at the platform. "SHIT, TAKE COVER!" One of the soldiers said as they knew what was about to happen. And right as the vehicle sped forward and off the platform, Vinella sprayed a bunch of acid all over the place. It wasn't exactly aimed, going all over the place as your men quickly ducked for cover. The vehicle was the first to get hit, as it skid all over the place and the soldier inside of it lost control. He did manage to fly off of the platform, but unfortunately missed... and worse, the soldier inside didn't have enough time to jump out...

The vehicle crashed into a bunch of the other vehicles, starting to melt as the soldier ran out of it and screamed in pain. With her no longer being battered by fire and sound, Vinella moved her claws out of the way and would rush the struck soldier now close to her. The soldier didn't take notice, until it was too late, being grabbed by Vinella with both arms and being lifted into the air. He screamed at the top of his lungs, as you soon watched Vinella rip the guy in half between both of her hands. The guy let out an ear-piercing scream, some of the poor sod's blood coating Vinella's face and upper torso. She then would throw the torso right back at you and your men, it crashing into the wall and splattering his insides all over the place. One more man down...

Thankfully, the platform was starting to speed up, thanks to the weight which was shed. Not just from the vehicle and the unfortunate loss of another man, but also because Vinella's acid had melted away some small chunks of the platform. It was now getting high enough where Vinella could maybe not reach it. But despite that, Vinella looked at you with a sadistic and gleeful smile, before starting to make her way towards you and the others.

You had a small height advantage now. You still had 4 men, yourself and a coward who was hiding in fear.

>Write in what to do next.

Suggestions:
>Just hide and don't try to fight her. Once you were high up enough, she couldn't see through the platform and see where you were hiding anymore.
>Throw more items off of the platform. Both to shed more weight and to maybe drop them on her.
>Keep on shooting her to ensure she couldn't try anything funny with that acid of hers.

(The dice keep saving you... Honestly, at this rate, I can see you somehow escaping with only 3 casualties... That is, if the dice keep being kind to you.)
>>
>>5869785
>Throw more items off of the platform. Both to shed more weight and to maybe drop them on her.

I guess there's no cable for her to cut? Or with an elevator this size maybe there's multiple.
>>
>>5869785
>Write in what to do next.
We are doing both suggestion 1 and 3.
we split into two groups, one group is going to keep using sonic weaponry bc her claws can't guide her too well if she's climbing up to reach us, and if she does use both claws her progress near halts. At the very least they can help keep her at range.


second group starts taking shit to shove onto her, yell out to the fucker hiding if he doesn't stop being deadweight and help move shit to drop on her, he's being tossed to the subject next.
>>
>>5869835
Support this one, wonder if we escape unscathed out of this.
>>
>>5869785
>ust hide and don't try to fight her. Once you were high up enough, she couldn't see through the platform and see where you were hiding anymore.
I want to kiss her.
>>
>>5869810
I think we are on more of a platform kind of elevator rather then a cable elevator. The sci looking ones with a lot of machinery involved.

>>5870107
Anon she wants to tear you to pieces.
>>
>>5870107
Anon, please do not simp the crush fetish subject. If you kiss her, you will absolutely get fucking murdered.
>>
>>5870107
>>5870170
>Anon, please do not simp the crush fetish subject. If you kiss her, you will absolutely get fucking murdered.
We can fix her
>>
>Write in what to do next...
With the elevator slowly crawling upwards, you decided that the 6 of you could escape this hellish place. You just needed to get the elevator all the way up to ensure she could no longer reach you. Thus, you decided to once again split up the group to get some things done. You would and two other men would take your sonic weaponry to try and hold her back. Meanwhile the other group of 2 would get the coward, force him to co-operate and hopefully toss some of the heavy items off the platform and onto her head. For once in your life, your men didn't question you or talk back to you in any way. They were all determined to try and survive this ordeal.

You and two of your other men got to the edge of the platform and would aim your cannons at the subject. The subject would once again put a giant claw in front of her face to block out the sound. She tried getting closer to you, the platform rising and getting you further out of range. However, she still had her acid spray which you'd need to contend with. Fortunately, the other men would start getting to work, first telling the coward that you could all escape if you worked together well. And after being dragged from cover and told that he'd be thrown off if he didn't help, he started helping out your men. They first started pushing the metal boxes, having to lift them up together as one person just couldn't carry it alone.

As this was going on, the subject would reach the nearby wall and started trying to crawl up it. You were at least 40 feet up now, the subject being forced to crawl go up the wall if she wanted to really reach you. Though, given that one hand was necessary to block out the sound, she was clearly gonna struggle reaching up. And with the platform getting higher and higher with each passing second, that meant that the crates which would be dropped on her would hopefully deal even more damage... And soon, the first metal box was thrown towards her. It hurdled in her direction and would crash into her shoulder, momentarily stunning her as she'd take a step back. "TAKE THAT, YOU GODDAMN ABOMINATION!" One of the men who threw the crate at her yelled. "KEEP THROWING SHIT AT HER, BOYS!" One of the men in your group yelled, as the subject seemed to head away from the wall, seemingly realising that clawing after you wasn't going to work...
>>
Instead, she'd soon grab one of the vehicles which were nearby, lifting it up from the ground with minimal effort, before lobbing it right at you. "INCOMING!" Another one of your men yelled, as they stopped firing and ran away from the side. But, it was already too late, as you heard a loud blast and felt the entire platform quaking. The ledge which you shot at her from was heavily damaged, and the acid holes which had formed before were making huge portions of the platform unstable. Worse though, was the fact that two of your men at the edge had been struck by debris and were bleeding. Though, not enough for them to get out of the fight, as they quickly got up.

Things only got worse then, as the elevator started slowing down and pausing, her potentially having damaged some vital parts to it with the car projectile. Vinella laughed softly, you able to see her through one of the holes in the platform. She placed the weird antennae appendages against the floor as she grabbed another vehicle. She'd already aim it, yet didn't throw it for... some reason. She looked at the platform, seemingly waiting for something. Was she expecting the platform to collapse? Or perhaps she was waiting to see anyone pop their head up from behind the ledge of it? At least you had some small gaps in the platform from the acid damage through which you could see her and what she was doing...

You had an even greater height advantage, but the platform was no longer moving... And worse, the acid damage from before and the damage from the transport vehicle had made the platform most unstable, to say the least. You at least now had five men and yourself, though two of them were somewhat injured from what Vinella had done...

>Write in what to do next.

Suggestions:
>Check the display for the elevator to see if it said why it stopped. Hopefully, the elevator could keep going still.
>Bet it all on a lucky shot. Try and use your own, or one of your men's, guns to shoot at her. If you hit her in a weak spot, maybe she'd be too stunned to throw the second vehicle.
>Just quickly hide and pray she doesn't find you once she makes her way up here.
>Keep sticking to the plan. Have your men continue to throw things at her while you fire at her. Maybe through the holes of the platform, you could stun her long enough?

(The lucky dice are starting to fade. You still got a chance to escape, but... the path out of here is getting narrower.)
>>
>>5870286
>Write in what to do next.
we check the display, but have the guys lunging shit at her keep doing so, leverage height while we can.
>>
>>5870286
backing >>5870292
It wasn't cable cutting, but I knew she'd find a way to stop the elevator. They always tell you to take stairs in an emergency for a reason.
>>
>>5870292
Supporting.
>>
>Write in what to do next.
The first thing you did after you saw Vinella aim the vehicle at the platform again, was rush towards the control panel to try and get it to work. You yelled to your men to throw more items at her, with two of the uninjured men and one of the injured men grabbing a nearby box near the edge and getting ready to throw it at her. However, things were getting most precarious, with the entire platform creaking and shaking as you ran on it. The platform was clearly getting less and less stable, but that didn't stop you from moving quickly. And once you reached the display, you'd press for the thing to go up right away. After pressing it, the platform creaked and there was a loud noise coming from inside of it, before it started moving up again at a pace which was... not terrible, but not great either. And right as the thing started moving, your men managed to push the box off of the platform.

Right as this happened, you'd hear another whizzing sound, followed by a loud bang coming from the edge of the platform. Your men all lost their balance and held onto the platform for dear life. You watched as a huge portion of the platform broke into bits of shrapnel, and even more chunks soon after fell off due to the structural weakness. By now, more than 50% of the platform's solid surface was gone. The entire thing became slanted from how imbalanced its weight was. More importantly, the edge of the platform, which originally at least 20 feet away from you, was now easily only 6 feet away from you. Hell, you could look over it and see down most of the space.

From the looks of it, it seemed that Vinella had aimed for the centre of the platform, but had hit it slightly off. You also noticed that the metal box your men had thrown at her had in fact hit her... but once again, none of it seemed to put a dent in her. The good news now was that the platform was at least moving a lot faster due to the reduced weight, as you for a moment thought you could all escape. Your men remained low, refusing to get up just due to how unstable the entire thing was. Maybe, just maybe, you'd get out of reach of Vinella and be able to get out of here... However, you'd soon see Vinella's appendages appearing again, aiming right at you before firing another huge spray of acid upwards. A haze of the acidic substance would reach the underside of the platform, and you heard more creaking and sizzling. The platform bent even more downwards, and you saw your men holding on as tightly as possible, praying that they'd be safe...

Unfortunately, it was all for nothing...
>>
The platform bent more and more, before there was a loud clank sound and... it all came crushing down. You heard air loudly whistling past you, you barely having time to realise you were actually in freefall. Your fall lasted only about 2 seconds, and once you crashed down to the ground you felt utter pain through your body. Dust was kicked up, making it impossible for you to see what was going on. Though, your sight was the last thing on your mind right now, as you felt sharp pain throughout your entire body. The shot of pain was thankfully quickly numbed as the adrenaline in your system tried to make you ignore the pain of the fall and keep you conscious. You were breathing heavily, as you tried getting up despite the searing sensations throughout your body.

Looking around you as the dust settled, you saw the two already injured men lying limp and face down on the remnants of the platform. You heard one of your soldiers groan in pain, followed by hearing another one screaming in agony. The one soldier who had followed you closely and tried to lock Vinella out of the room was still alive, trembling as he tried to push himself up from the ground. He soon noticed you, trying to reach a hand out to you. "J-Jack!" He mumbled in pain, before you heard cracking and creaking sounds, mixed in with loud footsteps approaching you slowly. And soon, you watched the dark figure of Vinella approach you. Lying on the floor right in front of her, you found that she was... even more horrifically huge than she had seemed before. And as the dust dissipated, you saw the smile on her face as she looked down at you. Had it not been for... what she had done, you would've called it an innocent or gentle smile. But you knew that behind those monstrous eyes, there was nothing innocent or gentle.

"Y-You... s-sick... FUCK!" The soldier who had called out your name would say in pain, Vinella immediately turning her head to him. And then, her eyes widened and she lunged at him. You heard metal creaking and solid matter breaking, as you saw her picking the soldier up by the head with just two of her gigantic claws. The soldier panicked, yet still seemed angry and aggressive. "YOU'LL DIE FOR THIS! YOU'LL FUCKING DIE, YOU MONSTEROUS PIECE OF SHIT, YOU-" Vinella would grab a hold of the guy's arms with both hands, before... she pressed down on them. The soldier screamed in pain, as you watched blood seeping from between her claws. The guy begged for mercy, yet the psychopathic subject did not cease her cruelties whatsoever. She seemed determined to do this slowly, crushing his arms until her claws were trembling from the force she was exerting... The sound of flesh squelching, bones breaking and the agonizing screams... during your entire career, never had you see a single sentient being cause this much pain and agony on her own. The terror this beast incited made... Diamond Dogs look weak in comparison.
>>
After a minute which felt like an eternity, Vinella finally seemed to show mercy... in the form of ripping the guy's arms cleanly off. The guy fell to the ground, screaming a bit longer before simply breathing heavily. And not much later, he went quiet and seemed to go entire limp. It seemed he had succumbed to the heinous acts Vinella had done and was going unconscious... and given the blood loss and injuries, he was probably going to pass as well. With the guy dead, Vinella crouched down to you, inspecting you for a minute before removing your helmet. And then, she simply... stared at you. She seemed to wait for you to... do or say something. Did she expect you to insult her as well? Or to beg for mercy? Or was there some other reason as to why she was doing this?

>What do you do?

(Bit of a question for you guys... I'm writing this kind of brutality to show just how... psychotic and fucked in the head Vinella is, but... you guys aren't too bothered by it, right? I know 4chan is a place for edgy shit and there are way worse things which are posted here, buuut I also don't want to put people off with extremely gory descriptions of torture and what not. It does fit with Vinella, but... yeah, just wanna make sure I'm not grossing people out or overdoing it.)

(Either way, I'll give you guys a turn to... maybe speak with Vinella, after which we'll return to Mikhail again. Honestly, I doubt Vinella will say or do much... aside from killing you in a most brutal fashion. Unless if you tell her how much you love your boys and how you'd hate for her to maul their bodies right in front of you or something along those lines.)
>>
>>5870624
Damn we lost the dice war. This is very tragic.
OP do we have grenades on us?
>>
>>5870647
Okay, so I never really considered Diamond Dogs to be the type to use grenades. However, I decided to roll for this for the funny...

Unfortunately, the dice gods have not supported the idea. So, I guess your only option is talking to her... though to be fair, I can see you guys opting to just keep quiet and not give her the pleasure of hearing you suffer.
>>
>>5870656
fuck you op, you aren't allowed to predict me like this

wait so do we not even have a pistol on us right now?
>>
>>5870663
I'll be nice and grant you that at the very least. It'd be a nice way to show her a final moment of disdain and refusal to give up.

also, inb4 this happens: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u61F_qvdid0
>>
>>5870664
It's not for her OP. Its for -
also its probably closer to
https://youtu.be/QnX_mQ9apu8?t=69
>>5870624
A fuck ton of ways to go about this. but I'd rather not ask questions or beg for mercy.

two of the main ones im partial two are
A; keep quiet and don't say anything, we just stare right back at her. If she starts to torture us we take out our gun and blow our brains out to prevent her from getting the satisfaction from killing us.
B; "Mom and Dad did always say I have a charming face."
C; Knowing its futile take out our gun and go for her head. when it doesn't work say "Worth a shot" before she tears us to pieces.
Lenaing towards A and B for obvious reasons. I await to see what my fellow anons think
>>
>>5870663
If we do have a sidearm within reach, perhaps the best use for that would be to deny her the pleasure of playing with us alive
>>
>>5870672
Supporting option B. It's too fucking funny not to.
>>
By the way, I still wanna know if you guys are okay with like... the brutality I'm writing or if it's too much. Not just too much as in it being too many graphic details, but too much in the sense of... well, Vinellas style of torture beint quite evident by now. Also, if the gun is taken away and doesn't give Jack the sweet relief of death, I wanna make sure you guys are okay with me writing a painful fucking ending for the poor dude.
>>
>>5870725
I'm fine with it, but i won't speak for the other anons.
you could alternatively have us saved by reinforcements coming in on the nick of time OP
>>
>>5870725
Painful excruciating torture is fine for me.
>>
>>5870624
>tell her how much you love your boys and how you'd hate for her to maul their bodies right in front of you
Beg her not to
Beg her to kill us first
Then run the fuck away while she's enjoying herself with them
Hopefully she'll be distracted enough that she won't even notice until we've made it far enough to hide
>>
>What do you do?
You knew that you currently were... basically fucked. You had a gun in your pocket, and she gave you a moment to speak or... try something. Though shooting her with the would absolutely do fuck all to her, probably. She had tanked heavy crates, machine guns, fire and even sound cannons. A single bullet was probably not gonna do much. And even if you did try to get your gun, you didn't exactly have the strength in your arms to swiftly grab it and shoot her. Still, you did grab it... but mostly for a different intention. And, to your surprise, Vinella didn't stop you from grabbing the gun. Perhaps she was expecting you to try something against her? Though given how she stared, you decided to say one thing to her....

"Mom and Dad did always say I have a charming face."

You were able to grab your gun, Vinella starting to giggle. You couldn't tell it was due to what you said, or because of you grabbing the gun. Either way, she'd soon put two of her claws on your legs. She was surprisingly gentle with the pressure she put on it, yet it still hurt immensely just due to how battered your body was. Unfortunately, shortly after, she started slowly putting more pressure on your injured legs, the pain becoming worse and worse. And soon, a third finger also went for your torso, pressing on it and making things even worse. Thank god she was letting you grab a hold of your pistol.

With a trembling arm, you brought it towards your head. Though seeing what you were doing, Vinella's smile became even more demented and she instantly pushed down with her three claws onto your legs and torso. The pain once again became too much, as she you felt her slicing through your stomach and crushing your leg bones. Though, you kept on moving the gun to your head, Vinella's torture not stopping you from ending her fun prematurely. You got the gun against your head, Vinella's claw quickly slicing upwards. You felt a second of pain before, you pulled the trigger and-

...

...

...

...
>>
"You're listening to VRCMG Radio with your favourite target, Annie Marconi, and you just heard The Grand Station by Shipwreck Periapsis. Before I play our next song, I would like to take this moment to announce something to my wonderful listeners. I hereby wish to give my condolences to nine brave and oh so intelligent soldiers from Diamond Dogs, who lost their lives whilst trying to hunt me down. Their courage and fighting spirit were an inspiration to all, as these exemplarily and dignified death squad soldiers have truly redefined what it means to be a hero!"

"They have bravely slaughtered a dying janitor, five injured technicians, a traumatized low ranking scientist, and two maimed and unarmed guards in the most slow and sadistic ways possible. After such acts of pure bravery, these heroes went to the location I specifically said Vinella was, expecting me to lie to them... Yet I am heart-broken to announce that... I was not lying, and I do not think I need to tell you what has happened to them."

"I hope these nine men, who likely suffered a most dreadful fate at the hands of Vinella, will inspire many in the future to do the 'right' thing. And to those who are sceptical of the actions these men have performed, I am sure the government will be most delighted to inform you all about their motives, actions and much more about the... heroic acts they have committed down here."

"With that out of the way, let's return to our regularly scheduled programming and play our next song..."

...

>Back to our regularly scheduled programming.
You woke up to the sound of wind and the tent moving all about, having woken up early in the day after heading back to sleep quite early yesterday. You saw Thaddeus, Derek and Lydia sleeping nearby in their own sleeping bags. You could already see that the sun was starting to rise from inside the tent. More importantly, you also heard plenty of noise outside, as men left the nearby tents and went to work. Hell, you already heard plenty of chattering and footsteps. Checking the time, you saw that it was around half past 5, meaning it was time to get going!

>Wake up your men and tell them to get going.
>Let them rest and wait for them to awake on their own. They deserved a bit more time to rest.
>Leave them to it and explore the nearby area a bit ahead of time.
>Something else...

(So, first of all, a bit of a shorter update for Mikhail... but hey, we're getting back into it now, so it's only fair. More importantly, I just wanna hear your thoughts on the little side-story. Would you guys like to do more of them in the future?)
>>
>>5871224
>Wake up your men and tell them to get going.
Slave driving

> thoughts on the little side-story. Would you guys like to do more of them in the future?
I liked it and would be open to more. Hopefully in the next one we can actually play the psychopath squad like psychopaths and do anything to try and survive. After all the heinous shit we've heard Diamond Dogs get up to it felt weird to play them as a power of friendship group that met death with one final marvel movie quip.

>>5870725
Forgot to reply to this earlier but the brutality is nice and immersive.
>>
>>5871224
>hear your thoughts on the little side-story. Would you guys like to do more of them in the future?
I want to kill monster girls but do not have the weapons to do so.
was a neat little segment. wouldn't mind doing them every now and then.

well I wanted to do this before that little story but we are probably going to need to gear up a little. We probably aren't going to have any weapons that can beat a subject like Vinella, but we can at least increase our tactical gear that gives us more options and playing keep away and escape.

>Leave them to it and explore the nearby area a bit ahead of time.
>Something else...
look at what type of gear we have in stock/can take with us. Either from our group alone request from lodger/gov as a whole. Included in this is something highly basic for that other subject the slime who I want to watch dissipate.
>>
>>5871224
>Something else...
Let them rest and wait for them to awake on their, while we get some information with other teams.

QM are we the only Lodger team or there are more present? Otherwise try to talk with the Leonard and his crew if awoken.

>Would you guys like to do more of them in the future?
Yes, I liked the change of a pace brought.
>>
>>5871254
Nah, there are far more Lodger men present who you can talk with. I imagine that, based on what this Anon suggested (>>5871249), you'd both agree to meet up with more men from Lodger to get information and gear.
>>
>>5871516
works for me OP
>>
>Leave them to it and explore the nearby area a bit ahead of time.
Despite the activity going on around you, and the clear fact many other groups were well-awake by now, you decided to leave your men be. Thus, you put on your outfit, got your combat boots and would leave the tent with everyone else staying there. Leaving the tent, you saw that the sun hadn't risen yet, but the orange glow of the sunrise was already starting to overtake the horizon. You also saw that there were already quite a lot of men walking about. Not as much as yesterday when you returned, but it was clear that people were starting to wake up and move around the place.

You decided that you'd wait for your men to wake up before you'd get moving. After all, they deserved some good rest... maybe also because some had stayed up for quite some time after you went to sleep. The good news was that there was plenty for you to do at this time. Just because your men weren't awake, didn't mean you were out of options for what to do. There were plenty of places to visit, plenty of people you could look at, and plenty of other things you could investigate. Though, given everything you had learnt yesterday, there were a few specific things on your mind right now...

>Something else...
You and your men's tents were placed close to the centre of a large conglomeration of Lodger tents. This meant that there were plenty of men around from other groups with whom you could talk. Some you maybe already met before in previous missions, many who you... clearly didn't know at all. But hey, they could still provide some useful intel to you and your men, right? More importantly was the fact that Lodger had also set up a large, main area where the higher-ups from the death squad worked: The real pencil-pushers who made sure stable supply lines and good logistical connections presumably worked there. And they would be the ones who could provide you with all kinds of gear and supplies you could use. More specific weaponry, better tools and material than whatever the hell the government was willing to provide. Not to mention, them likely being able to get material for some more... specific requests. The highly basic chemicals necessary to deal with 7-SM came to mind, for one...
>>
Thus, you'd head to that area first. Anyone you'd encounter there could probably be of use with sharing intel with you. Not to mention, recommendations for what sort of gear you could use. It thankfully didn't take long for you to reach the area. Not only was it quite visible from a distance due to how large and well-equipped it was, but it was also actually fenced off and and well-guarded. Many men in similar outfits to yours were walking around it, patrolling it or simply browsing the items which were there. You'd reach the main entrance to the area in short few minutes of walking. You saw some men were actually busy setting up even more solid structures, with reinforced walls and actual construction items. Lodger probably saw it fit that such an important spot be more well-protected against whatever was thrown its way. Regardless, you'd enter the area, finding many tents and a few solid structures strewn about, all of which were brimming with crates and material caches. Some had small transport vehicles, others had displays showing useful equipment.

Another benefit was that there were many higher-ups actually around there. They didn't have the same armour you had, but still had similar colouration and badges. More importantly, they were seated at various counters to which you could just... walk up, and ask them for items. The nearest one of these higher-ups you could see was standing in front of a nearby building which clearly was an arms depot. He was currently checking things on a tablet, likely already busy at work looking over supplies and what not.

>Ask the nearest Lodger higher-up for certain materials and ask them where you can get them (Write in what you want to get)
>Ask some nearby soldiers for the items you wanna get. Not only could you maybe get an idea of where to get what you need, but you could have a casual chat and maybe get some intel (Write in what you'll tell them you're looking for.)
>Simply start browsing the area for some items you think you'll need. You could hit up any nearby soldiers you saw for information and intel.
>Something else...

(Maybe a slightly less eventful update... but, I do wanna give you guys time to really think about what you want to get before just naming a bunch of potentially useful items which you can get here. And of course a chance to chat with some other folk from Lodger here, while you're at it.)

(Oh, on a last note, I may not make 2 updates tomorrow, but just one instead. I also do not know how updates will go throughout the weekend. I imagine that I'll get at least one update in on each day of the weekend, but I really cannot be too sure due to how hectic things have been planned. I'll try and keep you updated though!)
>>
>>5871677
>>Ask some nearby soldiers for the items you wanna get. Not only could you maybe get an idea of where to get what you need, but you could have a casual chat and maybe get some intel (Write in what you'll tell them you're looking for.)
This before we go to lodger higher up

Ask whem what are some things a lot of squads seem to be grabbing and what they would reccomend grabbing, as well as where we can find
-explosive gear like grenades
-special gear for specific subjects (like say a highly basic compound)
-and other utility gear

starting off the eventual very long list for critique from other anons.
Utility gear like flashbangs/smoke/poison gas grenades.
Special more modern gear of that nature (idk shock/emp grenades or some shit)
night/thermal vision goggles.
Some of the sort of stuff the other death squad uses in terms of traps. Stuff like tripwire explosives etc.
on the topic of explosives, some of those but not for attacking like rpgs would be, but for structural damage like placed explosives, be it for breaching walls or shattering floors.
If we could have placeable cameras that would also be grea- man we should played as freaking heathen. We ain't getting shit as lodger.
a drone that flies and two RC cars that we can control.
special stuff specific towards certain subjects (surely they have something for teams targeting certain subjects).
Gas masks
Lastly I doubt we do but what kind of heavier/heavy hitting weapons do we have? even if they are expendable, just something that can be trusted to leave a dent or force em to take a step back.
idk if there are any sci fi radars we can use.
OP some of the things I mentioned may already be included in our gear, but I am not sure what our helmets can and can't do so I am just playing it safe.
This list will likely grow
>>
>>5871677
>>5871707
I'll support the first two/three but the full list is looking like far more than our squad can reasonably carry, let alone what Lodger would be willing to supply us with. Hell, some of it they might not even have - since Heathen came too they might not have bothered to bring tripwires/other trapping equipment. Heavier weapons likewise we'll probably need to trade for/loot from a dead Heroes squad.

Also we really should be bothering the government for some of this. The basic compounds especially, those are directly related to monster girl elimination.
>>
>>5871724
Anon I literally searched up a list for urban tunnel warfare for IRL.
>>
>>5871776
I dunno man, I see heavy weaponry, emp grenades, and "sci fi radars" on there, so either you added those and possibly added others or your IRL urban tunnel warfare list may not be as IRL as you think
>>
>>5871795
the sci fi stuff was more me asking what if it exists or what forms of it exist rather then just tacking it on us. I want to know our options for those given areas. But that's a fair point I should have specified. But the majority of the stuff mentioned is definitely possible ofr us to carry (more then 2 or 3)
>>
>Ask some nearby soldiers for the items you wanna get. Not only could you maybe get an idea of where to get what you need, but you could have a casual chat and maybe get some intel.

First, ask France Cobbler and some of his men about:
Looking around, you decided not to just head to the higher-ups right away. After all, you still needed an idea as to what you should get. And what better person to ask then the nearby Lodgerites who knew what kind of equipment was often in demand? Thus, you'd walk up to the nearest group of soldiers you could see, greeting them before asking if you could ask them some things related to material. Though, the soldier who saw you quickly started smiling. "I'd be more than happy to, Mikhail." He knew your name? Oh god, why did he know your name. The other men he was with didn't seem to know who you were, based on the confused expressions they had. Though the guy who knew your name seemed confident.

"Come on, don't you remember me? France Cobbler? We're both from Ydelos-3!" The name did ring familiar... but you had met many soldiers before, so... it wasn't exactly out of the ordinary. France still continued though. "You joined Lodger a bit before me? Hell, we were stationed on the same planet during that one campaign a few years ago... what was it, uhhh, it was against a guerrilla campaign by locals against some rich business owner or something like that on that planet?" You did remember such a mission, but you didn't recall seeing France here... Then again, you didn't remember much of the guy. Probably because you just met once and then just focused on your job.

The other soldiers seemed amused, speaking softly. "Maybe you're just confusing him with someone else, France?" Of course, France hand-waved this comment a little. "Naaah, I remember Mikhail here quite decently. Maybe he doesn't remember me as well, since I was just a normal soldier at that point in time, rather than commanding you guys." At least France didn't seem insulted by the fact you didn't know who the hell he was. "So, what brings you here in this early morning? Getting supplies for another run down into this place?" You nodded along, before deciding you might as well ask him some of the questions you had.

Thus, you asked him your first question, wanting to know what most squads were grabbing. "Well, if you're asking about the squads outside of Lodger, I'd have no clue. It's mostly basic stuff from the government. Probably just rations, medical equipment, ammo for their guns, the usual stuff. If you're asking about what other men from Lodger are getting, it's mostly the same really. Though, we also tend to get our own tablets. You know, so you don't have to deal with that one electrical subject and her interference." You told him that you had already gotten that, before asking what they'd recommend. One of France's men was quick to respond. "Enough medical equipment, that's for sure."
>>
France gave a more serious answer though. "Well, it really depends on what you wanna do! We've opted to help out with setting up some safe-points throughout the ruins, soooo we mostly just have tools to clear corridors and set up fortifications. I dunno what you're doing, but... I'm sure whatever it is, you can find something for it around here." Yeah, not the answer you wanted, but... you could at least get a bit more specific with your requests right away, given that you knew a few things you wanted already.

First of those things you wanted, were explosives. You asked for Grenades, flashbangs, smoke grenades and poison gas grenades. The men seemed to nod as you said the first, though were quick to respond to the fourth. "Don't think they got any poison gas grenades, I'm afraid. They do have the others though, and in pretty decent standard." One of France's men said, after which France proudly said. "Better than what the government can provide, for sure. I've heard some men from Blackstar and Diamond Dogs even wanted access to some of the stuff we got, since the government supplies are... sorta shit." Speaking of the other death squads, you'd ask what they had in terms of tripwire explosives, as well as other traps which the other death squads had. "Well, I dunno what sorta traps we got... But I do know that Heathen probably has traps like the ones you're looking out for. Maybe we have some as well still. But like I said, I really dunno." France responded, which was good since... you could maybe ask Leonard for some of that later down the line then. Unless if he and his men didn't want to share those kinds of material with you..

You then asked for explosives for traversing areas or breaching doors, to which France seemed a lot more optimistic. "Uhhh, yeah, I think we got those... right, guys?" France turned to his soldiers, who seemed a bit unsure. "I think so? I don't remember passing them." "Maybe I saw some, but I can't say for sure." Well, at least that was another gain for you. And hey, you could always get Evander to make some improvised explosives with what little material you were provided. You then asked for cameras which could be placed down and be used as traps to see anything which had passed by. "Yeah, they got those, I think. Dunno where, but I can't imagine them not being available to us." Another item you wanted to know were some ground penetrating radar for checking through walls and floors. France once again looked unsure, looking to his men at which point they shook their head.
>>
"No clue, France." "Yeah, I really don't know." The two men said, before France got a more neutral expression. "Yeah, I really don't know, dude. Guess you can ask, but... that does sound pretty fancy." You also asked for any drones which the group may had, to which the men straight up shook their head. "Nah, didn't see anything like that." Maybe you could still ask the superior later down the line, but... it seemed this place already had plenty of supplies for you and your men to use. There were still two more items you wanted: You wanted heavy weaponry and items to deal with specific subjects. You first started with the heavier equipment, at which point France smirked and pointed towards one of the few actual buildings in the distance. "They got an arms depot there which has some pretty good stuff. Sonic weaponry, flamethrowers, rocket launchers, even some energy weapons, chain guns and pocket autocannons!" Well, that answered where your men had gotten Alan's flamethrower from...

Lastly, you asked for some special tools to deal with certain subjects. Though given how you didn't specify it yet, this was met some curious yet amused smirks. "If you're asking for tools to deal with the irritating fucking electronics subject... they got non-government tablets which... probably are a lot safer than the things the government gave us when we came here. Other than that... well, it really depends on what you're dealing with! So far, we've dealt with a mantis girl and... she just needed a few shots to the head to be dealt with!" Well, that was interesting to hear, but it didn't get you any closer to finding the basic compounds you'd need to deal with the irritating slime girl... Still, maybe if you brought her up specifically, you'd get some answers...

>Ask France and his men some questions (Write in what.)
>Tell France about the specific material you need to deal with 7-SM.
>Go browsing for some of the gear you'd need. Maybe seeing it all first would give you an idea of how much you could actually take along...
>Just head to the nearby higher-up to ask him for the material you needed. France clearly couldn't help much further.
>Something else...
>>
(A relatively big update given what this anon (>>5871707) brought up. I hope it covers most, if not everything which you guys would want to bring along. Oh, and as for the gas masks + night-vision items were... kind of already be implied to be built into your helmets. So those were excluded from what was asked.)

(Other than that, I'll try and get 2 updates in tomorrow, but I can't make any promises. Same for Sunday, given that I'll have plans with family and what not. Hope you guys won't mind!)
>>
>>5872370
maybe the energy weapons might be worth looking at?

>Tell France about the specific material you need to deal with 7-SM.
then
>Go browsing for some of the gear you'd need. Maybe seeing it all first would give you an idea of how much you could actually take along...
>>
>>5872370
Backing >>5872417
Especially if they have energy weapons that stun or disable.
>>
>Tell France about the specific material you need to deal with 7-SM.
After France mentioned the mantis subject his men and him defeated, you decided you might as well about the specific material you'd need to deal with 7-SM. Thus, you told them that you hoped to get some basic material to deal with her. The men seemed impressed, with one of them asking: "Damn, did you encounter her or something?" You told them that, you hadn't but that you felt that she was a major threat. Though you also mentioned that you felt basic compounds could work on her.

"Basic compounds? What do you mean? Like... Alkaline substances?" It seemed the men were a bit unsure what to say about this suggestion. "Take it you wanna try and see if that might help against her given how she seems to be made of acid or something like that?" France soon after asked, you nodding as it seemed they thankfully knew a bit about 7-SM and what she was. Then again, Derek had pointed her out on the tablet before, so the men probably knew of her already.

"Well, if you're gonna hunt her... I dunno if they got the stuff you're looking for here. Maybe they have some for like... medical reasons or cleaning or some other reason. I guess you can ask around though." France responded afterwards, at which point one of his men responded a bit hesitantly. "Are you really gonna hunt her down? She seems to be really tough to catch. Hell, even some folk from Heroes have failed to deal with her." Given that Heroes mostly used top of the line sniper rifles and explosive weaponry, they probably weren't able to fully deal with the slime girl.

You told them all that you'd mostly do it for safety reasons in case you encountered her. Though you didn't elaborate on the whole point of her having a reason to be here. After all, they maybe hadn't considered that yet, if they hadn't even thought of tools to deal with her in the first place. "So, I guess you're just going to... fill a water pistol with alkaline substances and hope for the best?" One of the men said a bit more jokingly. Fortunately, France said something... quite useful. "Or just get an acid gun and recalibrate it to use bases! They did have an acid gun on display somewhere... I doubt anyone will pick that up though, since it's not exactly a safe or useful option to kill things with. Especially when... bullets will do the job just fine."
>>
>Go browsing for some of the gear you'd need. Maybe seeing it all first would give you an idea of how much you could actually take along...
After they had told you everything you needed to know, you thanked the men and wished them good luck. They'd do the same and wish you good luck with your missions. And once you had left them be, you headed for the various depots to look at the items you wanted to get. The first place was the nearby weapons depot. There, you'd find many of the guns you and your men used, as well as plenty of ammo to go around, with some already being delivered right then and there. You decided to look for the heavy equipment you wanted, looking around and soon finding a section with more unconventional weapons.

Proper rocket launchers with regular and fire-and-forget missiles. Flamethrowers like the one Alan had. Chain guns. 'Pocket' autocannons (which were essentially just recoilless rifles which could be carried and easily used by one person). Grenade launchers. Sonic cannons which were just a few steps back from the type Diamond Dogs used. There also was the acid gun which France had mentioned, which basically was just a flamethrower which... didn't shoot a liquid fuel, but a condensed stream of pure acid. Even then, you imagined this weapon being... extremely dangerous. But, if you wanted to fight something extremely dangerous, maybe you had to use something extremely dangerous as well.

After looking around the place a bit, a higher ranking Lodgerite would approach you. "Take it you're looking for some gear you and your men could use?" The guy asked, seeming quite curious about why you were here. "If there's anything you wanna ask, go ahead. If you see anything that interests you, feel free to tell me and I can hand it right over. So long as you bring them back in a decent condition!" It was always nice that you could get weaponry with ease in Lodger. No matter where you were, any additional gun could be borrowed for free as long as necessary! Unless if the gun was lost, in which case it'd cut into your pay-checks... Now the question was, which weapons were you going to take? Most of the specialized weaponry could only be carried by one man and would mean they were forced to use it. Kinda like Alan and his flamethrower...

>Ask the higher-up some questions about the weaponry. (Write in what you want to ask)
>Pick a weapon, or multiple weapons, and take them along. (Write in which weapons)
>Keep on browsing a bit more for the time being. There was still more equipment in the other sections you could check out.
>Something else...
>>
>>5873019
highly tempted to grab the acid gun but first
>Ask the higher-up some questions about the weaponry. (Write in what you want to ask)
Do they have any energy weapons?
>>
>>5873029
Support. Also be a man and take the Acid gun. We can figure out who'll use it later.
>>
>>5873029
+1
>>
>>5873019
>>5873029
Support, ask how easily the acid gun could be swapped to a base gun
>>
We’re going to irreparably hurt ourselves with the acid gun aren’t we?
>>
>Ask the higher-up some questions about the weaponry.
After the higher-up approached you and told you what to expect here, the first thing you wanted to do was ask a bit about some of the weapons present. Mostly, you wanted to know about the energy weapons. "Oh, you mean like... plasma guns or sonic weaponry? Sure, we got a couple of those." He'd walk to one of the display areas, before grabbing a few which seemed interesting to you. "We got a pretty basic plasma rifle. Good for close range, can pierce armour well, requires a lot of energy to work for long though so... I'd not recommend it for lengthy engagements. Uses specific cartridges to supply enough energy, which can be somewhat costly, so I recommend you only use this gun in emergency scenarios. Though, I'll be honest, I am not sure how it'd deal with subjects. I imagine it'd be quite dangerous to them, but you really can't be sure." He'd hold up the plasma rifle, letting you hold it and look at it from up-close. It didn't seem like too bad an option to take along...

He'd also show you a sonic cannon similar to what Diamond Dogs had, albeit far more compact and less powerful. It'd be a decent option for stunning subjects or holding them back, but... it wasn't exactly good in life or death situations, probably. Not to mention, subjects getting behind cover. Afterwards, he'd get a more heavy weapon from somewhere in the back. "This big boy... is a plasma railgun. Pretty nasty thing and... is basically a jacked up plasma rifle. Projectiles go at insane speeds, so is really hard to miss with, it can pierce walls with ease, melt through almost anything and most nearby electronics are fried if the projectile so much as grazes it. If you intend to go after huge subjects with huge amounts of armour or behind strong cover, this might be a solid option.

Though, it will be expensive, even more so than the plasma rifle. I also can't imagine it being exactly easy for one person to carry around. Still, it's something we have and... it might be what you need, depending on what you want." Yeah, this was a bit too cumbersome. Maybe Alan or one of your other strongmen soldiers could carry it, but it'd be quite impractical to say the least. Perhaps its functionality of destroying cover could help. But still, a regular gun seemed... a lot easier.It seemed that you had at least a somewhat decent choice for energy weapons. But, you still had another weapon you wanted to know about: the acid gun which had been mentioned not too long ago. You asked the guy about it, making him look quite stunned. "Geez, you... you really wanna go all out, huh? Fuck me... alright, uhhh, let me get that for you..."
>>
He'd walk away for a second, giving you a moment to look around and look at the weapons which were presented to you. And shortly after, he came back with a medium sized, flamethrower like weapon. Though the symbols and warning labels seemed quite foreboding. "Alright, we got... two of these, but... I... I really want to know why you'd want to use it!" He'd put the weapon down, before showing a large canister. "So the way it works is that you get a canister of... highly powerful acid of your choice and... you slot it in and... then it'll come out in a highly concentrated stream, sorta like a flamethrower. Now, keep in mind that, depending on what chemical you use, it can be EXTREMELY dangerous. Like, if you have something that reacts aggressively with water, expect this thing to work horrifically in areas with... well, water. More importantly, the tip can keep leaking acid even after usage, so... be VERY careful whenever you're handling it after it has been used." The guy actually looked concerned for your safety.

Still, you were here now, so you decided to might as well just ask if it could also work with basic substances. "Basic substances? I... I think you can do that? If you can get canisters of basic substances, then... sure, but I got a feeling it'll be just as dangerous as using acid. Hell, might even be more dangerous depending on what the hell you're planning to put in here." The guy paused, looking around before asking. "What the hell are you even... planning to do with this thing? Are you planning to... melt some parts of the facility? Or deal with specific subjects?" Maybe if you explained who you were hunting, he'd understand why you opted for something this dangerous. Then again, was this really worth it?

>Tell the guy about the subject you're hunting. Maybe he'll give some suggestions on other options for dealing with 7-SM.
>Pick some weapon(s) and ask to take them along. (Write which weapon(s))
>Ask for some weapon(s) to be picked up a later time. (Write in which weapon(s))
>Keep on browsing for a bit. (Write in what you're looking for)
>Ask the guy some questions (Write in what you want to ask)
>Something else...
>>
>>5873643
>Tell the guy about the subject you're hunting. Maybe he'll give some suggestions on other options for dealing with 7-SM.
>Ask the guy some questions (Write in what you want to ask)
Where can we get basic solutions from.
I'd say take the acid gun, but we need to find that basic solution source first.
>>
>>5873643
>Tell the guy about the subject you're hunting. Maybe he'll give some suggestions on other options for dealing with 7-SM.
agree with >>5873663
take it, but only if we can find a strong base that can be used as ammo

Other than that the sonic cannon sounds great, non lethal, doesn't cause serious injury and is super compact. Take that one for sure.
>>
>>5873663
Supporting.
>>
>>5873820
I was more leaning towards the plasma railgun.
If we run into anything (vinella) that can actually surpass our normal weapons, we can just puncture that shit.

I just don't know who'd carry that heavy ass thing.
maybe better to leave until we find ourselves in an area with scary subjects, but if we ever explore near the water area where the giant water monster subject is, definitely would be good to bring to put them down.
>>
>Tell the guy about the subject you're hunting. Maybe he'll give some suggestions on other options for dealing with 7-SM.
With the higher-up clearly being a bit bewildered by what you were planning, you decided to be a bit more specific. You explained how you wanted this option for 7-SM specifically, which seemed to surprise the guy somewhat. "Really? That's the, uhhhh... what subject is that, actually?" Well, there went your hopes in that he'd give some sound advice on how he'd deal with 7-SM. Though after you elaborated on that she was a slime girl with a corrosive body, he did seem a bit more understanding.

"Alright, so... you're going to use the acid gun, modify it with a basic substance and then use it to deal with her acidic body? That... does make some sense. Though it still sounds... quite dangerous, if I say so myself. I would've gone for something more practical... maybe trapping her somewhere or using simple explosives. She might be a slime gal, but how likely would she be to survive that?" You told her that she was quite the sneaky git and that just blowing her up wouldn't completely neutralize her. She was a slime girl after all, which meant you really needed something which wouldn't just 'split' her into more bits of herself... rather, you needed something which would hurt her and truly damage her on an atomic level. And the acid gun filled with alkaline material did seem perfect for the job you wanted to do.

And after telling him about the need for something more damaging to the slime subject, he'd nod more understandingly. "Hey, I'm just saying what I'm thinking. Besides, there's a reason I'm working here and... not down in the facility, like you guys. You probably know way better what you're doing than I am. I mean, your job is to hunt things down and kill them, my job is to get you guys the supplies you need to do the job properly. I just hope you'll not come to regret this." He'd hold up the acid gun for you, being ready to hand it over. Though, you weren't ready to take it just yet. After all, there was a pretty pressing question on your mind...
>>
>Ask the guy some questions.
Before you would grab the weapon, you asked if the guy knew where you could get basic solutions from. The guy paused, thinking for a moment before speaking. "I believe you can make a request for specific compounds at the medical area, since they usually handle chemicals. I doubt they'd give you... superbases or all the materials and compounds necessary to synthesize superbases, but I'm sure they'd give you plenty of other strong bases for the job you wanna do. And if not, you can always just tell them what you're planning to use those things, and they'll happily help you by directly making the chemicals for you. Or at the very least, weaker variants of the chemicals which you want to use. They'd probably even help you fill some canisters with the chemicals, so you don't have to... empty out a container of highly dangerous acids on your own." Given that you didn't exactly need to go for overkill with the bases, perhaps just asking for some simple alkaline compounds was the best choice.

After you were told about the superbases and were to get them, you also asked about the sonic cannon. It did seem like a decent contender to maybe also take along. It was compact and lightweight enough to be used as an alternative to one of the weapons your men used. Though, the question was if you were maybe doing things a bit too fast now without your men's consent. Besides, you still needed to ask the medical staff for some bases to work with. It would be kinda awkward to take the acid gun along, only for them to have no chemicals which you could use...

>Take the sonic cannon and/or acid gun. It was safe to say these were the ones you wanted to use for the next mission. (Write in which gun(s) you're taking along)
>Leave the gun(s) here while you head for the medical sector. You could get some supplies there and ask for some compounds as well.
>Head back to your men so you can discuss the ideas you had with them. Since they were likely going to have to use these weapons, it was probably for the best they were ware of it.
>Browse elsewhere (write in where you wish to browse, or what for.)
>Something else...

(Nothing like starting to write an update late at night, only to then be dragged away by drunk siblings to just talk about random crap. I wouldn't have it any other way, especially since I should've had this post finished waaaayyyy earlier. Anyway, hope you enjoy it and a merry Christmas to everyone!)
>>
>Take the sonic cannon and/or acid gun. It was safe to say these were the ones you wanted to use for the next mission. (Write in which gun(s) you're taking along)

The sonic cannon has been noted to be compact. Can be a secondary fallback weapon for one of our guys if not ourselves. If it's small enough maybe even a sidearm. As for the acid gun, can always replace the flamethrower with it, or find someone else willing to use the thing. We don't need to force our guys to use it, and we always have the option of using it ourselves if needed.

Also hope you talked about monster girls, QM.
>>
>>5873975
We unironically discussed the weirdest shit. But, that's to be expected when folks are drunk. I didn't tell them about monster girls, though did mention to them that I wanted to write a response for the qst.

My drunk brother asked me if it was uni work I was doing, lmao.

Speaking of which, I did tell one of my siblings about the quest before. Hell, I even shared the link to this current thread. Sooo, to my sister, if you're reading this, you're the best!
>>
>>5872374
also before i forget, is thermal also part of our masks? Wasn't mentioned in that post.

>Leave the gun(s) here while you head for the medical sector. You could get some supplies there and ask for some compounds as well.
we need medical equipment either way as the other mercs reccomended. So we should look at that and see what to pick up. After we get a good handle on if the acid gun is viable or not we come back and get our final pick of the gear/weapons we need and set off.
>>
>>5873986
Nope, thermal vision is not part of the helmets. It's just basic nightvision. Good thing you brought that up as well, since it definitely is important to note down.
>>
>>5873968
>Take the sonic cannon and/or acid gun. It was safe to say these were the ones you wanted to use for the next mission. (Write in which gun(s) you're taking along)

Both, we don't want someone nabbing them while we're out. If they can't get bases in the acid gun then we can just bring it back. I'd say better to have it with us as an example when we ask than to leave it behind and have to describe it to them.

Also Merry Christmas OP
>>
>Take the sonic cannon and/or acid gun. It was safe to say these were the ones you wanted to use for the next mission.
Given how compact the sonic cannon was, not to mention the fact it was not highly dangerous, you opted to take it along right away. It'd work well as replacement for one of your men's main choice of weaponry. Hopefully, one of your men would grow to enjoy using it, just like how Alan instantly fell in love with his flamethrower.

The acid gun was a bit more... contentious, but you were sure you could make it work somehow. And if not, you could always bring it back and opt for something else. Thus, you told the guy that you wanted both, to which he nodded. He'd grab both guns, and put them both in small carrier cases. "I'd prefer it if you bring back the cases if you do opt to return these weapons." The guy responded as he gave you the case with the acid gun. He seemed quite certain in the idea that... you'd bring it back sooner rather than later. You then thanked him, after which he gave you a nod and said: "Good luck out there. Hope you'll be able to put those to good use."

Thus, you had acquired some weapons which you imagined would work quite well for the mission at hand. There were now a few things you had to do still: Getting the other material you needed, getting the base for the acid gun, and lastly seeing which of your men were willing to use the guns you had gotten them. The first and best idea was to go to the medical equipment area so you could ask the staff there for the base. It was thankfully not too far away, and was partially covered with actual constructions, some sections still just being covered with tents instead. You'd see that the place had mostly simple, yet effective medical gear. There were some more advanced tools which were lying around, though most were at the same level as what the government provided... or maybe slightly better.

After you arrived, you'd quickly find several staff members there, asking them for the bases you needed. The request immediately got you some weird looks from the people there, for obvious reasons. They understandably asked why the hell you needed those substances, you telling them it was to deal with a specific acidic subject. And after you showed them the acid gun and the cannister which would be used for carrying the chemicals they seemed to become a bit more understanding... albeit quite bewildered to a certain degree. Probably because of your choice in weaponry.
>>
Fortunately, they didn't decline your request afterwards, mentioning that they had some simple detergents used for cleaning medical supplies. Though, they did mention that these items weren't exactly meant for combat, or powerful... Thankfully, they also mentioned that it'd not be too dangerous to use. They even said that the stuff could be stored in the cannisters you had shown them, and that the bases would still work potentially quite well against the subject you were hunting. As long as said subject truly was entirely acidic like you had told them.

However, the best part was that they mentioned being willing to experiment around a bit to make some powerful bases which you could use. Or well, at least if it ended up being a bit impractical to use the weaker bases they provided. Though, they did mention that it would be quite the undertaking to prepare the more powerful bases you would maybe want. Not to mention, needing approval from higher-ups, the government and what not to even do such a thing. But hey, at least they were willing to work with you. And chances were that, if they could be convinced to let you get those chemicals, the government and higher-ups could also be convinced.

Though honestly, you might not even need that powerful a base to make this work. A simple yet potent alkaline substance used for cleaning could probably do the job well enough. Not to mention, it'd be vastly safer than carrying around some chemical which could do... god knows what.

>Accept the simpler bases right away. They may not pack nearly as big a punch as the powerful bases they could cook up, but... it was safer and would probably still work.
>Ask them to make the more powerful bases. It'd probably not take that long, right?
>Discuss something else with them/ask them something else.
>Look around a bit more, perhaps also asking them for other medical supplies. (Write in which supplies)
>Head back to your men with the supplies you had acquired. Maybe also return afterwards with some men for the other supplies you'd like to get but couldn't carry on your own
>Something else...

(
>>
(Terribly sorry for the late update! I dunno if I'll get another update in after this. My energy has been somewhat lacking as of late and a minor cold is also certainly not helping with my mood. It's probably just due to the busier days surrounding Christmas and what not.)

(Regardless, I opted to do things a bit faster with the current update. That way, we can also quickly head back to the main mission at hand. I can also then at least compensate a little for maybe lacking an update here and there.)

(Other than that, I hope you have all had a wonderful Christmas and a good time with family and friends and what not.)
>>
>>5874366
>Ask them to make the more powerful bases. It'd probably not take that long, right?
POWER

>Look around a bit more, perhaps also asking them for other medical supplies. (Write in which supplies)
Chemical burn treatment, just in case

Also do they have any high tech sci fi healing stuff here? Stuff like nanobots/stem cells that can near instantly replace lost tissue? What are the capabilities of this hospital?

>>5874368
No problem, posting an update on Christmas day is already going above and beyond. Hope you feel better soon and have a good holiday OP!
>>
>>5874378
I imagine they do have some fancy items like stem cells and maybe a few minor caches of nanomachines for major wounds. Stuff to quickly fix serious injuries or replace lost limbs. I doubt they have anything to fix brain damage with, so... don't expect the nanomachines to fix a bullet to the head.
>>
>>5874366
>Discuss something else with them/ask them something else.
What injuries are most common and what medical gear would they recommend the most to keep on us.
We are soldiers, but they are the medical professionals.
Outside of that
>>5874378
Support, that way when we do encounter slime girl, she doesnt just get wounded. She gets straight wiped out.
>>
>Ask them to make the more powerful bases. It'd probably not take that long, right?
After the staff at the medical area brought up that they could make more powerful bases, you decided to throw away any and all safety (and perhaps sanity) and ask for them to prepare some truly powerful chemicals. The men ironically didn't even seem too surprised by the request. Probably because they already thought you were... a bit of a lunatic, at least when it came to your choice of weaponry.

Regardless, they'd tell you that it might take a few days for them to prepare something which would be extremely powerful which you'd want to use. Though they did also point out that it may take a bit longer since... well, they'd have to discuss these matters with the government and higher-ups. They probably wanted to know why they were creating horrifically dangerous industrial chemicals, after all. Still, the fact you already got some decent alkaline chemicals to work with was quite pleasant. Thus, the men would ask you for the container you had which was used for the acid gun. And after handing it over, one of them would get to work filling it with some decently strong basic material. Nothing excessive, but perhaps something which could be used for dealing with dangerous subjects... and hopefully quite harm the slime girl.

>Discuss something else with them/ask them something else.
>Look around a bit more, perhaps also asking them for other medical supplies.
While that was being prepared though, you decided to ask the other staff member some questions... For starters, you asked for any chemical burn treatments they had, the guy you were left with starting to smile and soon chuckle softly. "Not a surprise you wanna know about that... Yes, we do have some special kits specifically for chemical burns. It's just a small kit with a rag to clean the wounds, some water for rinsing away anything, some bandages for the burns, and also some chemicals to hopefully neutralize the effects of the acid or base. I take it you would want to take a few of those along, huh?" Well, if it was small enough, then it could be useful to maybe take... 2 or 3 of those kits along. It didn't seem like it'd be a huge burden to carry along.
>>
Though given the types of injury this was designed for, it got you wondering about something else... what were the most common injuries the men had found in this place? And what medical gear was most recommended? The guy thankfully gave some pretty straight-forward and solid answers in response.

"Well, based on the items we give to the men who come here, the most common injuries tend to be cuts, penetration and puncture damage. Guess most subjects which fight back tend to go for damage with sharp things, rather than through blunt force. Though, we do sometimes get blunt force injuries, which seemingly are usually caused by larger subjects. We've also seen some bullet wounds and even burns of various kinds. Though keep in mind that... we're not the first hospital people go to. Generally, the injuries we get are minor ones which can be dealt with up here, rather than... emergency ones which are dealt with inside of the medical bay in the crater. I've not been down there yet, so I don't know what sort of injuries they see most often..."

Given the presence of the large medical bay in the centre of the crater, it made sense that this place wouldn't exactly have a lot of traffic. It was safe to say then that most medical items which were used here would be items to deal with those injuries. You'd thus ask what those items entailed, asking if there was anything fancy they used. "Well, if it's a particularly major injury like... a lost limb or extreme tissue damage, we have a few tins of medical nanomachines for emergency repairs. Though fortunately, we haven't had to use those yet... Other than those, we got some stem cells for repairing injuries more slowly. We got all kinds of antidotes for venom and emergency equipment in case surgery is necessary. We also have access to prosthetic factories, but... they take a long time to get working."

You were tempted to ask about the capabilities of this hospital section, but... honestly, it was clear that the government actually provided adequate medical care to death squads like you. Or at least, the medical centre inside the crater functioned about as well as this place. The only real difference was that you could take medical equipment along here for your journeys into the ruins, while the medical bay inside the crater didn't really offer that...

Regardless, it seemed like you had heard enough about this place and the way it functioned. And not too long after you were told everything you wanted to know, the other staff member returned with the canister. "Here you go. Hopefully, the base in here will do the job for the time being." He responded casually, after which the other staff member waited to hear if there was anything else you wanted.
>>
>Take some of the chemical burn kits. You were absolutely going to need them sooner rather than later.
>Ask to take along some other items which could be useful. (Write in which ones.)
>Ask them if you could pick them up from here in a bit. Carrying everything you wanted to take along might be a bit tough at this point.
>Ask them for some other items they hopefully had in stock.
>Something else...
>>
>>5874688
>>Ask them if you could pick them up from here in a bit. Carrying everything you wanted to take along might be a bit tough at this point.
After that we go towards our men.
We wake em up, fill em in, get our gear from the military deop (including thermal bc that will be useful) and then medical and then we head out.
>>
>>5874688
>>5874696
sounds like a good plan
>>
>>5874696
Seems solid. Supporting
>>
>Ask them if you could pick them up from here in a bit. Carrying everything you wanted to take along might be a bit tough at this point.
Given how much equipment you were already carrying, you decided to play it safe and instead pick up these items at a later time. You'd ask if it was possible, to which they calmly nodded. "Sure thing. We'll keep the cannister with the alkaline solution here then. Just make sure you come here sooner rather than later." One of the men said, giving a swift salute before you would leave the depot and head back for the tents where your men still were. And after a few minutes of walking, you'd reach the tent once again.

Fortunately, it seemed some of your men had already awoken. Thaddeus, Derek and Artyom were sitting outside the tent, talking amongst themselves before noticing you. "Ah, there you are, Mikhail. Where have you been?" Thaddeus asked calmly, as you told the men you'd first wake everyone up before you'd fill them in what had happened. They'd look at each other, before getting up and joining you in waking up the rest of your group.

Some of your men seemed to be sleeping a lot deeper than you had hoped. Lars, Evander and Lydia took quite some time to wake up. Fortunately, some of your men were quick to get out of bed, with Zaria and Alan quickly getting out of bed after you told them to do so. Soon after, Anon, Mike and Derek were also out, with the sleepiest of your men following suit. And after everyone was awake, you'd tell them what you had done. Or rather, you showed them the two weapons you had taken along. You first showed the sonic cannon, explaining that it would be an effective countermeasure to deal with some of the subjects which you'd be unable to deal with.

Your men seemed somewhat surprised by the choice of weaponry, though they weren't too opposed to it. Though, Artyom did point out something with a more smug look on his face. "Flamethrower, Sonic weaponry... are you sure you aren't part of Diamond Dogs, Mikhail?" After he made his remarks and the others giggled a little, Artyom actually said something which... well, was quite reassuring. "Honestly, I'd not mind using this over my usual weaponry. It's an unorthodox option, but definitely something I can work with." It was a bit ironic that the guy who hated other death squads... was willing to be both like Heathens and Diamond Dogs, but it was also likely that Artyom knew somebody was going to have to operate it.
>>
Of course, you weren't done, and would then show the acid gun. Some of your men didn't seem to know what it was, though others looked far more worried about it. And after explaining what it was, there was a moment of silent dread, followed with Lydia stating: "Okay, don't you think this is a bit too dangerous, Mikhail?" She tried having a calm tone, but it was clear that she was heavily against what you had brought to the table. Of course, you explained that you had requested it be used with something far less potent, and that you had gotten it specifically to deal with 7-SM.

"Okay, I get the whole... dealing with the acid slime thing. But, are you sure that using a fucking horrific gun for lunatics is the best option for dealing with her?!" Lars would say after you explained yourself. You reassured him that you'd start with a safe basic substance, before moving to a more powerful option later, and that it'd have useful utilities. Though in turn, it got Evander somewhat concerned. "So, this gun is supposed to shoot just acids, right? Are ya sure it's safe to use with a base then? What if it's made out of a material which can handle acids, but can't handle bases? Yer gonna be firin' the bloody thing, only to get corrosive material all over yerself! Hell, maybe even over the rest of us!" He said with clear concern in his voice, you explaining that the people you got it from said it was safe.

Unfortunately, unlike with the sonic cannon, nobody volunteered to use the acid gun. The only one who was somewhat interested was Alan, though he probably held himself back because he wanted to keep using his flamethrower like the pyromaniac he was. At least you could maybe make a choice on your own for who would wield it. That, or convince somebody to switch to it while you went back to the depot.

Speaking of which, you told your men there was more gear to be gotten at the depot. Both in the form of more actual combat gear and some medical equipment. Your men thankfully seemed more than willing to help out with that, with your men grabbing their things, putting on their gear and getting ready to follow you.

>Just head to the depot and quickly grab the things you'd need.
>Give Artyom the sound cannon. He volunteered, so he deserved it.
>Assign someone else to the sound cannon. (Write in who)
>Assign someone to the acid gun. (Write in who)
>Discuss some more with your men. Clearly, they were concerned by your choice in weaponry, so maybe they had something to say?
>Ask your men for other items they would like to get at the depot. Perhaps they had some specific requests?
>Once you had gotten everything, head to the crater right away.
>Head somewhere else first... Perhaps you had forgotten to do something?
>Something else...

(Lots of choices today. I imagine there will be some mixing and matching with what will be done here.)
>>
>>5875183
>Give Artyom the sound cannon. He volunteered, so he deserved it.
(keep your secondary Artynom, sometimes Kinetics are all you need)
>Discuss some more with your men. Clearly, they were concerned by your choice in weaponry, so maybe they had something to say?
>Ask your men for other items they would like to get at the depot. Perhaps they had some specific requests?
Then we head to depot and grab what we need.
Acid gun will stay off hands atm bc no one wants to use it, but after we finish gathering supplies we will probably assign someone? preferably we hopefully convince someone. We could do a random person between NOT! our tech heads.
REMEMBER TO GRAB explosives to destroying structure/rubble so we can clear that path in the facility.
+ Thermal gear (combos really well with smoke grenades)
That's all that can come to mind for now.
>>
>>5875183
>Give Artyom the sound cannon. He volunteered, so he deserved it.

>Discuss some more with your men. Clearly, they were concerned by your choice in weaponry, so maybe they had something to say?
Explain that until they whip up something stronk in the science lab, which is projected to take a few days, this thing is filled with drain cleaner and is perfectly safe for humans and really anyone that isn't a sentient blob of acid. We already checked a few times to see if it could handle bases, but tonight when we camp we can try finding out more info - if we can find a manufacturer number and plug it into galactic google I'm sure we'll find we're not the first people to try this. If it didn't go well for previous attempts then we can always tell the medics to cancel the megabase production.

Anyway if no one wants to wield it even after that explanation and hearing that it's currently loaded with drain cleaner then just carry it ourselves.
>>
>Give Artyom the sound cannon. He volunteered, so he deserved it.
Given that Artyom was eager to volunteer to use the sonic weaponry, you decided to hand the weapon to him straight away. Though, you also did tell him to keep his secondary on him. Just in case he needed an actual gun to kill something. "I wasn't planning to get rid of my pistol anytime soon, Mikhail." He'd respond afterwards, clearly being well aware of the fact he needed some actual firepower as well, instead of just a weapon for stunning folk and causing pain.

>Discuss some more with your men. Clearly, they were concerned by your choice in weaponry, so maybe they had something to say?
However, while Artyom and your men were more than willing to use a sonic cannon, the acid gun was received far less positively. Nobody volunteered to use it, and most of your men seemed to find it extremely dangerous to use. Given their reluctance, you decided to further elaborate on what you had gotten them to hopefully ease their fears. You explained that it would be quite safe for human use now, since it essentially shot highly concentrated drain cleaner. You mentioned how this was designed to only harm 7-SM, and nobody else. It did seem to make your men a bit less tense about the idea.

Though when you explained that you'd get more potent chemicals later down the line, the others seemed to yet again become concerned. "If we can just use the safe substance, do we really need to upgrade something potentially dangerous?" Lydia asked, the others also nodding along. Finally, you decided to just tell them that you'd look up some information on the weapon later. Rather, you'd try and look online to see if somebody had tried before to use different types of 'ammo' for this particular gun. And if that search showed that it had been tried and was dangerous, you'd cancel the order for the dangerous base. "Can't we just do the search now?" Anon would ask calmly, Derek raising the government tablet and shaking it a bit. "I can do so right now, Mikhail, if you want to." It seemed he really wanted to figure this out as soon as possible.

Regardless, you'd ask them again if they were more than willing to use it when it just had what amounted to dishwasher in it. There was a moment of silence, before Mike sighed and stepped forward. "I'll take it if nobody else wants to use it. Just try and find out when you've found out if this thing can handle the really nasty stuff. Oh, and maybe help me find some protective gear so I won't risk being killed by it." Honestly, his suggestion of finding some specific gear to protect him wasn't too bad. Especially if he was going to be the one wielding it... though, if Mike decided to opt out of using the weapon, you could always use it yourself instead...
>>
>Ask your men for other items they would like to get at the depot. Perhaps they had some specific requests?
With Mike already bringing up the gear he wanted for if he used the acid gun, you decided to ask your men for further equipment they may wanted to use. There was a short silence, before Evander said: "If we're gonna have acid weaponry, I might as well just ask for some real strong explosive stuff. Stuff to blast away that annoyin' pile of rubble we encountered yesterday." Honestly, that was already a thing on your mind, so it was good that Evander actually wanted to also get some of that.

You also brought up the thermal gear which could work really well in the flooded facility given how cool it probably was there... then again, maybe aquatic subjects were all cold-blooded. After that suggestion though, Lydia would give her own suggestion: "If we're going to stay down there for longer, maybe a small toolkit for repairs could work. Just basic universal tools." With Lydia mentioning that your next stay underground would be longer, Lars also made a suggestion of his own. "If we're staying in the ruins throughout the night, we'll also need some backpacks with food, utility items and sleeping bags. Can't stay there for long without actually needing rest."

Though, with the mention of needing camping gear, Artyom made a somewhat obvious, yet still solid suggestion of his own. "Maybe we don't all need sleeping equipment. Some of us can stand guard while the others are sleeping..." Right after Artyom made his suggestion, Zaria smiled a little bit smugly. "I am more than capable of acting as a guard throughout the night if it's really necessary, honestly." Having guards to protect your camps would definitely be important. Though, Derek afterwards also made a suggestion for what could be useful. "We can also maybe get some tripwire cameras or around to warn us if something is moving around us. That way, we'll be woken up by whatever threat emerges."

On the topic of the main base you'd be creating for yourself, Lars would also make another suggestion. "Do you think we can take some cooking utensils with us? Just so we don't have to eat rations only for... god knows how long we're down there..." While a few small cooking items could work, you couldn't exactly take along an entire kitchen with you, so that was definitely one thing you were going to have to consider.
>>
So far, your men had suggested the following: an outfit to protect Mike from the chemicals he'd be spraying all over the place, explosives for Evander, a basic toolkit for Lydia, some backpacks for food and sleeping bags, tripwire cameras and cooking items. Add to that your suggestion of a helmet with thermal vision, and you'd be good to go... Unless if you had some other ideas of your own.

>Approve everything which was suggested and try to get it, before heading to the ruins yet again.
>Change some of the items which were requested, or make suggestions on what options would be better
>Add something else to that list, perhaps based on what the others have suggested or may need in the future...
>Discuss further with your men...
>Something else...
>>
>>5875753
>Add something else to that list, perhaps based on what the others have suggested or may need in the future...
The stuff we had listed from before in terms of smoke grenades and all that etc. Then go to medical to grab stuff from there, and THEN go to ruins.
Also if we are bringing a cooking set for rations, maybe grab a few extra rations for our lil scientist and subjects down below.
>>
>>5875753
>Add something else to that list, perhaps based on what the others have suggested or may need in the future...
Extra rations for the buddies we have down there sounds good, who knows what they're eating, or if

Alright so for the concentrated bases, no one's ever tried beating an acid slime girl by throwing household chemicals on her before, so there's a chance it won't work, and if it doesn't I'd want a plan B asap. Being dissolved by sentient acid is rated 10/10 for horrifying and painful. Worse than Vinella even.
>>
>Add something else to that list, perhaps based on what the others have suggested or may need in the future...
After your men gave their suggestions, you gave them all the okay which they seemed most pleased with. Thus, you told them to grab their things, your men quickly grabbing their belongings and gear before following you back to the depot. There still were a couple of items which you'd add to the list of things your men asked for. Smoke grenades and extra rations were the most noteworthy things you could come up with right away, but you'd probably find more once you got to the depot. And after you led them all there, they'd be quick to start looking around for the items they'd want. You would join Lars, as the two of you headed for the general equipment area. Lars would get a couple of simple cooking utensils and reusable plastic cutlery, you also grabbing some extra rations for him. After all, you didn't just need to feed your men, but also the scientist and subjects down below.

Once you reached the depot, your men were also quick to split off to get whatever you needed. Thaddeus and Anon would go to the larger equipment section to get the tents and sleeping bags necessary for you and your men. Perhaps those would be useful for carrying some of the items you had gotten with Lars. Mike would head over to the arms depot to try and ask if they got some specialized gear to deal with chemical warfare, given that he would be the one with the acid gun. He was joined by Alan, who didn't seem to have anything specific on mind, but just wanted to join one of your men. Meanwhile, Artyom decided to get some fancier traps than the ones he currently had. Though he was also joined by Derek who wanted to work with him to get some camera traps for around your base. Lydia meanwhile already headed to the medical section to get the necessary emergency equipment. Lastly, Zaria joined Evander to get the explosives he'd need to breach the large collapsed section.

After you got the cooking equipment and rations with Lars, you'd also head to the arms depot to grab some of the thermal vision helmets and smoke grenades. There were plenty of the special grenades you wanted, so you grabbed a good number of them. Unfortunately, there weren't too many thermal vision helmets, and the ones which were there were... well, they were good, having both night-vision and thermal-vision. But they did not have air filters in them like your current helmets. In other words, toxic gases and smells would... be not nearly as easily dealt with as the other ones. Asking the staff there about helmets which also incorporated gas, you'd unfortunately be told that the helmets with night vision, air filters and thermal vision had already been taken earlier. Fortunately, a new batch was being sent in some time in the next few days, according to them... still, it meant you had to make a choice in if you wanted your men to risk breathing in toxic fumes or seeing subjects' heat signatures.
>>
Given how the place had so far shown little in terms of dangerous fumes though, maybe it wasn't too bad. The only real bother would probably just be the stench of the place. Not to mention, some of the corpses. Regardless, you'd thankfully have almost everything you wanted, aside from some of the more complex or heavier equipment. Then again, it wasn't exactly necessary for the time being. Thus, you'd regroup with the rest of your men, most having gotten the things they wanted. Mike himself was also now decked out in slightly lighter armour which was designed to insulate him from the world around him. In other words, a hazmat suit. Thankfully, it was a resilient one, and wouldn't be easily poked open. Though, it was definitely a downgrade from his previous armour. Aside from that, Thaddeus and Anon had two large bags containing the supplies necessary for setting up camp anywhere. Lars also had a bag containing similar supplies, as well as food items and clean water. Derek, Artyom and Evander also had a backpack with supplies, Evander even letting you store some of the items you had gotten in his bag.

Thus, it was time to head back down...

You'd lead your men back to the main transport platform, clearly attracting some attention from the other Lodgerites you passed. Especially Mike seemed to garner some attention... He'd actually get looked at by Diamond Dogs specifically, some of whom seemed to respect his choice of weaponry. Artyom was also glanced at quite a bit by the other death squads, though the Diamond Dogs who looked at him weren't... as positive as they were towards Mike. Artyom didn't seem to pay any attention to them. Eventually, you'd reach the transport vehicle, being carried into the crater yet again along with a dozen other men from the other squads. And soon, you were in the crater once again...

>Head back to the North-western section and start your long mission
>Head to the place you left that leg before. Perhaps they could finally give some info about who it belonged?
>Hand over some of the thermal-vision helmets to your men. You had three of the things, and you might as well hand them over right away. (Write in who should wear such helmets)
>Turn on the radio right away... Something told you that it might be useful to listen in...
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
Also, apologies for missing an update yesterday. I got lazy yesterday and procrastinated too much. I'll try and get an extra update in sometime soon to compensate. Though given that we'll soon get back into action, I think that will be easy enough to manage.
>>
>>5876345
>Turn on the radio right away... Something told you that it might be useful to listen in...
>Hand over some of the thermal-vision helmets to your men. You had three of the things, and you might as well hand them over right away. (Write in who should wear such helmets)
Just us for now. Also we should stay in the center of the group, and if we do camp out set 2 sentries, one with each helmet type.
>Head back to the North-western section and start your long mission
>>
>>5876345
>Turn on the radio right away... Something told you that it might be useful to listen in...
>Hand over some of the thermal-vision helmets to your men. You had three of the things, and you might as well hand them over right away. (Write in who should wear such helmets)
us, NOT mike bc he has acid gun and gas is scary.
if anyone else wants one rn then they can.
Outside of that, sentries thing is a good idea like this anon said >>5876397
>Head to the place you left that leg before. Perhaps they could finally give some info about who it belonged?
This info could be useful before we head in.
Then finally >Head back to the North-western section and start your long mission
>>
>Turn on the radio right away... Something told you that it might be useful to listen in...
Once you got down into the crater, you'd right away tell Derek to turn on the radio. He and the rest of your men seemed a bit surprised. "The radio? But, why is that?" You felt that, given what had been mentioned of LW-20, that it perhaps was a good idea to... actually listen into the radio. Derek looked at the others, before giving a quick nod. He'd turn it on, as you already heard some noise. "I can try and reach the Lodgerite frequency... that would be..." Afterwards, the noise disappeared and you heard a clear voice.

"... First few squadrons are heading down into the ruins now. Weather for today is clear. We will keep you updated on any happenings. I repeat, this is Lodger's headquarters, we're starting our broadcasts and will try and give constant updates. The first few squadrons are heading down into the ruins now." The message repeated, before it went silent. It seemed the system was mostly just for announcements, and perhaps also for emergency situations and other bits of information. Though, Derek seemed intrigued and would already start thinking out loud to himself. "Maybe I can find LW-20's frequency at some point and try and find some patterns to her behaviour..." Well, it seemed that Derek had found himself a new mission...

>Hand over some of the thermal-vision helmets to your men. You had three of the things, and you might as well hand them over right away.
While he and the rest of your men listened a bit to the radio messages, you would put on the thermal-vision helmet. Your plan was to stay more in the centre of the group, using your vision to try and spot any nearby threats. You'd hand your regular helm over to Evander, who put it in his bag along with the other two thermal vision helmets.

>Head to the place you left that leg before. Perhaps they could finally give some info about who it belonged?
After putting the helmet on, you remembered the leg which you had handed over to the sample analysis group yesterday. You brought it up to your men, who quickly seemed to accept the suggestion to check it out. Thus, you'd first head over to the place you handed it over. After walking for ten minutes, you'd thankfully reach it, and found that it wasn't all that busy yet. At least, not busy with death squad members.

You could simply walk in past the few active guards who were there. And once inside, you were greeted by a few government officials who seemed surprised by your presence. You'd tell them about the leg you had brought to them the day before. They seemed a bit confused, which made sense as... the folk you handed it over to weren't there. However, after giving your name and explaining it, the men started looking before finding a paper. "We can't hand the sample back now, since we know who it belonged to and it needs to be buried." The guy who handed you the paper said.
>>
Looking at the paper, it seemed to give you some useful information. For one, it seemed the leg belonged to a member from Heroes, indicating that whatever killed this person must've been somewhat of a threat. More important details stated that the damage were caused presumably by something's jaws. In other words, it was safe to say this poor Heroes' soldier was mauled to death and eaten alive. Though, further notes pointed out that the body's decomposition state indicated it had been killed before it was ripped off the body. In fact, it stated something rather... terrifying. The person hadn't died from the damage to his body, but rather from drowning... At least now you maybe had a contender for worst way to die down here, right behind being dissolved by sentient acid and being crushed by a crush fetish subject...

>Head back to the North-western section and start your long mission
At least your men didn't seem too worried about the revelation. If anything, it seemed that this only furthered their resolve. "Well, guess that takes away two options of where we're going next, cause we ain't gonna try and go through the flooded section." Mike would say, to which Artyom responded a bit more confidently. "We can still go there. We now just need to make sure to stay away from deep points where we can be dragged under. Shallowly flooded hallways are probably still safe..." Not all your men seemed to agree with the suggestion. Perhaps it could be discussed while you headed to the tunnel near the flooded section which you wanted to go to anyway. After all, none of your men seemed to question going there. Probably because you had two subjects and a scientist waiting for you there still...

Thus, you'd tell them to get going, heading through the main base camp. And after thirty minutes of walking the same path as before (albeit with some minor changes to the rubble covered landscape due to the wind), you'd reach the lake again. Your men kept their eyes on it just to be sure, though you knew nothing would come up around here. After all, any sort of attack or appearance of a subject here would be spotted from a mile away, resulting in quite the assault. Though as you reached the tunnel, Thaddeus asked the question which seemed to be on all of your men's mind. "So, what's the plan, chief?"

You had quite a few routes and plans to choose from. The first option was the first hallway to the left which passed by the fortifications and the corpses of the guardsmen. Secondly were the first hallway to the right, or the hallway further ahead to the right which both led to the flooded facility. Then there was the final hallway to the left to... god knows where. And lastly, there was the blocked off route which you could now try and blow open with Evander's expertise...

>Write in where you want to go and what you intend to do. What is the goal of this operation?
>>
>>5876600
Okay so in regards to planning, before we go in,
Do we want Lydia and Derek to try and make remotes for Oreas, Chrys, and using the biological material we found in the tunnel (so we can find and reign in the tunnel digging subject when we find it). If we do, do we want to keep this away from the scientist for now or no? If we keep it secret we can contain info, if we let her know we have a security risk but have her help them do it. One of two ways of handling it. Personally leaning on just have Derek and Lydia work on it since the others should know tablets by now.

After we explain that plan to them, the we'd meet up with the 2 subjects and scientist and give em rations. We can't travel together, but we can travel near each other (if squads see us together we are liable to be fucked). I'd say it'd be best till we have remotes before having them travel with us for now, unless they wanna risk going deeper in the facility.

Other then that, going the way the guards came will likely lead us towards other death squads since they encountered them that way, fuck the water, We can do final hallway to left hallway to right, or the blocked off route.
Leaning towards blocked off route. Maybe checking the tunnel to see if there are more traces of that subject that digged it that we can follow.
>>
>>5876600

Yeah definitely the first item on the agenda should be to check in with our 3 buddies, see how they're doing, see what they want to do, give food if necessary. After that we can try the blocked path since the chances if it being explored already are pretty much zero.

Overall goal for this expedition should be to try and find/eliminate one of the subjects or scientists that are irredeemably fucked in the head. We know the gov is tracking kills per squad, so hopefully a high profile scientist or a high threat subject subdued will get them off our backs and more cooperative to our info requests.

>>5876629
Can Lydia and Derek make remotes alone? Trackers sure, but Laura works here and she can't make a remote even after we showed her the vat. Apparently it's broken in some way that isn't just us removing the hard drive, so we still need a working vat and blueprints for the girls in question to even start, not counting the expertise needed. At least that's the impression I got, could be misunderstanding.
>>
>>5876707
I thought it was intact it was just that we removed the hard drive and found it surprisingly intac-
". Warnings about the system running on emergency energy and needing to connect back to the main power system. There were warnings about the vat having all kinds of broken and faulty parts, a lack of vat fluid, that there had been no genetic templates inserted, and even a warning about there not being enough organic material and nanites to do anything."
Okay so we can deal with the last two bc there were nanites there and we have organic material which might be able to offset template if we can't just select one from the database online. but the faults kinda fuck us. So yes that plan doesn't actually work.
I guess trackers is the best we can hope for.
>>5876629
I retract the first part of this since we can't actually do it. Just skip to going for rations and exploring more.
+tracker if possible but iirc they kept having trouble with it yesterday. Ask if they wanna give it another shot today but this time the two of em(Lydia AND Derek).
>>
>>5876719
I mean we can always hope to do it if we find another vat, but given everything required I don't think Lydia and Derek can do it. Trackers are one thing, kinda universal, but these remotes are very specialized and unique to this facility. Maybe I'm wrong though.
>>
>>5876799
Yeah that's why im opting for just tracker this time.
>>
>The plan, what you intended to do, and the goal of this operation.
After reaching the lake, Thaddeus asked what the plan would be for the time being. Though you didn't have to think all that long about it. There were a few things you wanted to do. Firstly, you wanted to check up on Chrys, Oreas, and Laura. They had spent the night in their hidden chamber and probably could use some food. Or well, Laura could use some. Speaking of, you considered the option of having Laura help Derek and Lydia with a tracker. Your suggestion with them seemed to surprise them somewhat. "Are we still going to try that? I mean, I wouldn't mind... giving it another go, but... I don't know." Lydia said a bit reluctantly, after which you explained that she'd now get help from both Derek and Laura.

Derek also quickly gave his say in the matter afterwards. "I'd not mind working with Lydia... I am sure I can make it work, but do you think it's wise for you to go around the place with both of us gone? I mean, we can communicate via the radio... and Lars, Anon and the others can use the tablet quite well. But, I still wonder if it's a good idea." He'd remark, you reassuring him that it'd be fine. After all, you had worked with smaller groups before. The only issue now would be that machines and fixing gear may be a bit difficult. The issue of the tablet had already been resolved, with some of your men likely knowing how to use it now.

"Can't we just take Chrys, Oreas and Laura along with us, maybe? They could help inform us about the facility and the things we find..." Lydia soon asked, at which point Thaddeus stepped forward. "I think ya two should try making a tracker still. Ya got quite a safe spot over there... Besides, what if we get spotted walking around with two subjects and a scientist?" Lydia and Derek couldn't argue with it, the two looking at each other before Lydia spoke. "I... don't wanna force you to stay with me to work on something I should be able to make on my own." She said, Derek shrugging a bit. "I don't feel particularly forced. If Mikhail thinks it's the best option, I am inclined to believe him on the matter..." With that said, Lydia paused before giving a nod again. "Alright... let's try making another tracker again. I just hope it'll work out..." With that, you had gotten two of your men assigned to a very specific job. Though that left the question of what the rest of you would do down here...
>>
That question was one you had also thought through already, knowing that you wanted to head to the blocked off path all the way forward. The right side to the flooded facility just... didn't feel safe at all, given what you've seen of it so far. Besides, even if it was only 'slightly' flooded, you probably didn't have the best gear for such an area. The left areas were also probably not that interesting, likely being spots where other death squads have been. The path ahead was now maybe traversable with the tools you had. And better yet, it would be a path very few would've been able to explore. Thus, you told the rest of your men about what you wanted to do. You wanted to blow up that path, and find/eliminate some of the irredeemably fucked subjects or scientists. After all, killing them would get you some actual good payment bonuses, as well as reducing the potential hostility the government showed to you and your men.

Your men seemed to right away agree to the idea you had. Some of them especially seemed happy to hear that you didn't intend to go into the flooded facility just yet. And with that, you'd lead them back into the tunnel. You quickly already got in the centre of the group, turning on your thermal vision along with the night vision to see if there was anything of note. It seemed mostly the same as what you had before. Though, you also now were able to smell the air... It was a mixture of earthy, concrete, steel and... a hint of decay. It was not off-putting, but certainly a stale scent. Though as you headed for the side-room where the subjects and scientist hid, someone in your group was... fiddling with something.

Derek's radio kept on making noises as he kept changing frequencies. Most of the wavelengths seemed to be just... various kinds of noise. Though, he'd soon get something... strange. A wavelength which just seemed to play songs. "What the hell is this?" Zaria asked a bit confusedly, at which point Anon smugly said. "That would be the hit song 'Music Holds You Back' by 'Fifth Republic'. Quite a pleasant song, if I say so myself." Zaria groaned softly in response. "Yeah, okay, I could tell that... but why the fuck is it playing on the radio? Did we manage to somehow tap into some disco radio station?" As you walked down the hallway, you'd listen to the song for a while. It was a nice, catchy beat, like you'd expect at a discotheque or some sorta nightclub. But, once it ended, you'd hear... a soft-spoken, yet clearly smug female voice. "You're listening to VRCMG Radio with threat level 10 subject, Annie Marconi. You just heard Music Holds You Back by Fifth Republic." Derek instantly froze up, as the others also paused their walk to listen to the radio.
>>
"It is currently 7:09 in the morning and it looks like today will be another busy day in the ruins of Valulori Research Centre for Monster Girl Subjects! We're already seeing numerous Lodger soldiers and Heathen members entering the Western and North-Western sections! Let us wish these crooks and fools the greatest of lucks in their missions and pray that they do not encounter such dangerous targets, such as harmless scientists or innocent subjects!" Derek remained frozen, before Thaddeus would walk up to him and grab the radio he was fiddling with before shutting it off...

A part of you wanted to believe that it may not have been specified towards you and your men, the things which... LW-20, or Annie Marconi as she seems to call herself, had said. But given that she named both the death squad you belonged to and the exact direction you were taking, it was perhaps a sign that... the radio was indeed quite dangerous to use. Then again, she had access to some systems, if what you had heard was true... so perhaps, she just stated this only detail she knew to incite fear in you?

>Keep listening to the radio while you head deeper onwards.
>Turn off the radio and keep it turned off. It was clearly too much of a hazard to work with.
>Discuss with your men what they thought. Perhaps they would be willing to keep listening?
>Something else...
>>
>>5877412
>Keep listening to the radio while you head deeper onwards.
As we make our way to the scientist and subjects.

Remeber that She has access to our tablets/tech, so our location was already in her hands regardless. For now the only reason we are listening is not to hold weight of truth to any statement she makes, but to recognize patterns and subconcious mistakes she might repeat. This gives us a better insight on to her normal behavior. Don't play based on the information she provides, its why we had a gameplan way before we started listneing to her. The better we understand her, the better we might be able to handle her in the future. If we let her get in our heads, or show that what she says can catch us in her rythme, then and only then should we shut the radio. If anyone doesn't want to listen that's fine, for those that do they can keep paying attention.
>>
>>5877412
>Keep listening to the radio while you head deeper onwards.

The only downside I can see to keeping it on is if she can sense us though it and only it, which seems incredibly unlikely given all the other stuff we're carrying and the other ways to get that info.

If she starts freaking anyone out maybe use headphones to listen if possible.
>>
>>5877602
we do have scifi helmets so anyone who doesn't wanna listen can just tune out.
>>
>Keep listening to the radio while you head deeper onwards.

I like the funny radio subject. Especially her description of that DD squad's death. I hope she'll call us dopes, dog faces, jarheads or boneheads in the future given that name and what she's done so far. While she's probably full of propaganda, might be some truth in her words, so she is worth a listen for at least a while longer.
>>
>Keep listening to the radio while you head deeper onwards.
After Thaddeus shut off the radio, your men seemed a bit relieved, yet also unsure on what to do. "Well, guess we shouldn't use the radios anymore..." Mike mumbled, to which Derek shook his head. "I don't know. I think the other frequencies are... probably still safe. But even then, it's... I don't know." Afterwards, you'd explain that you actually wanted to listen to the radio some more. This seemed to stun your men, with Anon asking you: "Are you... sure that's a good idea? What if it makes us a target for her? Or she tries pulling some tricks on us?" "

Some of your men seemed to nod along, but you saw Thaddeus, Derek and Lars also seeming a bit more understanding. Perhaps they also had a similar view on this issue as you did. Still, given that the majority of your men disagreed, you explained why you thought it was important to listen in to Annie and her little radio show. You told your men that she already has access to your tablets and some of your tech, so chances were that she already knew your location already. Your men weren't too eased by that suggestion, but it seemed to at least make sense to them.

However, your next point would convince a lot more of your men. You told them that you wanted to listen to her to recognize patterns and subconscious mistakes she might make. It was a good way to learn more about her behaviour. While most of your men didn't seem to mind the idea, there was still some scepticism. "And what if she starts making announcements which end up misinforming us?" Zaria asked cautiously, you explaining that you were going to assume all her statements were untruthful.

You already had a plan for down here. You weren't going to use the information she provided you to change said plans. "I still worry it will screw with our heads though. What if she keeps giving us warnings or something else? What if we start following her commands without really thinking about it?" Artyom asked calmly, to which you responded that you'd turn off the radio if you feared it was making you make poor decisions. Though, you also said that anyone who didn't want to listen could just tune out the radio, which seemed to at least reassure the men who were most opposed to the idea...

"Well, I suppose we can be... democratic about this. I am quite fine with listening to the radio, if Mikhail thinks it's a good idea. Who else agrees?" Thaddeus would respond, to which Lars, Anon, Alan, Artyom and Evander all seemed to raise their hand. Only Zaria and Mike seemed a bit hesitant about the idea, while Lydia and Derek refrained from giving their thoughts, since they would be staying with Chrys, Oreas and Laura anyway. Thus, with that decided, Derek once again turned on the radio, which quickly went back to Annie's show...
>>
"-Some music to listen to while you crooks and money-grubbing dogs do the government's dirty work! Oh, and remember, do not question your superiors, lest you end up being hunted down like the very subjects you are hunting down now!" Well, that was a nice place for the radio show to continue from. At least it soon went into high-gear, playing 'Cash' by 'Bordeaux King', which your men seemed to enjoy. It was kind of... pleasant, to have something to listen to in the quiet, abandoned facility... Though it also gave you this kind of awkward feeling, exploring these ruins to a Rock track all about competing to make the most cash...

Regardless, you'd head forwards, the song changing and Annie making some minor announcements between song breaks. Most of these announcements seemed to be just her mocking random death squads which were being killed. Though, you did notice that most of the announcements didn't really elaborate as to who or what killed them. The only times she really did such was when... she covered in-fighting between death-squads. And even then, you wondered if that was just her creating a façade or if it was actually the full truth.

Eventually though, as you were in the middle of a more poppy song which your men were clearly not as into, you'd reach the chamber where Chrys, Oreas and Laura hid. You and your men pushed the door open slightly, letting them know that it was in fact you and not some other death squad, before entering... and fortunately, it seemed the three of them were doing most fine. "Ah, you guys came here early..." Laura said tiredly, rubbing her eyes as Oreas and Chrys looked a lot more excited that you were back.

>Hand the three some rations, leave Lydia and Derek here to make a tracker (or more) and then head out right away.
>Start a little chat with Laura, Oreas and Chrys. Perhaps you still had some questions for them before you headed out? (Write in what you want to discuss and with who)
>Something else...
>>
>>5877883
>Start a little chat with Laura, Oreas and Chrys. Perhaps you still had some questions for them before you headed out? (Write in what you want to discuss and with who)
Hope the sleep was comfy and we brought food
We will be heading towards the area with rubble blockage, going by the map it shows it too be (insert area here). Is there anything you can tell us about that location we are going into in terms of what was done or what we might encounter? if certain subjects were held nearby etc.
>>
>>5877883
Backing >>5877955
>>
>Start a little chat with Laura, Oreas and Chrys. Perhaps you still had some questions for them before you headed out?
After the door was fully slid open, you, Thaddeus, Derek, Lydia, Lars and Evander entered the room. The rest stayed outside just to be safe and to also watch out for any approaching threat. Once inside, you asked them how they had slept and if they were doing fine. "Ugh, I'm... well, could be worse? Sleeping was kind of a struggle... and the stress and pain really didn't make it easy. But... we're alive and weren't bothered by anything, so I'll just say it's going fine." Laura would say softly, stretching a bit before Chrys stepped forward. "I'm doing quite fine, Mikhail." Oreas nodded along. "It was very peaceful here, and it was a ton of fun with Chrys!" Oreas looked down at Chrys, giving her a pat on the head which made Chrys look a bit amused. "Oh, stop that..." It was clear that the two were thankfully getting along quite well.

You then looked to Lars, before mentioning that you had brought food for them. Oreas and Chrys seemed a bit surprised, while Laura's eyes instantly widened. "G-Give me it..." She demanded a bit softly, trying to get up and looking around to see who had it. Lars thus opened his bag, and grabbed rations which could hopefully quell her hunger for today. Maybe also tomorrow. At least the subjects didn't seem too desperate to eat... probably because they didn't necessarily need to feed on the same stuff Laura had to. Despite that though, Laura glanced at the two subjects, before asking a seemingly simple question. "I... You girls want some as well?" She offered the food to the subjects. Oreas and Chrys looked shocked by the question, both shaking their head. "You... you need it so much more than we do, Laura! I feed on sunlight and... Oreas feeds on electricity!" Chrys would mumble, at which point Lydia spoke up in mild bewilderment.

"So wait, you girls don't need normal food?" Chrys and Oreas shook their heads, after which Laura spoke casually. "Subjects can still eat food... it just won't do much for them, really..." Thus, you were taught two pretty incredible things: Subjects could survive without normal food... and Laura was kind enough to offer food to her subjects, even when it wouldn't really help them survive. She wanted to give them food... because she just wanted to share with them.

Once that was explained though, you decided to tell them what the plan was. You would get Derek to show the map on the tablet, explaining to them you wanted to head forward to the green section. You mentioned needing to blow up some rubble first, but that you'd then explore it fully. "That... makes sense. The flooded section probably isn't safe to traverse..." Laura would mumble, before you asked her what she could tell us about the green section. You wanted to know its functionality and encounters which were there.
>>
"Well, the green section was mostly just for growing all kinds of plants. Some of these were then used in containment chambers for decorations, while others were used for tests or genetic samples. It was also used for creating food and plant-based products... It's a pretty large section with various climates which were maintained there..." She'd show the map, showcasing how the green section was divided into various huge sectors, each dedicated to specific plant types, biomes and functions. "I'd say you can go for the produce section and maybe find survivors there... It might still have some food now, even without any energy."

Survivors was a pretty broad term, but it was one you actually quite enjoyed. You could find scientists there, as well as guardsman... not to mention, subjects who fed on plants. Speaking of which, you also wanted to know about those, specifically asking Laura about subjects which were there. "Oooookay, let me think... uhhh, I know EM-33 might be there since she feeds on plant-based material.... or was it 01-MS? It's one of Anderson's subjects, is all I can say! Either way, uhhhh SR-73 could be there... and if SR-73 is there, then chances are PR-1001 is also around there..." Derek already would start looking at the tablet, taking some notes and looking over all the subjects she mentioned.

"PF-4 probably would also likely be there, given that she's a plant-based subject. Maybe you could find SR-36 there, since she was very often caught trying to disguise herself as a normal person before trying to sneak her way there for food... But, I can't be too sure..." After she had mentioned all of the subjects, you saw Orias and Chrys looking rather uneasy. And after Laura had finished, you'd quickly realise why. "Though... some of these subjects are... well, quite harmless sooo..." Laura looked away, taking a deep breath through her nose before speaking a bit more sternly. "Promise me you won't kill them, will you?" Well, that was a promise you couldn't exactly uphold, especially since some of these subjects might very well be... quite wanted for their actions against the various death squads and the government, such as PF-4...

>Ask further about these subjects. Perhaps Laura could say more about them or reason as to why some shouldn't be killed? (Write in what you want to ask)
>Ask Laura to help with the trackers. Lydia and Derek would be staying with them anyway, so she might as well...
>Ask Derek to maybe give some details about the subjects he could find... Things such as threat levels or their personalities. (Write in what you want him to look up)
>Head out right away, leaving Derek and Lydia here to work on the trackers. You could research these subjects on your way to the blocked path...
>Something else...
>>
(Okay, so given that tomorrow, or today for me, will be new years' eve, I will be quite busy and... probably unable to make another update. And given the slower activity over the past few days due to the holidays and what not, I suggest we take a two day break for the time being. There isn't much activity on the board right now anyway, so I think it's quite a decent time to suggest a small break. I know I have not kept up as well as a month ago when it comes to updates, so I am sorry if I bother you with this break.)

(I'll still be here to chat about things, if anyone wants to ask random questions or just discuss the quest. Oh, and if anyone wants to give some suggestions for the qst, now would be the perfect time!)
>>
>>5878192
Oh hey, two new subject's. EM-33 and SR-36 should be asked about. Checking out 01-MS SR-73 and PR-1001's sheets also could be good.

Shame the game is going to be on hold for the next couple of days but it's understandable.

>Ask further about these subjects. Perhaps Laura could say more about them or reason as to why some shouldn't be killed? Specifically ask about the two new subjects in detail, and relay some information on the others, especially personality, that we have from the tablet to see if it's accurate or if we are being fed bullshit.
>Ask Derek to maybe give some details about the subjects he could find... Things such as threat levels or their personalities. General threat sheet that they have on the tablets plus personality.
>>
>>5878207
honestly, if you and the other 2 dedicated anons who are usually in the thread respond early, I may just make an update regardless of what happens. Only issue is that I will be busy doing other things away from my computer, which may make it difficult to get writing done.

Either way, I suppose we'll see what happens.
>>
>>5878199
sounds good op, don't worry about it.
>>5878207
Supporting this
emphasize that only hostile/dangerous subjects are likely to be terminated out right. The less we know, the more our own safety takes priority.
>>
>>5878192
Backing >>5878207
and >>5878244
For the promise Laura wants, tell her that we’ll do our best to avoid killing any innocents.
>>
>Something else...
Given all the new information Laura seemed to give you, you wanted to ask her for more details about everything she had said. Though, she first wanted to hear you promise her that you wouldn't kill them. Of course, you couldn't exactly promise her that you'd spare everyone you'd encounter. After all, even she had to admit that there were plenty of monstrous subjects out there who couldn't be given a moment to explain themselves, let alone be spared. Thus, you told her that you'd do your best to avoid killing innocent lives.

Laura seemed a bit displeased with what you said, so you elaborated that you had to protect your men as well, and that hostile or dangerous subjects therefore had to be terminated outright. Laura looked to the side a little, before sighing. "Okay, fine... just... don't shoot first and ask questions later. First actually see if whoever you encounter is actually dangerous, before firing at them... even if they seem dangerous or your sources call them dangerous." Hopefully, this would be a promise you could actually uphold...

>Ask further about these subjects. Perhaps Laura could say more about them or reason as to why some shouldn't be killed?
Speaking of the subjects you could encounter there, you wanted to know a bit more about them. There were two in particular who you wanted to know about: EM-33 and SR-36, since neither were in the subject database the government had provided yet. Thus, you asked her to tell you all about what they were and their personality. Laura paused for a moment, before speaking calmly.

"I... don't know too much about them, other than that... EM-33 is a bug girl, and a pretty big one at that. From what I've heard about her, she eats plant matter and didn't seem like a troublesome subject... but then again, I might be confusing her with 01-MS, who was also pretty big from what I heard... As for SR-36, I just know she needed a lot of sugars and nutrients to really function and that she could be a bit of a troublemaker... I think she was... a rat subject? I don't recall for sure though..." Derek already started taking notes of these subjects, all the while cross-referencing EM-33 with 01-MS who was in the database...

"Hmmm, there aren't too many details about 01-MS in the tablet, it seems. Just says that she is close to Anderson and that she is threat level 5 due to her having sharp weaponry..." The vagueness of the term 'sharp weaponry' was met with some confusion from your men, with Lars even asking: "Sharp weaponry? Does she wield knives or have claws or something along those lines?" Derek shook his head again. "It... doesn't say anything else, I'm afraid..." Afterwards though, Laura responded with something which... well, could maybe help a little bit. "Oh, now that you mention it, I remember now that... EM-33 has a horn! Or like... some other type of sharp protrusion she can use for combat..."
>>
Given the lack of details about 01-MS Derek could find on the tablet, and the fact EM-33 and SR-36 weren't on the tablet, you decided it was for the best to move on. There were still two subjects which Laura mentioned who were also on the subject list: SR-73 and PR-1001. You asked Laura what she knew about them, her not hesitating at all. "Okay, so SR-73 and PR-1001 are both... rodent subjects. Either rat or mouse or... something in that category." Already, Derek started taking notes and looking to see what details Laura got right and which she got wrong.

"They're sisters, if I recall correctly and... SR-73 is kinda creepy, while PR-1001 is a bit of a tease... uhhh, or it's the other way around? I-I don't know for sure. I just know they're... seemingly close? They used to have containment chambers next to each other, and were both made by the same creator... I think it was either Logan or Roraima..." You asked about how dangerous they were, to which Laura let out a deep breath. "I can't say for sure. I just know that... one of them was really good at sabotaging crap and had innate knowledge of machinery. I recall there at one point being an issue where she allegedly broke some machinery used for subject tests, but... well, it was never proven it was her."

>Ask Derek to maybe give some details about the subjects he could find... Things such as threat levels or their personalities.
Even though Laura hadn't provided many great details, what she had told about the two subjects was still pretty solid. Besides, Derek was able to fact-check what she had said to see how accurate the information was. And after you asked him how many of the details were correct, Derek nodded confidently. "A lot of what she said is true. They're both rat or mouse subjects, both were made by Logan with the help of... Roraima and Illimani. PR-1001 is described as 'highly dangerous and bloodthirsty'. She also has killed... a couple of people, and injured several death-squad members. Uhhh, it says she is pretty strong, despite her relatively small size, and is also very stealthy. Fortunately, she also can be shot and injured, from what reports have said..."

Thaddeus looked at the tablet, before also saying one final detail. "Threat level 8. Kinda surprising for... what sounds like a pretty mean subject?" To which Lydia responded with: "Well, she is tiny and can be killed in conventional means, so... I think it makes some sense." Derek then continued on with SR-73's sheet, saying: "Sr-73 is... a saboteur subject who is slightly larger and has an ability which allows her to break through almost any physical barrier. She apparently has destroyed several outposts through covert means, yet is not the type to go for a confrontation against soldiers. Uhhh, her threat level is 7 and she's stated to be quite intelligent, perceptive and agile."
>>
>Ask Derek to maybe give some details about the subjects he could find... Things such as threat levels or their personalities.
Even though Laura hadn't provided many great details, what she had told about the two subjects was still pretty solid. Besides, Derek was able to fact-check what she had said to see how accurate the information was. And after you asked him how many of the details were correct, Derek nodded confidently. "A lot of what she said is true. They're both rat or mouse subjects, both were made by Logan with the help of... Roraima and Illimani. PR-1001 is described as 'highly dangerous and bloodthirsty'. She also has killed... a couple of people, and injured several death-squad members. Uhhh, it says she is pretty strong, despite her relatively small size, and is also very stealthy. Fortunately, she also can be shot and injured, from what reports have said..." Thaddeus looked at the tablet, before also saying one final detail. "Threat level 8. Kinda surprising for... what sounds like a pretty mean subject?" To which Lydia responded with: "Well, she is tiny and can be killed in conventional means, so... I think it makes some sense." Derek then continued on with SR-73's sheet, saying: "Sr-73 is... a saboteur subject who is slightly larger and has an ability which allows her to break through almost any physical barrier. She apparently has destroyed several outposts through covert means, yet is not the type to go for a confrontation against soldiers. Uhhh, her threat level is 7 and she's stated to be quite intelligent, perceptive and agile."

Well, at least you knew what might be waiting for you in the green section now... A plant subject with traps, some sort of large insect subject with sharp protrusions, a sugar-ladled rat subject, a murderous mouse and her saboteur sibling. And out of all those two, it seemed the rats were ironically pretty high on the threat list... Probably because they were wanted for the things they had pulled.

>Ask some further questions to Laura about the subjects.
>Look at the stat sheet directly, just to get a straight overview of the subjects...
>Ask Chrys or Oreas something about the subjects. Maybe they know something Laura didn't?
>Just head out now. You had all the info you needed, now it was time to put it to good use.
>Pre-emptively think about a plan for the subjects you might encounter. Given the wide range of target you may find, it was for the best you knew what you had to do when facing them.
>Something else...

(Happy new year, everyone! I already finished quite a chunk of this update yesterday, before the festivities started, but I only got around to finishing it now. Either way, I hope this update is a good one with plenty of information. I imagine that, once the information well has dried out, it'll be time to move on and get to the real fun stuff.)
>>
(Just noticed that I accidentally repeated the ">Ask derek to maybe give some details" part in the final post. I suppose that can be ignored then, lol)
>>
>>5879191
>>Ask Chrys or Oreas something about the subjects. Maybe they know something Laura didn't?
Then we exit the room and think with the team
>Pre-emptively think about a plan for the subjects you might encounter. Given the wide range of target you may find, it was for the best you knew what you had to do when facing them.
>>
>>5879191
>>>Ask Chrys or Oreas something about the subjects. Maybe they know something Laura didn't?
Then leave.

>Pre-emptively think about a plan for the subjects you might encounter. Given the wide range of target you may find, it was for the best you knew what you had to do when facing them.
Here's the plan below:
https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=Le4ul-KKzdQ&pp=ygUibWV0cm8gaWYgaXQncyBob3N0aWxlIHlvdSBraWxsIGl0IA==
>>
>>5879217
>>5879223

Supporting
>>
>Ask Chrys or Oreas something about the subjects. Maybe they know something Laura didn't?
After Laura explained quite a bit about the subjects she knew, and Derek also elaborated on the ones on the tablet, you turned to Oreas and Chrys. The two subjects had been mostly quiet during this conversation, seeming a bit uncomfortable. It was understandable, given you were basically discussing subjects you'd potentially have to kill... Though, given their silence, you decided to ask them if they knew anything about the subjects which had been mentioned. It seemed to take them by surprise, looking at each other before Chrys spoke up. "Ummm, you mean the ones which you just discussed, right? Uhhh, EM-33, SR-36, 01-MS... uhhhh..." Oreas would quickly finish up that list, by saying: "SR-73 and PR-1001, right?" Afterwards, the two looked at each other, before Chrys spoke up a bit hesitantly.

"Well, I... kn-know a bit about... 01-MS... I-I told you guys about her before, r-right? She's a spider subject named Haina... uhhh, Anderson really liked her. Like, a lot... she was pretty kind, gentle and sweet... ummm, though the mention of those claw things, umm... well, I do remember how she had... pretty large l-legs with clawed tips... ummm, that's... probably what you were talking about." It didn't seem like there was much more to really ask about 01-MS, or Haina. Oreas didn't seem to know much herself, speaking a bit more calmly. "I just know it's one of Anderson's subjects... Uhhh, yeah..." Afterwards, Lydia calmly asked them: "Given that Laura confused her with Haina, maybe you can tell us a bit about EM-33? They seem... sort of similar."

Chrys pondered for a moment, before nodding quickly. "Ummm, EM-33 was... uhhh, a big insect subject... n-not too intelligent, b-but pretty strong, I think... She could also fly, and... crawl around the place... uhhh, Anofelis! That was her name!" Well, now you knew a bit more about Anofelis the insect subject. If she was made by Anderson like Chrys, then chances were she could be reasoned with to a certain degree. Unless if she had some horrific ability... or was co-created by Roraima or Elbrus. Though then turning to Oreas for further elaboration was once again met with little extra info, as it seemed Oreas knew little about these subjects.

Thus, you asked them about SR-36 instead, since maybe Oreas knew about her instead. Chrys was indeed quick to respond this time with some actual information. "Her name is Dee... she is really fast and has super strong legs. She can run insanely fast and jump a ton, from what I've been told... Uhhh, oh, she was also made with the help of Tengri! If... that helps you guys." This time, Oreas didn't seem to know a thing about the subject, shaking her head with a mildly unsure look on her face. "Yeah, I... don't know anything about her. This is the first time I've heard of her, actually..."
>>
Afterwards, you'd ask about PR-1001 and SR-73, given that they seemed quite related if what Laura said was correct. Unfortunately, both of them looked at each other in mild confusion. "Uhhh, Oreas?" Chrys eventually said, with Oreas really trying to think. "PR-1001... SR-73... Mmmmm... I..." She pondered for a bit more, before shaking her head. "I'm sorry... I... I don't know anything about those two." It was disappointing, but at least understandable. And hey, at least Chrys reminded you of Haina, as well as telling you a bit more about Anofelis.

>Pre-emptively think about a plan for the subjects you might encounter. Given the wide range of target you may find, it was for the best you knew what you had to do when facing them.
With the three girls having given you all the information they knew, it seemed like it was time to get going. Though first, you'd get some sleeping bags for Lydia and Derek, much to the confusion of the three. "Sleeping bags? Are those for us?" Laura asked quite curiously, at which point you explained that Lydia and Derek would stay with them. Thaddeus soon also stepped forward to elaborate on what was going on.

"Mikhail will lead us further into the depths of this place... and we intend to stay underground for as long as we have rations, which will be a few days at least. In the meantime, Derek and Lydia will stay here and try to work on some trackers." Lydia and Derek nodded in agreement, the latter even asking: "Maybe you want to help with that, Laura?" Fortunately, Laura didn't hesitate at all. "I mean... I'm not that good of an electrician, but I'd not mind helping out." And after you then had given Derek and Lydia all the tools they'd need for their stay, you'd tell them to be careful before heading out.

Once you left the room, your men were quickly informed about everything which you had been told as you started making your way towards the blocked off path. The place you'd be heading, the subjects you'd probably find there, and the general goal you had of taking down one of the more... unquestionably evil scientists or subjects. Though, it was clear you'd need some specific plans for your mission. There were the five subjects which had been noted as potential encounters by Laura: EM-33, SR-36, 01-MS, SR-73 and PR-1001. Of these, only 01-MS was clearly stated to be friendly, while the others could very well be fair targets. There were also other subjects you could encounter, as well as more guardsmen or scientists... Obviously, you couldn't plan for everything, but you did already bring up to your men how you wished to pre-emptively make a plan for the subjects you could encounter.
>>
Your men were silent for a moment, as they started thinking of fitting plans or courses of action. Alan was the first to speak, giving a truly well thought-out and intricate answer. "If we see any of em and they're hostile, we just kill it. Simple enough, right?" Well, it was a plan alright! But... perhaps some more specific things could be planned out for the threatening subjects which were named. And fortunately, you weren't the only one who thought this, as Artyom gave his own suggestion.

"Well, given what has been said, I think we should leave 01-MS out of our plans, unless if any of you guys think she's actually a threat... From the sound of it, I think she's similar to Chrys and Oreas: harmless."
You saw Lars rubbing the place where Chrys had hit her with acid with his hand, as Artyom continued. "Regardless, I think the best course of action would be to try and set up small traps in areas where they might travel through. Places where food might be, or which can lead to areas they'd want to go to. Then, we should start patrolling the green section, fully searching everything and simply staying there for as long as possible."

It was an alright general approach for what you could do there, but clearly the plan needed a bit more refining. Not to mention, Thaddeus, Anon, Mike, Zaria, Lars and Evander would also probably want to have a say in the matter. You still had to walk for quite some time to get to the pile of rubble anyway, so it wasn't like you didn't have the time to discuss things further...

>Flat out decline Artyom's plan. Not only was clearing the entire area completely impossible, but then patrolling all of it would be far too difficult.
>Hear out what ideas the others may have for this place. Perhaps they had better plans, or ideas on how Artyom's plan could be improved?
>Accept Artyom's plan. It was a solid general plan and it was way easier to just improvise on the spot than to think of plans for each individual subject you might not even encounter.
>Give your own suggestions to Artyom's plan which would make it a perfect approach for your current mission. (Write in what changes you'd make or what you'd add)
>Give your own plan or ideas as to how you'd approach what you'd do next. You clearly had figured this out more than anyone in your group, so you probably had a fantastic plan.
>Something else...
>>
>>5879501
>>Hear out what ideas the others may have for this place. Perhaps they had better plans, or ideas on how Artyom's plan could be improved?
>Give your own suggestions to Artyom's plan which would make it a perfect approach for your current mission. (Write in what changes you'd make or what you'd add)
We will leave some room for flexability in case we make some new discoveries while we are over there.
Also whil we will start screening the area, depending on lines of sight and area we may need to play slow and steady. So whole area may be a push.
>>
>>5879501
>>5879670
This plus understanding that subjects may initially be hostile due to the reputation kill squads have and the actions they're taking, so try to de-escalate if it doesn't jeopardize our safety.
>>
>Hear out what ideas the others may have for this place. Perhaps they had better plans, or ideas on how Artyom's plan could be improved?
>Give your own suggestions to Artyom's plan which would make it a perfect approach for your current mission.
After Artyom stated what he felt was an effective approach, you asked your men what plans they might have in mind for when they got to the green section. The first was Thaddeus, who spoke confidently. "I think we ought to first look for rooms which may actually have food in it. Green spaces or places for containment and what not are... probably not in our interest to explore." He'd suggest, which did seem like a fair suggestion.

Though, Anon quickly pointed out one caveat related to that suggestion... "Are you sure we should avoid such spaces when we quite literally found guardsmen hiding in containment chambers? Those are also still targets, you know..." Thaddeus would still seem quite sure about his suggestion, responding with: "There could indeed be people hiding in there... But, given how this place seems to function as large source of food, I imagine that would be why most people would go there. At least, that's what I think."

Of course, Artyom and Thaddeus weren't the only one who had some strong ideas. Lars stepped forward and would calmly say. "If there is plenty of food there to survive from, I suggest we also try to make sure to destroy it all then. After all, less food means survivors will probably die sooner rather than later." It was a bit more of a cruel suggestion, but it did make some sense at least. Artyom nodded along, and would even go so far as to say: "We can even trap some areas which have plenty of food in them. If nothing is caught in said traps, we can then also just destroy the place with food in it. After all, we might as well at that point."

However, not everyone in your group seemed all that focused on the fact this place could have food sources which could be used for traps. Mike stepped forward and spoke a bit more cautiously. "Given how this entire place has been without electricity for... god knows how long, and the fact that plants in that section probably need a lot of energy to continue producing food, I kinda doubt there will be a lot of food there." Zaria nodded along, before also responding quite confidently. "Unless if there were tons of preserved foods being produced in there, I doubt any of it will still be... edible. Maybe some subjects can still consume it, but people? Nah, I highly doubt that..." To this though, Artyom responded with his own counter-point. "Well, in that case, we just need to trap what places which still have food, spoilt or not. After all, I doubt any of the famished and dying survivors will be picky about what food options there are."
>>
At this point, the entire group had differing ideas on what to do and what the best approach was for where you'd get to. Evander soon pointed out something which... well, was also quite a fitting point. "Ya know, I might not even be able to blow up that passageway. For all we know, we're gonna have to take a different route... so, ya lads shouldn't think about this too hard yet." While it was a fair thing to point out, Thaddeus would simply retort with: "Well, we're just planning around in case, ya know. It's where we plan on heading to anyway, so... might as well plan ahead of time and figure out the best way to approach all of this."

You then told your men that you'd leave some room for flexibility in case you made some new discoveries while you got there. Your men seemed to quite happily accept the suggestion, knowing that sticking to one plan would probably be... quite detrimental, given how little intel you had about the place. Though given what little you knew of the place, you also recommended something else: once you got there, you wanted to start screening the area first. Then, depending on lines of sight and area, you'd play slow and steady.

Finally, you explained how you wanted to maybe de-escalate any conflict you found yourself in. Subjects which seemed hostile towards you, might just be hostile given the fact you were a death squad, rather than the subject themselves being innately violent. Your men didn't seem too sure about this idea, but they weren't going to question it. After all, they had been proven wrong twice now about these subjects and the people who used to work here...

Thus, you'd move further ahead down the hallway, passing the cafeteria space and soon the huge research space. Nothing had changed, so it was clear nobody had been here while you were gone. Your men mostly seemed to just casually talk to each other, discussing random things while the radio kept playing Annie's music. "You know, she does have a good taste in music, I will admit." Anon would eventually even remark about it, to which Artyom scoffed. "It's fine, aside from the shitty pop songs she sometimes plays." Thaddeus also made a bit of a humorous comment about Annie's music choice. "Maybe we can request some songs for her to play? I'd love some more classical music, or folk songs." Your other men seemed quite amused and relaxed, not worrying about the place and what you may soon encounter... though, things did get a bit more tense as the song died down and you heard Annie's voice again.
>>
"You're listening to VRCMG Radio with the wonderful threat level 10 subject you will never be able to capture no matter how much your pathetic government pays (or threatens) you, Annie Marconi. We're pausing the music to bring you a most special report regarding information which... I am sure most men are ready to commit blue-on-blue action for to acquire. However, knowing that this could help my own allies, I am willing to bring this out into the public for their own safety. I have recently been in the south-western quadrant near sub-section D. Due to damage caused by the disaster which absolutely was not caused by the government, floors 32 to 39 are quite close to collapsing. Therefore, I highly suggest any of my allies avoid it, lest you risk death through structural collapse. Anyhow, it is currently 7:52, and-" By that point, she once again repeated similar things as she did before. Mostly just about whereabouts of death squads in certain sectors, mocking and insulting them before switching to another song.

"Ya guys think what she says is true?" Evander said soon after the music started again, to which Zaria scoffed. "Nah, she's clearly screwing with people and trying to get them to go to that area she mentioned. Probably so they can get trapped or killed..." Though, Mike seemed a bit more curious about what had been said by Annie. "I wonder who her allies are... and if maybe she has some sort of deeper meaning in the things she said? Hell, maybe she's playing specific songs at specific times as some kind of secret language?" It was a bit far-fetched, but... you could never be sure at this point in time. Either way, you'd soon pass the large containment chambers, and finally find yourself at the final crossroad again. Ahead of you was the pile of rubble, to your right the flooded section, and to your left... well, you weren't entirely sure.

>Assign yourself or others to help Evander set up the explosives to hopefully breach the collapsed hallway. (Write in who you'd get him to join)
>Assign your men to do something else in the area. Perhaps you could use some people to act as guards, or perhaps having them scout ever so slightly into the left or right hallway was a good idea. (Write in what you want your men to do, and what they had to do.)
>Explore the area, maybe on your own or with your men by your side.
>Listen to the radio... Maybe Annie talked about something else 'fun'.
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
>>5880369
>>Assign yourself or others to help Evander set up the explosives to hopefully breach the collapsed hallway. (Write in who you'd get him to join)
We help set the explosions

>>Assign your men to do something else in the area. Perhaps you could use some people to act as guards, or perhaps having them scout ever so slightly into the left or right hallway was a good idea. (Write in what you want your men to do, and what they had to do.)
Split the rest on guard duty and the other half scout duty.
>>
>>5880369
>Lars helps Evander deploy explosives, Anon guards them, we take the rest and scout a bit into the left
>>
>>5880369
>>5880423
Supporting, but also.

>Listen to the radio... Maybe Annie talked about something else 'fun'.
>>
>>5880369
I liked the ideas mike's having about how she might be planning certain things at certain times to convery information, good job mike.
remind everyone doesn't really matter what she says, we already had out plan, weo nly listen to understand her own behavior better.
>>5880423
support
But also discuss with those who have been listening so far if they have any kind of ideas on how else she might be slipping information/keeping patterns. (try to do this without using comms on our headsets bc she will prob hear us??)
>>
>Assign yourself or others to help Evander set up the explosives to hopefully breach the collapsed hallway.
>Assign your men to do something else in the area. Perhaps you could use some people to act as guards, or perhaps having them scout ever so slightly into the left or right hallway was a good idea.
After passing the containment section, you'd be met with the blocked off hallway once again. After looking at it, you'd turn to your men, before telling them their jobs: You and Lars would help set up the explosives. Anon, Artyom and Mike would guard you and ensure things went smoothly. And meanwhile, Zaria, Thaddeus and Alan would scout the left hallway just a tiny bit. "Guess no-one's heading right, huh?" Mike would eventually say, to which Anon wisely pointed out: "Going in there is almost guaranteed to end up going poorly, especially since we don't have much of a plan to tackle it..." Mike didn't seem to question it. You did have decent gear, but... with little idea as to what was going on there, you refrained from sending anyone over there. Thus, Zaria, Thaddeus and Alan headed to the left hallway. They made sure to stick close, as they soon disappeared from view...

>Listen to the radio... Maybe Annie talked about something else 'fun'.
Meanwhile, you would help Evander out with the explosives. It seemed his plan was to stick them somewhere in the centre of the entire pile of rubble, and to push it deep into the pile as to really blow it open. Fortunately, the explosives he had gotten were perfectly made for the job. You and Lars could easily help him out with setting it up, Lars assisting with the connections while you helped dig out spots which Evander felt would be the best for the explosives. While you did such, you kept listening to the radio, Annie continuing to play her songs. Right now, it was playing 'Femme Mortalle' by the 'Subterranean Threads'. You asked your men for anything noteworthy they had noticed while listening to Annie and her mannerisms. You tried and make sure to talk without the use of the helmet comms, given that she could very well be listening in on you guys.

Your men were a bit surprised by you suddenly no longer comm'ing through the helmet. Though, they were quick to realise why and would also start speaking without the device. It sounded a bit quieter, but you could still hear them well enough. "She has a lot of ways to describe herself... Kinda makes me think she's pretty egotistical, if I say so myself." Anon would calmly respond, followed by Artyom giving his own opinion on the matter. "I think it's more of a psychological thing. She uses it to taunt those who want to get her. Y'know, setting herself up as an arrogant bastard so that people go after her more often." It honestly made sense that she'd taunt people into coming after her. She clearly adored the attention, given how she made a whole radio station about herself.
>>
"I'm more interested about the small changes she might make. Hell, I kinda wanna see her change something on the tablet at some point." Lars would say curiously, to which Mike seemed a bit confused. "A change to what? You mean the files regarding subjects the government has for us?" Lars nodded, grabbing the tablet which he was handed by Derek. "Yeah. Someone told us that she edits parts about her own descriptions and other things, right? I wanna see what kind of edits she makes. After all, tiny edits can throw people off quite a bit." It was definitely worth checking out... Though for now, Lars had to help Evander out with the explosives, which you were quickly finishing up. Unfortunately, Annie didn't say much else over the radio which was interesting. It mostly just was more mocking remarks and her announcing the new songs. There was no further news about the location she may or may not have been at and used as a trap...

After some time though, you, Lars and Evander managed to set up all the explosives. "Aight, think this oughta do it, lads." Evander said confidently, as he stepped back and looked at you. "So, get everyone away from the blast zone. We gotta be quite a distance away from it though, cuz I don't know much about the effects it'll have. I suggest we go to the left tunnel. If something goes wrong, then we won't be in the blast zone at least." The fact you needed a safe distance and the fact Evander mentioned that things could go wrong was... not exactly reassuring. "Um, are you sure this is safe?" Mike would ask in a rather casual tone, to which Evander spoke up quite eagerly. "As safe as can be, Zaria! I'm a professional, so don't ya worry!" He said eagerly, after which he looked to you to hear what you had to say.

>Let's blow this shit up and get going already!
>Wait, we first have to... (Write in what you want to do first.)

(A bit of a shorter list... but that's cause I kinda wanna see what things you guys think of regarding what you want to do first before the fun starts. I imagine there's one obvious thing you'll do... but I suppose we'll see.)

(Actually, let me know you guys' thoughts about this more simple style of prompts which kinda forces write-in responses.)
>>
>>5880701
>I imagine there's one obvious thing you'll do... but I suppose we'll see.
Op that's fucked up you can't just say that.

>Wait, we first have to... (Write in what you want to do first.)
Put our helmets back on?

"(Actually, let me know you guys' thoughts about this more simple style of prompts which kinda forces write-in responses.)"
I mean the system kinda already was us mostly using write ins. I don't mind either or, The balance of giving a few suggestions was neat and we would supplement it with our own thoughts/or just use our own thoughts. If you find it more interesting to just leave it all to us, we can see how that goes. Just be aware we might ask a bit more for discriptions based on encounters (similar to the oreas encounter)
>>
>>5880724
I am more than fine answering some questions in such encounters. It's kinda my job.

>Op that's fucked up you can't just say that.
The powers of the QM have truly gone to my head. What other heinous crimes will I commit next?
>>
>>5880701
>Wait, we first have to... (Write in what you want to do first.)
Make sure we've got guns out and are combat ready on the off chance something is drawn by the noise

>(Actually, let me know you guys' thoughts about this more simple style of prompts which kinda forces write-in responses.)
I don't mind but in my experience as a quester it tends to dramatically lower the number of anons who vote.
>>
>Wait, we first have to...
With the explosives set up, Evander looked to you to hear what you had to say. You first told your men to grab your guns and get ready. After all, such a loud blast could very well attract some unwanted attention. More importantly, something could very well be hiding in or behind the rubble which could cause trouble. And after putting your helmet back on, Evander would signal you and the others to follow. You headed down the left hallway, Evander seemingly thinking it was the safest option. It was also probably for the best to go down said hallway, since... well, Zaria, Thaddeus and Alan were still there to scout it. Speaking of them, Anon was quick to say: "I'll go get Zaria, Thaddeus and Alan. See if they found anything a bit further down this hallway... and warning them that we're about to blow things up." Before you could say anything, Anon already headed further down the dark hallway. It probably was for the best they were also present...

You'd walk for a few more minutes, getting quite some distance away from the blast site. You'd pass a few small abandoned chambers, one of which looked to be a small hospital wing of some kind. Though the others were just similar storage rooms to the ones you had seen before. Eventually though, Evander would signal you and the others to get low. "Aight, this place seems good. If ya hear any cracking sounds above ya or feel the floor starting to sag, I suggest we start running further ahead..." Evander would say casually, to which Artyom was a bit concerned. "Are you implying that... the explosion could cause structural damage here? Are you sure we should go through with it then?"

However, Evander was already convinced. "I mean... chances are it will be fine. T'is just a warning in case the place is less stable than I imagined. But given how this place has been quite stable so far, I think it'll be safe for us. And if not, we can just run that way and probably be safe. We're already far away enough that it'd take some time for things to really go wrong, probably." Evander knew what he was doing. He had done these kinds of demolitions before, so chances were you'd be safe. And as everyone got low with their guns at the ready, Evander would get the detonator for the explosives. "Fire in the hole!" He'd say eagerly, before...

There was a loud bang which travelled down the tunnel, the ground shaking slightly and the loud noise echoing throughout the hall for some time. Bits of dust and rubble fell from the ceiling, as you saw a cloud of dust far off in the distance where the blast had come from. The blasts kept going for a few seconds, there being a deeper rumbling and trembling going through the ground. Though as the sound of the blast faded and the place stopped shaking, your men would slowly get up. Evander spoke confidently. "See? I told ya it was safe!" Evander would lower his gun and already took some steps forward towards the blast site.
>>
Of course, Mike was quick to remind him that things weren't safe just yet. "Dude, wait! Remember what Mikhail said! We gotta be vigilant here in case some subject or other threat pops up!" Despite Mike's concerns, your men didn't seem too bothered. Evander still looked at the dust cloud which was starting to move your way ever so slightly. Lars and Anon mostly just waited and Artyom looked towards the cloud while keeping his gun close to him.

However, shortly after... you would hear a loud alarm-like sound coming from the distance. It didn't come from the direction of the blast though, instead coming from behind you... the very same direction as the one Zaria, Thaddeus and Alan had gone to. The sound was quite powerful, reverberating through your body and clearly being aimed your way. "What the!" Anon would yell in response, followed by Artyom grabbing his gun and aiming it the other direction. "Someone's shooting at us with goddamn sonic weaponry!" He'd yell, as the rest of your men also got their guns.

The sound was... quite loud, but not painfully so yet. If it was a sonic weapon like Artyom had yelled, then it was a decent distance away from you. Shortly after though, the blast of sound stopped for a moment... Why it did, you weren't sure, but it soon would unfortunately start up again. Given that the sound continued again, the big question became how Zaria, Thaddeus and Alan were faring against it. They were further down the hallway, and thus way closer to the source of the sound, so they probably were far worse off...

>Move further down the hallway you were in towards the source of the sound. Whatever it was, you had to fucking shoot it and kill it right now to save Thaddeus, Zaria and Alan.
>Move further back and out of range. Whatever was shooting you, you needed to get far away from it right now. Thaddeus, Zaria and Alan could hide in a side-room... hopefully.
>Move into one of the side-rooms. If the source of the sound approached, you'd maybe be able to ambush it. Hopefully, whatever caused the sound had not taken down Thaddeus, Zaria and Alan...
>Have Artyom fire his sonic cannon down the hall. Maybe whoever was aiming their sound cannon at you would stop and realise you had similar weaponry?
>Something else...

(Given what this anon (>>5880827) pointed out, I think I'll go back to providing some prompts, rather than forcing write-ins. At least, not for updates like the previous one.)
>>
>>5881250
>Have Artyom fire his sonic cannon down the hall. Maybe whoever was aiming their sound cannon at you would stop and realise you had similar weaponry?

If they don't stop within a few seconds

>Move further down the hallway you were in towards the source of the sound. Whatever it was, you had to fucking shoot it and kill it right now to save Thaddeus, Zaria and Alan.
>>
>>5881287
>Have Artyom fire his sonic cannon down the hall. Maybe whoever was aiming their sound cannon at you would stop and realise you had similar weaponry?
>Move further down the hallway you were in towards the source of the sound. Whatever it was, you had to fucking shoot it and kill it right now to save Thaddeus, Zaria and Alan.
Priority is our teammates, after they are back in our care, we can move towards terminating the threat.
>>
>Have Artyom fire his sonic cannon down the hall. Maybe whoever was aiming their sound cannon at you would stop and realise you had similar weaponry?
With the loud noise continuing to echo against the walls, you would yell at Artyom to fire back at whoever or whatever was trying to deafen you. "But what about Thaddeus, Zaria and Alan?!" Evander would yell, Artyom soon after saying. "They're probably already deaf from the source of the sound, if they're close-by! So, I doubt this will do much!" He'd thus aim the soundcannon down the hallway, before turning the knob as to put it to the loudest setting. And soon, a similarly loud alarm noise would come from Artyom's gun, silencing the noise of the alarm and... thankfully reducing the pain to your ears, as you and the rest of your men got behind Artyom.

For about ten seconds, Artyom kept firing the blaring noise from his sonic weapon. Up until he turned it down and realised... the other sound had become weaker. And after then turning off his cannon, it became clear that it had worked. There was no more blaring noise, and you could finally speak at a normal volume level. "Whoever did that... I'm gonna put this gun next to their skull." Artyom would say annoyedly, after which Anon spoke up more calmly. "Well, let's first see if Thaddeus, Zaria and Alan are alright. Then we can see who or what caused all that noise!" You quickly agreed, yet also made sure to keep your weapons at the ready. For all you knew, this was leading to a trap, or something far worse.

>Move further down the hallway you were in towards the source of the sound. Whatever it was, you had to fucking shoot it and kill it right now to save Thaddeus, Zaria and Alan.
You and Mike stuck to the middle, while Anon and Lars kept to the front. Evander and Artyom remained somewhat to the side, as the six of you headed onwards. You'd soon see... well, quite a lot of shapes in the distance with your thermal vision. You saw the shapes of Thaddeus, Zaria and Alan, the three of them facing against some of the others. It then dawned on you that... you had just experienced some of that blue-on-blue action Annie had described before. The ones who had almost deafened you were a death-squad of some kind. And as you approached them, you heard Artyom groan softly. "Oh, now it all makes sense..." You saw Alan, Zaria and Thaddeus behind a group of death squad soldiers. Though given their rather light armour and the unconventional weapon types, you quickly realised that these were some Diamond Dogs soldiers.
>>
As you approached the Diamond Dogs, the main squad leader of theirs would raise his hand before speaking in a more condescending tone. "Well, well, well, guess I stand corrected, huh?" Thaddeus, Alan and Zaria all looked... quite agitated at the Diamond Dogs soldiers who had kept them back. "Told you retards that there wasn't a point in using that shitty noisemaker of yours!" Zaria would say to the Diamond Dogs' squad leader, who simply shrugged and kept an aloof expression on his face. "Hey, I just wanted to be sure, y'know. Can't ever be a 100% sure down here, haha..."

The group of Diamond Dogs soldiers consisted of 7 men, each of them having some kind of sonic cannon or flamethrower. One even had an acid gun like the one Mike was wielding. Seeing the weaponry you had seemed to amuse the Diamond Dogs soldiers, who were quick to point at them. "Hey, Idris, guess the Lodgerites are starting to imitate our tactics, huh?" One of the Diamond Dogs said, as he pointed to the sound cannon and acid gun. This made the Diamond Dogs all start to laugh like a bunch of teenagers who had just heard a terrible dick joke.

While they laughed, Thaddeus groaned and got away from the soldiers who kept him back. Zaria and Alan quickly followed suit, clearly not wanting to be near the Diamond Dogs. "Anyway, so what are you Lodgerites doing here anyway? And what's with the funny weapons you guys got?" Idris soon said in a mocking tone, clearly not seeming to care much about the fact he had basically attacked you guys from a distance. If anything, he just seemed to brush it to the side. Obviously, your men weren't all too pleased by Idris and his men's actions.

>Calmly introduce yourself and explain why you were here. They may have been petulant and idiotic, but they didn't harm anyone too much. Besides, making allies down here was for the best.
>Just give a bare basic response. You didn't want to upset them, but you also didn't want to give them any kind of decency or respect.
>Instantly confront the Diamond Dogs about them shooting you, before questioning why the hell they did what they did.
>Ask Thaddeus, Zaria and Alan what they did. They'd probably explain what had happened better than the Diamond Dogs could.
>Ask the Diamond Dogs a specific question. Maybe for intel, but maybe to throw them off and trick them...
>Just ignore the idiots and head back to the explosion site. You had a new section to explore, damnit!
>Something else...
>>
>>5881570
>Confront them
They made contact and exchanged words with our teammates and still shot? What the fuck
>>
>>5881570
>Just give a bare basic response. You didn't want to upset them, but you also didn't want to give them any kind of decency or respect.
Be professional even if they don't deserve it. Rather only have subjects to worry about.
>>
>>5881570
>Ask Thaddeus, Zaria and Alan what they did. They'd probably explain what had happened better than the Diamond Dogs could.
>Just give a bare basic response. You didn't want to upset them, but you also didn't want to give them any kind of decency or respect.
We are hunting subjects, What are they doing here? Slowing us down?
>>5881804
let's not waste time dealing with these bastards, we have shit we have to do.
>>
>Ask Thaddeus, Zaria and Alan what they did. They'd probably explain what had happened better than the Diamond Dogs could.
Even though Idris and the other Diamond Dogs had asked you about what you were doing here and the weapons you had, you first wanted some answers of your own. So you quickly asked Thaddeus, Zaria and Alan what had happened. Of course, the Diamond Dogs quickly took offense to that. "Ey, dickhead, Idris asked you a question." One of the diamond dogs said, which you tried to ignore as you focused on your own three men. Zaria was quick to give her explanation. "Well, we encountered them and they assumed we were lost. They then proceeded to ignore all our remarks about us having split of from you guys... aaaand then you guys set off the explosives, which they thought was a threat so they shot at you like the morons they are." The Diamond Dogs clearly didn't appreciate the words your men had for them. Though they were honestly more than deserved at this point... At best, these guys were delusional, at worst they willingly committed blue-on-blue for a laugh...

Afterwards, Thaddeus spoke up in a more stern tone. "We, or rather Alan, stopped them for a second, but one of those bastards kept firing at ya... They only stopped after you shot at them and they... magically realised that you were on our side." By then, Idris and the other Diamond Dogs were quite agitated, with one of them saying: "You guys are forgetting some rather key details here, painting us as the bad guys! We had to be sure you weren't threats or some bastards in disguise. Besides, if you encounter three random strangers with mish-mashed weapons and armour, you'd also be suspicious!" "Yeah, especially if you hear a giant explosion afterwards!" You could hear how the Diamond Dogs were smirking underneath their helmets. Clearly, they were just trying to bullshit their way through this conversation. Regardless, Idris soon spoke up in a more dismissive tone.
"Well, nobody was hurt, so what are you guys even mad about? Also, you still haven't answered my questions yet." He'd look to you, knowing that you were the head of your squad and that you'd likely give an answer...

>Just give a bare basic response. You didn't want to upset them, but you also didn't want to give them any kind of decency or respect.
Despite them being absolutely embarrassing and unprofessional, you decided to keep your calm and would explain what was going on. Albeit, in a rather bare basic way. You told them you were here to hunt subjects, and that the blast was indeed from you setting off explosions. You didn't answer about the weapons you had gotten, or the subjects you were after.
>>
"Oh, clearing the road, huh? Where you planning on going?" Idris said smugly, you explaining you just were heading to the green section. "Alright, and what subjects are you after? We're currently hunting down this lizard chick. You wouldn't happen to have seen her, huh?" Given that Oreas was a lizard-like subject, perhaps it would be smart to give some false information.

Though, you also quickly told them that they were slowing you down and that you didn't want to waste time with them. After all, you had a mission to do. "Oh, come now, isn't being super friendly best buds with others the whole thing Lodger is about? You guys seem awfully rude and unwilling to co-operate!" One of the Diamond Dogs said in a derisive tone, the other Diamond Dogs nodding along. Your men quickly stood by your side though, with Anon softly saying. "Well, us Lodgerites tend to work way better with... competent allies." It was a pretty good way of telling them to piss off. Though obviously, it also managed to anger the Diamond Dogs quite a bit, with one of them saying: "We've killed 4 scientists, 7 guardsmen and have gravely wounded a subject. What have you fuckers done aside from blowing shit up?" Despite the continued hostility, you knew better than to further interact with these morons. You told them calmly that you had better stuff to do, and that you wanted to get back to business.

"We also wanna get back to business! And business means... working together, right? Isn't that all what Lodger is about? Why don't you follow your groups' mantra?" Idris would say in a mock tone. Clearly, he didn't look at you with any respect and just wanted to cause a confrontation for the sake of causing a confrontation. Entertaining him further was probably not of use... then again, it'd also be fun getting back at them...

>Just head back to the blast site without further entertaining the Diamond Dogs. The bastards clearly did not want an actual mutual 'alliance'.
>Continue listening to the Diamond Dogs while feigning friendliness. Maybe the morons could provide you with something of interest?
>'Return the favour'. They 'helped' out your men, so maybe you could 'help' them out with the lizard subject they were after? (Write in what you wish to tell them)
>Maybe try and act a bit more amicable. Even though you and your men were understandably upset, that wasn't a reason to be this hostile. (Write in what you wish to say to them)
>Something else...
>>
>>5882070
>'Return the favour'. They 'helped' out your men, so maybe you could 'help' them out with the lizard subject they were after? (Write in what you wish to tell them)

"We actually did hear about a subject with reptilian features from another Lodger squad. We're geared up for a different one and didn't investigate, but if you're after her then she was seen on floor 35 in the south-western quadrant near sub-section D."
>>
>>5882070
>>Something else...
Cut to the chase, they didn't made a good impresion and they don't seem to care about it and are wasting our time, they want help, tell them to make it worth our time or we're leaving.
>>
>Something else...
After Idris suggested you'd co-operate, you decided to give him a tiny chance. They were wasting your time, their first impression was rubbish and they hardly seemed to care. But given that they were here for a reason, you decided to tell them to cut to the chase, and to tell what they needed help with. Your men looked a bit bewildered, clearly not having expected you to actually offer to listen to them. Of course, you quickly told them to make it worth your time or you'd just leave them again. The Diamond Dogs seemed amused, while Idris responded rather casually. "Wow, straight to the point and... quite stern. Guess you really are a one-of-a-kind specimen in Lodger!" He'd approach and put a hand on your shoulder, clearly eager to brush away what he had done to you and your men only moments ago.

"So, what we need your help with... Well, we just wanna know if you had seen a lizard subject. Duncan, can you tell a bit about them?" One of the Diamond Dogs soldiers came forward with a government tablet of his own, before reading off of it. "Codename is CG-23, also known as Kamara Acrodon. She's a large green lizard subject with the ability to change colour and shape. She was last spotted in this quadrant and is probably trying to head to the green section... y'know, cuz she'd probably survive there quite easily."

Before you could ask for further details, Idris spoke in a rather dismissive tone. "I know most Lodger men aren't... exactly the type to go looking for trouble, being all in the backlines and such... So, if you guys have nothing, just let us know." The clearly arrogant tone was absolutely grating, and you could tell that some of your men clearly didn't want you to help out. At least the good news was that they weren't looking for Oreas... but that didn't change the fact that you had to be careful. If they headed back to where Derek and Lydia were watching over the others, it could cause quite some conflict...

>'Return the favour'. They 'helped' out your men, so maybe you could 'help' them out with the lizard subject they were after?
Given their arrogance and the way they treated you, you decided to 'return the favour' somewhat. So, you'd tell them something you knew would throw them off. So, you told them this little lie: "We actually did hear about a subject with reptilian features from another Lodger squad. We're geared up for a different one and didn't investigate, but if you're after her then she was seen on floor 35 in the south-western quadrant near sub-section D." Your men would all look at you, before realising what you were doing. "Yeah, you better hurry getting there! Don't want the other Lodger squad to get her first!" Anon would say in a rather convincingly confident tone.
>>
Unfortunately, it wouldn't do the trick of... convincing them. Idris looked at your men, before scoffing. "My, how rude! I trust you to help us out, and then you try and get rid of us like that! I mean, the south-western Quadrant?! We already explored quite a bit of that area and even saw that damn subject there!" After Idris spoke, one of the Diamond Dogs would take a more hostile tone. "You bastards better be honest with us now, or the government will hear about this!" Great. Not only were they absolute twats, but they also were bootlickers. That, or they just wanted to worry you with threats of government interference. Given how shitty these soldiers seemed, that threat did seem... kind of unrealistic.

Still, it was clear that the Diamond Dogs weren't going to believe your little suggestion. Of course, your men didn't buy into their threats and were quick to dismiss the Diamond Dogs. "Awww, why don't you poor little things go back to your big rich government daddy and beg them for help like the broke teenagers you clearly are?" Mike would say in a mocking tone, followed by Zaria speaking more sincerely. "Why don't you tell them about how you interrupted our work and used your sonic weaponry on us for no good reason? I'm sure they'd looooove to hear all about that, huh?"

Afterwards, some of the Diamond Dogs got their weapons ready. But before there could be a genuine fight, Idris raised his hand. "Alright... we get ya... clearly, you guys don't wanna work with us... well, guess we just gotta... come along and 'help' you guys out. I mean, who's gonna stop us from 'helping' you guys?" Your men clearly were a bit unsure what to think of Idris' vagueness, Artyom even asking: "What the hell are you talking about?" Idris kept quiet for a second, before speaking softly. "You guys just caused a blast, right? To get to the green section, right? We gotta get there as well... so, why don't we just join you on the way there?"

Of course, this suggestion was quickly shot down by some of your men. "We don't want anything like that." Lars would say calmly, Evander saying. "Aye, we ain't gonna work with any of ya bloody idiots!" Even Alan spoke up, putting it most eloquently. "Beat it, fags." Given the clear hostility from your men, Idris managed to take the hint... but that didn't stop him from acting aloof and smug.
>>
"Geez, such rude Lodgerites... oh well, guess you guys are on your own then." He'd signal to his men, as they all stepped forward and walked past you. Though he made sure to bump into you before speaking up. "By the way... I suggest not taking the tunnel you guys just blew up. Our... night-vision ain't the best and we wouldn't want to accidentally get into a another 'friendly firefight' now, would we?" Hearing those assholes wanting to use the tunnel first made your men quite upset. "Aye, Evander blew it up! You can't just go in there!" Mike would say angrily, as Idris and his men already headed forward. "Technically, we can! You didn't put your name on it... and in the government's eyes, that tunnel is now their property... meaning any death-squad is allowed in there now!"

Unless if you wanted to do a footrace to that tunnel now, chances were you'd probably get there at the same time as Idris' group would. Or worse, they'd get there earlier and block it off somehow... Though, that also depended on if the tunnel had actually opened up. If it hadn't... well, at least they couldn't get to the green section first, but it did mean there was a good chance they'd instead head back to where you came from and... well, encountered Lydia, Derek and the others which you REALLY didn't want to!

>Try and race them towards the tunnel. They may have lighter gear, but... well, you did have more men and could then claim the tunnel for yourself if you got there first.
>Try and discuss things with Idris. Maybe, just maybe you could convince him to take another path? Perhaps the path forward to the flooded section? (Write in what you'll tell them)
>Let them go forward and to the tunnel, if it was even open. You still had other paths you could take, and it was probably just as worth it to go down those other paths. Especially if it meant not getting into a fight...
>Give them some actual useful information. Maybe something you could afford sharing around, if it meant they would not reap the benefits of your own work. (Write in what you'd tell them.)
>Fuck it. They committed friendly fire first, might as well 'return the favour' again... (Write in your battle plan)
>Something else...
>>
>>5882358
>Try and discuss things with Idris. Maybe, just maybe you could convince him to take another path? Perhaps the path forward to the flooded section? (Write in what you'll tell them)
I've been thinking about what to say here for a while but got nothing :(
Baiting them into going to the south-western quadrant near sub-section D or the flooded tunnel seem ideal, but I already wrote in my best bait and they didn't bite.
Maybe something like
"Look, you may not believe me but that was a legitimate tip. If your squad had time to come here, your subject would have had time to go back there. You even said you saw her there earlier, obviously it's an area she frequents. You can either chase the prey you've been hunting or explore an area we already notified the government we'd be breaking into, and you can bet we'll be taking the credit for anything positive you do in there. You can have the blame for anything that goes wrong, of course. I trust you'll make the smart decision here."

If they don't go for it I guess race them to the tunnel. Tough situation here.
>>
>>5882358
rip I missed a vote.
Get there first or not they would just enter in after us.
we could go somewhere else but I wanna spite them.

>Let them go forward and to the tunnel, if it was even open. You still had other paths you could take, and it was probably just as worth it to go down those other paths. Especially if it meant not getting into a fight...
>Give them some actual useful information. Maybe something you could afford sharing around, if it meant they would not reap the benefits of your own work. (Write in what you'd tell them.)
No I think we will go down the tunnel, and I think if our men hear any scary noises, they'll do what they did last time and "return fire". If we are lucky, all it takes is a bullet to the skull. They wanna risk going down it they can, but I doubt they are anywhere near as prepared as we are. AFter all, we can afford to stay down there long, and if that "structural damage" "caves in" the exit before they are done...oh no i guess.

on another note
we have a fucking chameleon.
that is 5 SUBJECTS in the green area (possibily)
IP probably changed but I am this anon
>>5881961
>>
>>5882549
and I forgot to explain the actual intel we are giving
Include that if they ARE looking for the subject they mentioned, she isn't going to be in the green area if it connects here because there was no way for us to reach it without blowing the bubble. It is likely then that she continued on, and given that we sweeped this area plenty, it is more likely she continued on to the flooded area where she can hide by blending in with water probably. + we found human remains in that area so there is something there.
That's out actual logical response and guess.that'd tip them to go elsewhere.
That way someone can touch the water that we don't want too.
>>
>Try and discuss things with Idris. Maybe, just maybe you could convince him to take another path? Perhaps the path forward to the flooded section?
As Idris' men headed forward to make us of the hallway you had opened up for them, you knew you had to stop them for a variety of reasons. Not only were you better prepared, but you didn't want to get into further conflict with them. Especially with their threats that they'd be willing to get in a fight. Your previous bait hadn't worked, so instead you'd step forward and told Idris to listen: "Look, you may not believe me but that was a legitimate tip. If your squad had time to come here, your subject would have had time to go back there. You even said you saw her there earlier, obviously it's an area she frequents. You can either chase the prey you've been hunting or explore an area we already notified the government we'd be breaking into, and you can bet we'll be taking the credit for anything positive you do in there. You can have the blame for anything that goes wrong, of course. I trust you'll make the smart decision here."

Your men didn't say anything as you spoke, not adding their own thoughts as it was clear you knew what you wanted to tell Idris and his men. Of course, Idris and his men also kept quiet and listened, some quickly looking to Idris as they expected him to bring some retorts to your statement. And indeed, after a moment of silence, he was quick to respond confidently. "Oh yeah, we're gonna make the smart decision here. We're gonna... keep heading forward, cause you're full of shit and clearly trying to sabotage us."Idris scoffed again, before speaking in a more aggressive tone.

"I really doubt the government would let you take all the credit for that area, especially if it's clear we did all the heavy work for you guys... Oh, and when I said that our target was seen back there earlier? I meant like... a few days ago earlier. We've been here for a week and a half now... and I already can guess you guys haven't even been here for three days." Well, at least he wasn't... entirely wrong with his claims on that one. Regardless, he'd turn around and would start heading towards your tunnel. You were about to just run, before you decided to play it differently... They were dead-set on getting to this subject, so you just had to convince them she was elsewhere, and there was one other direction she might have taken...
>>
>Let them go forward and to the tunnel, if it was even open. You still had other paths you could take, and it was probably just as worth it to go down those other paths. Especially if it meant not getting into a fight...
>Give them some actual useful information. Maybe something you could afford sharing around, if it meant they would not reap the benefits of your own work.

You'd soon start following Idris and his men, your own men following and being ready to fight if that's what you wanted. Though, you had no such intentions. Only if they also wanted to go into the cavern and started firing at you, would you actually attack them. If they could even survive further down into the tunnel which you had blown open. Instead, you opted for a different course of action. You would get besides Idris and told him that the subject wasn't going to be in the green area, at least not from this part of the facility. After all, if she had come here before, she would've had no way to use the connection here since you had only just blown it open. Idris actually paused and listened, softly remarking: "Go on.". With you now having his attention, you told him that you had scanned the other area to the right and that it simply led back to the crater. In other words, the most logical path the subject would've taken, was going through the flooded section.

Idris would actually seem to think about what you had said, before mumbling softly. "Well, if you... put it like that..." You then mentioned that you had already found body-parts in that section, indicating shit was going down there. "Really, so why didn't you go down there, huh?" One of Idris' men said in a mock tone, to which Thaddeus stepped in with his own little lie... or well, half-truth. "Cause we ain't confident in our survival chances down there! We're not well prepared to deal with whatever terrible things lurk in that area!" It was true that you weren't prepared to go there just yet. But you definitely were confident that you could deal with the threats down there. Fortunately, it did seem to help, with the Diamond Dogs laughing softly. One even remarked: "Yeah, you guys are probably too scared to go down there..."

And to help even further, Lars would use the tablet. "And if the search down there ends up going poorly, the map does state there might be a path to the green section in the flooded section as well! Or well, somewhere around there, anyway. Chances are that subject of yours went through there if she wanted to get through to the green section!" It was another point to try and get the Diamond Dogs to go through the flooded section. There was the risk of... them actually traversing the flooded section and then reaching the green section as well, but it'd be quite the detour and would give you guys a head-start over checking out the area. Besides, if they didn't find anything in the flooded section, they'd probably head to the green section no matter what...
>>
Finally, Idris would look to his men, before speaking eagerly. "Well, looks like the Lodgerites finally decided to make themselves useful, huh? Guess we know where we're going to hunt down Kamara." Some of the Diamond Dogs seemed disappointed, while others seemed quite accepting of what was going on. You could tell that the more let-down soldiers wanted to keep being a nuisance to you and your men, rather than being effective soldiers. But hey, you had succeeded in getting them to piss off and leave you to your business!

"Glad to have worked together with you guys. I sure wish you folks good luck in dealing with the subjects down here..." Idris would say, before mumbling. "You'll need it." He once again headed forward, which... begged the question if he was actually going to follow your advice, or if he was going to be assholes and still take the tunnel. He had seemed genuine in believing your suggestions to go to the flooded section. On the other hand though, he and his men had also been arrogant and deceitful at every turn, all because they clearly wanted to just screw you over... Perhaps following them to make sure they went the right way was in order.

>Wait for the Diamond Dogs to move onwards for some time, before then heading to the tunnel and entering it. They weren't going to take the tunnel, and walking with them was just going to be an exercise in restraint.
>Follow them closely to ensure they didn't have a 'change of plans' once they reached the tunnel you had created for yourselves. Or worse, so they didn't try and head rightwards towards Derek and Lydia...
>Move ahead of them. Given that they wanted to head to the flooded section now, surely they wouldn't mind you heading forwards so you could quickly get back to work, right?
>Have a further chat with Idris. Perhaps to learn more about him, or to distract him in some form. (Write in why you wanna chat and what you would wanna chat about with him.)
>Something else...
>>
>>5882816
>Move ahead of them. Given that they wanted to head to the flooded section now, surely they wouldn't mind you heading forwards so you could quickly get back to work, right?
Good thing other anon knew how to convince these guys, I thought the flooded section would be way too hard to sell. Kudos.
>>
>>5882836
I am an anon of cautious reasoning, even dogs know when to stop biting and start barking.
>>5882816
>Something else...
Neither wait for them, follow them or move ahead of them.
Instead, simply get back to work as if they are no variable. Consult with our men about the encounter and while we are exiting the tunnel, place one of our cameras on it so we can see if anything enters in our out of what main passage way.
This is to ensure nothing can leave without us knowing, or enter.
>>
>>5882929
Supporting.
>>
>Something else...
Once Idris and his mean headed forward, you decided to just get back to work and ignore them. After all, they weren't that important to you. Besides, you could always confront them if they did end up once again being dickheads to you and your men. Thus, you told your men to head forward, which they did rather quietly. Idris' group kept walking a bit ahead of you, some of his men occasionally glancing at you. Though they did eventually cut out the glancing and focused on other things. Meanwhile, your men kept glaring at them, with Alan at one point breaking the silence and mumbling. "Should've set those retards on fire. Nobody attacks my friends like that." Afterwards, Anon spoke softly and more calmly. "Let's not waste our energy thinking about them anymore. If we're lucky, they'll leave us be..." Though to this, Artyom responded in a more smug tone. "If we're lucky, they end up getting fucked over in the flooded section."

After the little conversation, you stated that you already had one idea in mind: You wanted to place cameras near the tunnel, so you could check to see if anything tried fleeing. Artyom gave a confident nod, before already grabbing his bag. "On it." He'd say, being more than happy to obey your orders. Though, you then asked your men if they wanted to have a little chat about the encounter. "What encounter? The one with... those dickheads?" Lars would say before looking at the Diamond Dogs ahead of you. Afterwards, Zaria would casually say: "I am tempted to just go for a quick run and block off the tunnel. They did say 'first come, first served', or something along those lines." Of course, that was... probably not gonna do much anyway. If they really were going to be dickish enough to explore the very area you wanted to explore, they wouldn't let Zaria block them from entering first.

Other than that, your men didn't have much to say about the encounter. It mostly boiled down to the Diamond Dogs being a bunch of dickheads, and that your men hoped they'd get fucked over in the flooded section. Fortunately, as you saw the Diamond Dogs reach the blast site, you watched them move past some of the recently created piles of rubble, instead heading forward. It seemed they really were going to head to the flooded section, rather than bothering you even more. Your men were quick to state their relief at the fact. "Good riddance." Artyom said, followed by Evander mumbling. "Worth havin' a toast to, I'd say... If only I had alcohol." Thaddeus would scoff in turn. "Let's just quietly celebrate once we get through the rubble pile and then get to work..."
>>
Soon enough, you'd approach the large intersection, there still being quite some dust in the air. The floor was even more covered in rubble than before. In fact, part of the previous pile of rubble had collapsed further, the pile spilling further from the hallway. However, there was a large gap where two men could pass through if they moved carefully. Zaria, ever the manoeuvrable one, was the first to climb the pile to see how it was. She'd manage to successfully climb past the rubble, showing that it was manageable to walk over. And soon, she even passed through the opening with minimal issue. "It's safe to pass. Just be careful where you put your feet down." Zaria advised, as you and the others soon followed. It took a bit of time for all of you to get through, especially since you were as careful as possible. Though after a few minutes, you all managed to get to the other side...

Artyom right away put down the cameras, putting them between some of the rubble to conceal them. And after turning them on, he'd give a thumbs-up. "Camera traps are in place. Should I maybe place some snare traps around as well, or is that perhaps a bit excessive?" Perhaps it could be worth it to stop whoever or whatever decided to use this as an exit. Hell, maybe he could even set up a few of the snare traps to make it difficult for anyone to just run through the gap in the rubble. Either way, you had another long, dark corridor ahead of you... one covered with rubble and a few thin puddles of murky water.

>Let Artyom put down some snare traps. As long as he knew where they were, surely they wouldn't cause any trouble?
>Turn on the radio again while you walked down the hallway. Perhaps Annie had some fun news to tell?
>Check the tablet for further information about where you were going. Maybe Lars could tell some things about what would come next?
>Check the tablet for further information about any of the subjects which you were after... or the subject Idris and his men were after. Just in case.
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...

(Reminder that tomorrow, I'll try and get 3 posts in, rather than the 2 per usual. I feel like I haven't kept up with the 3 posts during the weekends standard, so just thought I'd mention it. Just to make sure people make their choices known early in advance so I can keep you updated.)
>>
>>5883159
>Let Artyom put down some snare traps. As long as he knew where they were, surely they wouldn't cause any trouble?
DD squad told us they wouldn't be going this way so we don't even need to warn them :)
>Turn on the radio again while you walked down the hallway. Perhaps Annie had some fun news to tell?
Sorry we let you down Annie.

>Check the tablet for further information about any of the subjects which you were after... or the subject Idris and his men were after. Just in case.
>>
>>5883159
>>Check the tablet for further information about any of the subjects which you were after... or the subject Idris and his men were after. Just in case.
I wanna see Idris's subject just in case we DO encounter it.
>Discuss with your men...
Be wary of the subject that can hide it self very well. We don't actually have any proof of where it is or isn't. However maybe thermal/infrared might be able to help us. (we will see from what we dig on it from the tablet)

>>5883205
support
remember we listen to annie so we can eventually figure out how to read her and drag her to our subject team.
>>
>>5883205
>>5883216
Supporting.
>>
>Let Artyom put down some snare traps. As long as he knew where they were, surely they wouldn't cause any trouble?
You quickly told Artyom he could place down the snare traps. After all, the Diamond Dogs told you they wouldn't be going this way anyway, so they clearly wouldn't be bothered by it. Nor did you need to warn them about it! Thus, Artyom went to work, being helped by Zaria and Mike. They quickly managed to set everything up, as you turned to your other men with your own little suggestion.

>Check the tablet for further information about any of the subjects which you were after... or the subject Idris and his men were after. Just in case.
While the snares were being set up, you'd ask Lars to look up the subject Idris had mentioned. "Ah, you mean that lizard subject? Uhhh, give me a second to find it." He'd start tapping away at the tablet, bringing it up to you. Thaddeus, Anon and Evander also wanted to get a good look, soon getting an idea of the subject which Idris was after.

"Alright think I found her. Codename: CG-23, name: Kamara Acrodon. Threat level: 3." Thaddeus was quick to scoff when the threat level was revealed. "Only threat level 3? So much for those twats for claimin' they're doing the hard work. Chrys was level 4 and Oreas' level isn't even known!" You could see Zaria and Artyom already laughing a bit at the threat level, the others also clearly finding it somewhat amusing. Lars soon continued to read off of the tablet though. "Creator: Unknown. Feeding Method: Unknown, assumed organic material. Size: Assumed between 6 and 10 feet." While the threat level had amused your men, the vague size level seemed to cause more confusion. "How come the size level's so... broad?" Thaddeus once again said, your men clearly not knowing what the reason was. Though, it quickly became apparent as Lars continued reading.

"General description: Subject's true appearance is somewhat unknown. Original files claim she is a green lizard subject with the ability to change colour and shape. Because of said powers, her true form is currently undefined." He paused, looking at you and the others to see how they'd react. Though given that one of the Diamond Dogs had already mentioned her powers, it wasn't all that surprising to your men. "Known abilities and main Ability: High level camouflage: Subject can change her colour shape to an incredibly high degree.

Strength: Unknown.
Durability: Unknown, assumed to be medium.
Regeneration: Unknown.
Perception: Unknown, assumed high.
Agility: High.
Intelligence: Unknown, assumed to be high.

Personality and behaviour: Subject is described as extremely sneaky, flighty and quiet. She so far has never attacked anyone who has encountered her. However, she is still deemed a potential threat due to her abilities, size and potential infiltrative capabilities."
>>
>Discuss with your men...
After Lars finished talking, he'd look to you and your men. He clearly wanted to hear what you and your men had to say. He wasn't the only one, as you looked to your men and waited to hear what they'd say.

Evander was the first to speak up. "Sounds to me like she ain't much of a threat." Anon and Thaddeus quickly nodded along and stated how they felt similarly. However, Lars seemed a bit more hesitant, speaking up as he tried looking further at the details the tablet provided. "I think we should see what she does if we encounter her. I don't wanna end up again being injured because she actually has some dangerous ability she can use on us." It was a sentiment which Zaria and Mike seemed to agree with, both of them stating similar wishes to be more careful as they helped Artyom out. Obviously, that was already part of your plan from the get-go, but they probably just wanted their concerns to be heard as well.

Regardless, you'd let them know that you'd try not to worry about her. She could hide very well, so maybe she wasn't even around this section of the facility. Hell, any proof of her location could be false if she truly was this stealthy. Though, you also let them know that your thermal vision could help. "Let's hope it does. I, uhhh, kinda wonder if it will work on a lizard subject." Lars would say, which the others also thought a bit about. Though nobody seemed to have any certainty about if it would truly work. Given that she was a monster girl, she probably would have some thermal signature with which you could spot her.

>Turn on the radio again while you walked down the hallway. Perhaps Annie had some fun news to tell?
Soon enough, Artyom, Mike and Zaria finished setting up the snare traps. Thus, you'd once again be able to lead the way forward. The hallway you now found yourself in was a lot messier than the previous ones you had walked through. Rubble littered the place, and the air was far damper.
It almost made you think that this part was connected to the flooded section in some form. Though checking the old map, that didn't seem likely. The hallway was quite a long one, with a few extra chambers in the distance before leading up towards the green section.

So, whilst you headed forward, you decided to once again listen to your new, favourite subject. You turned on the radio, being greeted with another relaxing song. And once it was over, you heard that familiar, smug voice once more. "You're listening to VRCMG Radio with the one and only threat level -1 subject, Annie Marconi!" She'd repeat the song she had just played again, before telling what time it was and some small updates on what other death squads were up to.
>>
After a few lesser updates, she revealed something quite shocking to say the least. "In other news, reports have indicated that 4 Heroes soldiers have unfortunately passed away in the South-eastern section, somewhere near sub-sector B. Details about the passing of these truly brave men are unfortunately quite difficult to find, though I will gladly inform you all that the bullet holes which have riddled their body are absolutely not a cause for alarm! Nor should you worry about the fact that said bullets were typical for weaponry used by government-standard military forces!"

Another bit of reassuring news from Annie. Members from Heroes weren't exactly the most heavily equipped when it came to armour, so having them enter gunfights could easily end up lethal for them. But the fact that they were even shot down by something was quite worrisome. After all, they usually were quite stealthy and careful, and wouldn't just get into unnecessary firefights. Even your men seemed a bit unsure what to think about the news, with Anon stating: "Do you think they were ambushed?" Evander and Zaria seemed to think so, explaining that it could've been guardsmen or some subject who had used a gun. Though, Mike pointed out that it could also be some kind of government killing. Then again, it could also be Annie trying to get people to turn on the government, so you couldn't exactly be sure...

Regardless, the next song started playing soon after, which coincided right with you encountering the first side-room. It was one with another heavy sliding metal door which seemed a bit crooked and broken. There was a small medical emblem on the the door. Perhaps the door could still be pushed open, though that might take a bit of manpower to do such. Then again, chances were such a small side-room wouldn't have anything of interest.

>Push open the small side-room and explore it. Medical bays would be the perfect locations for people or other folk to hide in!
>Just ignore the side-room and head forward. You wanted to head to the green section right away, rather than checking every single insignificant side-room.
>Just look inside to see what it looked like. If it was interesting enough, you'd be enter. If not, you'd move onwards without thoroughly exploring it.
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
>>5883527
>Push open the small side-room and explore it. Medical bays would be the perfect locations for people or other folk to hide in!
Regardless of people or not
They might have interesting medical stuff that may be useful/important for dealing with stuff we may encounter in the area.
>>
>>5883558
Supporting
>>
>>5883527
>Grab all them medical supplies
>>
>Push open the small side-room and explore it. Medical bays would be the perfect locations for people or other folk to hide in!
Seeing the medical bay, you decided skipping it wouldn't be worth it. After all, it could have medical supplies which could prove useful for you or your men! So, you turned to your men, asking them to help with opening the door. Alan, used to being the one to do the physical labour in your group, was quick to already get in position. He was thankfully quickly helped by both Evander and Thaddeus, who together would manage to slowly dislodge the door. Though after the door was opened, you'd smell something utterly gross and detestable. You weren't sure what it was, but it was worse than the smell of corpses you had smelled before.

You'd carefully look into the room, finding the place to be somewhat dirty and abandoned. However, it wasn't necessarily a gigantic mess, like what you had expected from a room so near to the pile of rubble. The room itself was in a hexagonal shape. There were several desks with some medical equipment on them, a singular computer nearby, scanners, a large display on the wall and wires which hung slightly from the ceiling. There was some equipment strewn around the floor, but not in a way that made you fear the room was trapped. However, what did concern you were the wires, which went to a single section of the room: A section with a curtain which was moved in such a way that you could barely peak past it to see what was behind it. You could some large lamps on the ceiling behind the curtain, which all pointed at some kind of dissection table. And on that table, you could see what the source of the horrid stench was.

Before you could get there though, you'd hear Alan speak from just outside the room. "And, anything of use in there?" Alan already was in position to act the role as guardsman, alongside Mike, Zaria, Anon and Evander who remained outside. All the while, Thaddeus, Lars and Artyom quickly followed you, by now being used to exploring these kinds of places with you. "Should we check the cupboards, Mikhail?" Artyom already asked right away. Though by then, you already headed for the curtained off part of the room. You pulled away the cloth, getting a full view of the grotesque sight in front of you. On the table a meter in front of you, you saw the bloated and pale-ish green form of a person. Another corpse, specifically of a male guardsman. You could tell, because of the fact that his clothes had been folded and placed on a small tray in a rather neat fashion nearby. All, except for his helmet which was still on his head for some reason.
>>
To say that this sight was gruesome would be an understatement. The helmet he wore was bolted to the poor guy's skull with thin metal threads. His mouth had been sewn shut, while his eyes remained wide open, even after dying presumably quite some time ago. In fact, the eyes seemed almost unnaturally open, his eyelids being cut off and the eyes themselves appearing somewhat swollen and intact despite the widespread decay the body was already going through. His legs had been stuck together with the help of these metal bolts, connecting his feet, ankles and knees together. One of his arms had a small pistol somehow placed inside of the hand, it being connected with more silver string. His torso was in an equally detrimental state, showing parts which had clearly been cut open at some point. Bits of armour had been sewn into his skin, the skin decaying around it and creating these black rotten patches.

You saw that his lower stomach had been cut open, his digestive tract seemingly removed. And in the large cavity which had been created, there was some sort of pool of spoilt flesh and rotten organs. What was particularly terrifying was the fact that a lot of these acts had been done with incredible precisions. The cuts weren't done by some brute madman with a rusty knife. The cuts were precise, intricate and clearly done with someone who knew what they were doing. And it didn't take you long to find the tools which had been used. Close-by to the dissection table was a small tray which contained all kinds of insidious tools. Scalpels, empty syringes, scissors and all kinds of other surgical equipment. The equipment did have some dried blood on it, implying this 'surgery' had happened quite recently.

"Mikhail, what did you-" Thaddeus would say as he got beside you, soon freezing as he approached. Lars and Artyom quickly realised something was wrong, approaching as well. When they saw the sight you had discovered, they were also left stunned and horrified. Lars even let out a soft gag, before mumbling. "What the fuck..." Ironically, your men were luckier than you were. After all, your helmet allowed you to smell the thing. And the scent was utterly horrid from here. You couldn't even begin to describe the smell which came from the body, but it was bad enough it even got you close enough to retching. "What sick fuck... did this?!" Artyom finally would say, the others outside hearing this. "What did you guys find?!" Zaria would say as she entered the room and looked at you guys, clearly concerned by what she was hearing.
>>
"This poor guy..." Thaddeus would mumble, clearly taken back by the brutality this guy had gone through. And the most sickening part? You'd notice something near the guardsman's hands. Dozens of scratches in the silver table he rested upon. His finger nails had gotten blunt and bloodied, meaning that... he had scratched and clawed at the table for quite some time. Implying that he had been awake and alive throughout at least a chunk of this nightmarish surgery.

>Inspect the body. Maybe there were some signs of who or what did these horrific things.
>Get out of here. Now. It was not worth exploring this grotesque sight any further.
>Just ignore the corpse which made Diamond Dogs' war crimes look mild in comparison and search for some supplies in the room.
>Get Lars to check the tablet for anything which could've caused this horrific shit.
>Report the body to the government so they could retrieve it. They maybe wanted to see what sick shit had been done to this poor guy.
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...

("Well, time to roll to see if they discover anything noteworthy in this room. It'll probably just be nothing, but maybe they'll find something neat sti- oh, neat... I get to write war crimes. My favourite!")

(Goddamnit, you guys keep rolling for cool shit, or man-made horrors beyond your comprehension. Ah well, at least you guys are finding more of the horror elements of this place.)
>>
>>5883879
>Inspect the body. Maybe there were some signs of who or what did these horrific things.
Ok, I think we found the trail of a scientist we most definitely want to kill. With extreme prejudice.
>>
>>5883879
There is no need to always roll for every room, that said we are very thorough OP.
It may be the mechanical subject that did this, tho I don't believe it was described as sadistic?
>Inspect the body. Maybe there were some signs of who or what did these horrific things.
>Get Lars to check the tablet for anything which could've caused this horrific shit.
>>
>>5884135
Scientist or subject, if it bleeds we will avenge this random guy.

>>5884211
Supporting
>>
>>5884211
Don't worry, Anon. I don't roll for every room. I just sometimes roll for rooms which I feel will have at least something of interest. Most of these rolls have so far been quite lopsided though, which does result in plenty of fun sights.
>>
>Get Lars to check the tablet for anything which could've caused this horrific shit.
>Inspect the body. Maybe there were some signs of who or what did these horrific things.
Upon discovering this grotesque sight, the first thing you did was tell Lars to get his tablet. You wanted to see if there were any subjects who would do something this vile and reprehensible. "Right away." He'd say calmly, yet clearly still utterly taken back by the disgusting sight. In the meantime, Zaria also would see the body and be left quite stunned and grossed out. You didn't pay attention to her or the rest of your men though, instead checking the body for anything which could maybe explain to you who did this. You were certain this was some scientist's doing. A sick fuck scientist at that who deserved to be killed with extreme prejudice. However, you also wondered if a subject could've done it. You vividly remembered a mechanical subject of some kind, but would she really be the type to do something this bad? Regardless, you'd get closer to the body, trying to ignore the horrific smell which your helmet sadly could not hold back.

The body was clearly days old, based on the state it was in and some other nearby signs. Looking closely at the tools which had been used for this 'operation', the blood had clearly dried quite some time ago. Some more interesting signs were to be found near the neck, as you noticed some small puncture wounds. They were indicative of bite wounds, meaning something had bitten the poor bastard in the neck. Checking it further, you didn't notice any other wounds aside from the punctures. It didn't appear like the poor guy's neck had been snapped between a pair of jaws, or anything else along those lines. Another one of these bite marks could be found near the arms. What also surprised you was the fact that there wasn't much blood around the place. Not just in that everything had been done concerningly cleanly.
Rather, you didn't notice any blood had leaked from the wounds. Hell, you didn't even think there was very much blood still left inside the poor guy's body.

Aside from that, you couldn't find anything else of note. The guy's organs or bits of cut-off flesh were nowhere to be found. They hadn't been thrown to the side anywhere, or had been thrown in jars for preservation or anything like that. Perhaps the sick fuck who had done this had taken them along. Regardless of what had happened, you could only theorize. Fortunately though, Lars would soon speak up again with some results. "I've looked over high threat level subjects. Though from what I have found, I think it's most likely NH-19." Once he brought that name up, Thaddeus seemed quite surprised. "Didn't Laura mention them before?" The others also seemed to remember such a thing, Lars nodding calmly. "She did, yes. There aren't many details about her on the tablet. Though it does put her at threat level 7 and states she is a cannibal."
>>
It wasn't exactly reassuring to hear that this might have been the work of a cannibal. Then again, this didn't seem like something a brutal, mindless cannibal would do. This seemed far more precise and targeted. It was something done by a professional who knew what they were doing with the tools they had on hand. Given these observations, Artyom would calmly say: "Are there any notes about NH-19 doing things like this? I feel like calling this the work of some cannibal is... yeah, I don't know, it just doesn't seem right." Zaria nodded along in agreement, clearly also not buying the idea that this was some random flesh-eating subject's doing.

"Well, it just states she is a harpy subject, she is pretty large, but is not the type to go after confrontation." Lars would elaborate, creating further hesitance about this being NH-19's doing. "Maybe look for other, lower threat level subjects?" Thaddeus eventually suggested, making Lars sigh. "I... There's no other subject who is assigned to be a surgeon. There might be some lower threat level subjects, but I really don't think any of them could've done this!" Lars clearly was at a loss here regarding who caused this. Though Thaddeus was quick to respond with: "Maybe look to see if there's some other scientists who are wanted?" Though to this, Lars shook his head. "I'm sorry, but... it just has the list of the most wanted subject creators and nothing else."

>Just move on and forget about this. You could theorize about who caused this for hours, but you had a mission to do.
>Report the find to the government via the tablet. Maybe they could give some information about what all of this was.
>Ask Lars if he could give the full description of NH-19. Perhaps he missed a crucial detail which he didn't tell?
>Set some traps in the room. Maybe whoever caused this was nearby and would return later?
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
>>5884635
>>5884641
This is Sarah Lapina's work isn't it? I'm betting those 'bite marks' are actually syringe injection sites. Though, the mention that NH-19 was a surgeon means she is a possibility. But my money is still on the scientist noted to have done human experimentation.

>Report the find to the government via the tablet. Maybe they could give some information about what all of this was.
>Ask Lars if he could give the full description of NH-19. Perhaps he missed a crucial detail which he didn't tell?

After we can leave.
>>
>>5884658
I don't think a scientist would have done this, I think it was likely a subject, your guess sounds about right tho.

I would suggest against telling the government anything just yet.

>>5884641
>Ask Lars if he could give the full description of NH-19. Perhaps he missed a crucial detail which he didn't tell?
>Set some traps in the room. Maybe whoever caused this was nearby and would return later?
Camera as well should be set up + shit we can detonate to damage her. Either way, she's on kill list.
>>
>>5884641
>Ask Lars if he could give the full description of NH-19. Perhaps he missed a crucial detail which he didn't tell?
>Set some traps in the room. Maybe whoever caused this was nearby and would return later?
Don't tell the government shit

>>5884695
>I don't think a scientist would have done this
Why not? If anything the description about how he was kept alive while being operated on makes me think it was more likely to have been done by a scientist, that would have taken some medical knowhow that subjects shouldn't have gotten chances to acquire. I guess it's possible if a scientist turned themselves into a subject, plus the description of blood drain and puncture bite wounds in the neck in the latest post do scream vampire.
>>
>Set some traps in the room. Maybe whoever caused this was nearby and would return later?
After Lars stated that there was no list for scientists who could've done this, you'd think for a moment about what to do. You were tempted to tell the government, but knew that it'd probably not really do much to tell them about this. After all, they probably wouldn't care about this being done to guardsmen, since they were targets. Besides, they'd probably tell some lies which would throw you off, rather than assisting you with figuring out what caused this. Thus, you'd tell them to leave it be. But before you'd leave, you wanted to ensure that this room was trapped in some form. That way, whatever sick fuck had been busy here would be punished for their crimes. Thus, you'd tell Artyom to set up some cameras, explosive traps and snares to deal with whoever had been busy here. Artyom looked to Zaria, before saying: "Let's get to work.", at which point they quickly did what you had wanted from them.

>Ask Lars if he could give the full description of NH-19. Perhaps he missed a crucial detail which he didn't tell?
While they were busy, you'd look at the corpse again, before asking Lars for a full description of NH-19. "Um, so, do you just want me to say everything that's said here about them?" It seemed like the best option. And the others also wanted to know all there was to say about NH-19. Might as well learn a bit about another target down here, after all. "Alright then, Codename: NH-19, Name: unknown. Threat level: 7. Creator: Unknown. Feeding Method: Flesh. Size: Above 7 foot, below 9 foot."

The number of unknowns was clearly a bit disappointing, with your men looking at each other with clear disappointment. Even then, Lars kept giving notes from the tablet about the subject. "General description: Subject appearance is unknown due to her not having been spotted so far. Based on documents found within the ruins. Subject is described to have a mostly human shape, aside from having feathers on her arms and skeletal wings sprouting from her back. Skin is said to be pale. Hair is long and brown. Known abilities and main Ability: Subject abilities are currently unknown. Documents state subject is heavily dependent on flesh, and is rumoured to have eaten humans for sustenance. Subject is also described as having a high tolerance of drugs and chemicals." The last few parts were definitely interesting and worrisome, though your men didn't really say anything about it yet. After all, it seemed there was a lot of uncertainty surrounding NH-19.

"Strength: High
Durability: Unknown, assumed low.
Regeneration: Unknown, assumed medium.
Perception: Unknown, assumed high.
Agility: Unknown, assumed high.
Intelligence: Unknown assumed high.

Personality and behaviour: Little is known of subject. She is described to be intelligent, cunning and cruel in documents. Subject is described to be misanthropic."
>>
Lars finished reading from the tablet, at which point Artyom responded quietly. "Even with a paper from this very place, the government sure as hell isn't giving us too many details." It was quite disappointing to say the least. But, you couldn't really do much about it. Besides, this NH-19 could just be some random flesh-eating subject. For all you knew, this could've been Vinella, or any of the other psychotic subjects. Or hell, it seemed more likely that it was a scientist who had done this. Thaddeus even echoed this sentiment, stating: "Well, guess we can't say for sure if it was NH-19 who did... this. But, that doesn't really bring us any closer to an answer to who did this regardless." Lars and Zaria nodded along with Thaddeus' remarks, at which point you decided you'd think about this later. You still had a mission to follow after all, and you'd probably find more signs of the monster who did this soon enough.

Soon enough, Artyom and Zaria had installed all the traps and the camera you had asked him to. He had made sure to hide them in the hopes that you'd get plenty of info about whoever visited this place next. And with everything done you could do, you told your men to come along and leave the body behind. You wouldn't report this to the government and would hopefully not have to worry too much about the sick fuck responsible for this. Once you left the room, the rest of your men were quickly informed about what you had found, which disturbed some of them and piqued the interest of others. Alan even wanted to see the body for himself, but you stopped him since there were more important matters to attend to. And a few minutes later, you were once again wading through the ruined hallway to the green sector. You did encounter a few more storage rooms to the side, though none contained anything of interest aside from more computer hard-drives which you took along.

During your walk, you also listened to Annie yet again, by now finding her music to be kind of relaxing. Even if some of her more choice tracks made the ruins a bit more eerie. She didn't provide anything of use to you though, mostly discussing some hunts done by other death squads and how others died down here. Most seemed to just be incidents, but a few were also described being horribly maimed which was truly a pleasant thing to be told. Regardless, you'd eventually notice a faint light in the distance. There were vines and leaves attached to the walls, some of it blocking parts of the large entrance to what you presumed to be the green section. You and your men quickly hurried forward, noticing some faint light behind some of the overgrowth which blocked the way.
>>
You'd gently push some of the plants to the side, trying to push through the mass of green until you finally managed to enter the space. And once you entered, you were met with a simultaneously awe-inspiring and intimidating sight. The space you entered was pretty massive, to say the least and also surprisingly well lit. It consisted of a massive open space with dozens of floors which all stretched far upwards and went on for what seemed to be miles. Most of these floors contained these large glass chambers, some of which had light coming from their ceilings. Presumably to create perfect conditions for artificial plant growth so deep underground.

Despite these conditions though, some of the chambers had clearly not survived, containing brown, dying messes of entangled plant material. However, many of the other chambers had become completely overgrown instead, the glass having been broken apart and plants overflowing from them. You even saw plenty of grass dangling down towards lower floors, some of the plants even having crept upwards towards higher space.

To your side were a few large receptions, some of which had been entirely overgrown with plant-life. There were more screens on display, most of which seemingly hadn't been destroyed as badly as the ones you had seen before. The current area you were in appeared to be a small reception area like the ones you had seen before, with which you could head practically any direction in this place. There also were some large maps on the walls at the reception, showing that there were several main sections to this place: Research areas for creating new plants or materials, food sections which grew crops for consumption, exotic sections which contained rare and special species of plants, a medicinal section containing herbs and other plant material for both therapeutic and healing purposes, material providing plants which gave non-food items such as items for genetic research, and finally a section for aesthetic and decorative plants.

"This place is bloody massive..." Thaddeus would mumble as he looked in awe at the giant space. Zaria also looked in shock, before remarking: "We're going to be searching here for days, hell, probably even longer." The others were just as stunned, Lars looking around for some time, before approaching one of the reception areas. "I'm shocked how overgrown this place is. Do you think a plant subject could've maybe caused some of this overgrowth?" Nobody even answered his question, being too focused on the massive space and how much there was to see. Though Zaria and Anon joined Lars shortly after, as they looked around the reception area. Meanwhile, Artyom looked at the various floors which stretched the horizon, trying to see if there was anything of interest already visible...
>>
>Look around. Perhaps there was something you could already spot which was of interest to you?
>Head in one of the given directions. There were plenty of places to go through! (Write in which area you'd explore first)
>Set up a plan for where you'd head first and a path you'd then take. These places were all connected, so you could follow the plan of scanning the entire area like you had suggested before. (Write in what order you'll take for the places you'll go.)
>Think of a different plan, based on what you now see of this gigantic place. (Write in the new plan)
>Check the reception area with the rest to see if there was anything noteworthy.
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
>>5885017
>Head in one of the given directions. There were plenty of places to go through! (Write in which area you'd explore first)
Food section. If there's nothing there we know that only abnormally nourished subjects will be down here, otherwise scientists and guards are possible.
>>
>>5885051
Supporting.
>>
>>5885051
Sounds logical
Supporting
>>
>>5885233
OP,
You uhhh, you want to compare the last two posts
>>
>>5885234
... ah, I'm retarded. Thanks for pointing it out, lol. Lemme just fix this real quick.
>>
>Head in one of the given directions. There were plenty of places to go through!
After everyone was left in utter awe by this place, you looked at the map which was provided. It showed that, the food area covered about a third of the entire space and was to the far east of the chamber. Though, you first had to get past a section containing medical plants and plants used for research purposes. Then again, that probably wouldn't be too difficult or dangerous. Thus, you told your men the plan, to which they quickly agreed. You would turn on the radio again to listen to Annie, before taking the first path which headed east, ignoring the reception area. It was a pretty wide path you followed, being similar to the hallways you had traversed in terms of width. However, the height and length was what took you back. Looking up, you could see the place going up at least 15 floors. The ceiling was easily 500 feet up, with elevators and large stairs connecting the various floors. Most of the stairs were thankfully completely intact, though the elevators were clearly out of commission.

As you walked down the lengthy path, you'd look to the side and saw the many chambers and cultivation spaces built into the various floors. Some of these spaces were quite small, containing only a few basic potted plants in a small layer of dirt. Though other spaces, mostly those to your left, were quite large as well. You soon even looked to your left and saw one space which must've been a few hectares in area. Most of which contained smaller grasses though, and quite a few were clearly dying. Especially those which were in spaces where the lights had actually completely died. Another space contained quite a large body of water, with water plants such as duckweed and small lily pads growing on them. Though these waters were becoming murky, and you could see the glass of said rooms being stained with quite some grime and dirt.

Soon, you got to some more interesting sights as you'd find quite some dirt and mud coating the ground, noticing a large section which had been broken open. It seemed to contain grasses and perennials which had started spreading out of their space with the limited light and nutrients they had. "You think we should explore any of these places?" Mike at one point asked, at which point Thaddeus spoke for you. "Nah, we gotta get to a section with actual food. That's where the good stuff is at." Soon, you'd pass a section where dozens of vines hung from the upper floors, covering the pathway somewhat. "Hey Mikhail, if we're done here... can I burn some parts of it?" Alan would say eagerly, the others clearly a bit concerned with his pyromaniacal urges. Then again, it could maybe work in the same way that burning the containment chamber had worked. For now though, the idea would be shelved. Especially since you had only barely started exploring this area. Like Zaria had said, this space would take days to explore entirely.
>>
After passing some sections containing flowering plants, you'd actually get to something a bit more interesting. After traversing more mud, the floor started becoming completely watery. And to your shock, you found that the path forward now was completely covered with water, just like with the flooded section. "I just checked the map, Mikhail. It seems like... there might be a hallway further down which leads to the flooded section." Lars would say, before Anon cleared his throat. "I think it's... that space over there." Looking to the side, you saw a large glass chamber which had quite a large amount of water in it. The bottom of said chamber contained what seemed to be seaweed and other saline aqueous plants. Though, some of the chamber's content had flooded out through a section of broken glass, resulting in the flood. Fortunately though, you didn't have to necessarily wade through a section of water. There was a large set of stairs nearby which you could take to head to a floor which was a bit higher up.

After getting to the higher ground, you'd be met with a large chamber which contained actual trees! Though, these were already wilting and starting to die quite rapidly. Though, one of these trees seemed to have been knocked through the glass for some odd reason, allowing you to enter the space if you so wanted to. Perhaps something to try out later, if the food section ended up disappointing. And after passing another section containing more grasses, one with potted plants, another containing various types of herbs, and one chamber even cultivating mushrooms and other forms of fungi. Though this chamber was darkened substantially, and was also really starting to spread around through holes in the glass walls. Eventually though, you'd reach the first place which contained food. A large chamber containing what looked to be tomatoes. And many of them still seemed quite good! There were plenty which were starting to die down, rot or disappear, but it did seem like a place which could feed a few people.

As you looked around though, Thaddeus soon gasped and raised his hand. "Guys!" He pointed at what looked to be a small trail of vegetables which came from a large hole in the glass wall. The hole looked to have been made from the outside, based on the shards of glass which were strewn inside of the chamber. "Well, guess we now know that someone has in fact been here." Zaria would say calmly, Artyom meanwhile looking at the trail and where it headed. It seemed to quickly disappear however. Thankfully, based on how rotten some sections of the trail of food was, you could tell that it had been some time since someone had gotten to this place.
>>
>Just keep heading forward. It wasn't all that surprising that someone had broken into a place with food and taken stuff from it. You'd probably find more of it soon enough.
>Check the place where the chamber had been broken into. Maybe you'd find something which could tell you who or what had entered the place?
>Split your group up. Perhaps some of you could do some work analysing this place, while the other group kept exploring. (Write in how you want to split up)
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...

(Okay, here's hoping I didn't fuck it up a second time. I'll excuse myself by saying it's early in the morning and I should probably be getting some sleep.)
>>
>>5885248
>>Something else...
While it would be neat to start torching, we need to find people in a haystack and fire only scares away prey.
set up cameras hidden among the vegitation to let us catch any subjects walking through the area etc. Allows us to be able to use their food source as bait to catch em.
>>
>>5885269
and then proceed to do this.
>Check the place where the chamber had been broken into. Maybe you'd find something which could tell you who or what had entered the place?
>>
>>5885248
>Check the place where the chamber had been broken into. Maybe you'd find something which could tell you who or what had entered the place?

Sorry Alan but lets get more info before going pyro.
>>
>Something else...
>Check the place where the chamber had been broken into. Maybe you'd find something which could tell you who or what had entered the place?
Having found traces of activity in this place, you thought what course of action you'd take to help you capture your targets. Of course, Alan's suggestion of burning the place to the ground was not exactly what you had in mind. Instead, you'd turn to Artyom and told him to get some more cameras placed down. "Alright, sir." He'd say calmly, getting his backpack again. In the meantime, you checked the place for anything which had been left behind by the one who had broken into the chamber. You quickly got the rest of your men to also help you out. Zaria and Anon would help to set up the camera traps. Alan, Mike and Evander remained on guard. Thaddeus and Lars joined you in checking out the section which had been broken into.

"Well, what do ya guys think?" Thaddeus right away asked, wanting to get some general observations out of the way first. "For one, it's a, uhhh, pretty large break-in, I think?" Lars would say, pointing to the size of the glass hole through which the chamber had been entered. You didn't see any tools or items which could've been used to break the chamber. Thaddeus was quick to look at the glass, looking to see if there was anything like hairs or skin samples which may have stuck to the glass.

Meanwhile, Lars carefully stepped through into the chamber to see if there was anything on the other side. And while Thaddeus didn't find anything of use, Lars did soon signal to you and Thaddeus. "Guys, look." He'd say calmly, before pointing towards what clearly looked to be a few large tracks. They clearly hadn't come from human boots, and looked rather monstrous. "Well, what do you think?" Lars asked, followed by Thaddeus confidently remarking: "Three-toed, yet without a toe at the back. I assume some sorta reptilian or avian subject. And based on the size, it might be quite a big one."

Well, at least you now knew some kind of subject had been here. Unfortunately, that was all you could find, as any other samples or signs of activity were hard to come by. There was no blood, no hair, skin or scales, no signs of anyone else being there. It just were the tracks, and even then some had clearly been removed in some way. Regardless, you'd soon hear Artyom speak after he had placed a camera. "Mikhail, camera is now in place. Though, I do have to say that... I only got 3 more of them now. So we may wanna be a bit more careful with where we use them next." Afterwards, Anon would ask what you had spotted in terms of activity, you explaining that you found footsteps in the dirt indicating a subject had been here. This clearly raised a lot of question, and your men were soon busy discussing what subject it was.
>>
Most seemed to agree that it was a bird or lizard subject, but it was clear that you'd not easily figure out who or what had been here. At least you could use a camera here to maybe spot whoever had entered here again. That was, unless you decided to take the two cameras Artyom had placed back. "Should we maybe wait here for the subject to come back?" Alan soon suggested, which was probably not the best of ideas.

Lars then made his own suggestion. "You know, these tomatoes don't look half bad. Should we maybe take some along? Uhhh, maybe we can even make a trap with it?" While a trap would require some set-up to make it believable, it wasn't the worst idea. A truly desperate (or highly unintelligent) subject could fall for it. But given how you were in this space now and would stay here for some time, it probably was better to do this after you decided to leave this place be. After all, who would go for what obviously was a trap using food in a place where there seemed to be abundant amounts of said food?!

>Keep exploring the place for further clues or hints. If none were found, you could just keep heading forward.
>Look for something specific, or a specific part here related to whatever subject did it.(write in what you wanna find)
>Take some food along now. While ineffective for at rap now, it could be used for cooking, which Lars would probably appreciate
>Take the camera which had been set up along again. There were far more potential spots where they could be placed and be more effective.
>Just head onwards. This place didn't tell you anything else.
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
>>5885669
>Look for something specific, or a specific part here related to whatever subject did it.(write in what you wanna find)
I wonder if there is a hidden creature along the walls that is camo'ed in.
>Keep exploring the place for further clues or hints. If none were found, you could just keep heading forward.

>Take some food along now. While ineffective for at rap now, it could be used for cooking, which Lars would probably appreciate
and if nothing pops up,
>Just head onwards. This place didn't tell you anything else.
>>
>>5885669
>Just head onwards. This place didn't tell you anything else
>>
>Keep exploring the place for further clues or hints. If none were found, you could just keep heading forward.
>Look for something specific, or a specific part here related to whatever subject did it.
Despite you having looked around the site for quite some time, you decided to try and see if you could spot anything else of interest which you had missed. You also told your men to keep looking around to be sure. The main thing you wondered about, was if there was maybe a subject hiding along the walls, perhaps using camouflage. The walls were quite some distance away, yet you didn't see anything out of the ordinary along them. You suspected that this maybe was the work of the camouflage subject which Idris was after, or perhaps some other stealth subject. Though, aside from the potentially reptilian footprints, you couldn't really say for sure what kind of subject was behind this. For all you knew, the lack of footprints could indicate that an avian subject had flown through here, landed a few times before then flying away.

For what must've been 10 minutes, you and your men kept looking around the area. Some walked further into the small field of tomato crops, whilst others mostly checked the glass or the ceiling to see if there was anything of interest there. You even saw Zaria and Alan checking the large walkway to see if there was anything noteworthy around there. However, it soon became clear that just checking this place for every minute detail wasn't worth it. Thus, you got your men together, telling them it was time to head forward again. Though before doing such, you first turned to Lars to answer his request.

>Take some food along now. While ineffective for at rap now, it could be used for cooking, which Lars would probably appreciate
You calmly told Lars that he could take along some of the tomatoes. He seemed quite pleased, starting to mumble a bit to himself. "Neat. Going to see if I can make some tomato sauce out of this. Hey, maybe they even have some herbs and other crap nearby? If they have wheat, I can maybe grind some down and make some good pasta with a bit of purified water." Lars was clearly a bit giddy, with Anon soon giving you a bump with his elbow. "Make sure not to let him go too wild, Mikhail. I doubt making a feast down here will be practical." Obviously, Lars wasn't going to go too overboard, but it was still fun to imagine the many other death squads eating shitty rations, while you had a decent chef making you some actual good fucking food.
>>
Though as Lars picked some of the tomatoes, Mike would speak up a bit more cautiously. "Are you sure it's safe to eat those? I mean... a subject has recently been here. What if it's covered with poison... or just regular pesticides or something else?" Lars didn't seem too concerned, while Alan would decide to answer that question... By grabbing one of the tomatoes, taking off his helmet and then biting down on it. Some of your men seemed amused by Alan's direct methods, though it was probably something you should probably dissuade him from doing in the future. Fortunately, Alan seemed fine, soon letting the tomato fall to the ground before speaking. "Very watery." He'd simply say, Alan not caring much as he soon had gotten everything packed up.

>Just head onwards. This place didn't tell you anything else.
With Lars having gotten his tomatoes, Artyom having set up another camera and you having seen about everything you wanted to see, it was time to head forwards yet again. You'd thus lead the way yet again, walking past the first huge chamber with tomatoes. The next chamber you walked past contained millets, many of which were actually surviving quite well. Though the next section contained a lot of fruits like apples, pears and oranges which sadly did not fare nearly as well. And after walking for another 10 minutes, you'd reach the first corner of the entire area. Looking ahead of you, it was another 20 minute walk north, though you could also opt to head upwards again with some of the nearby stairs. Especially since you saw some particularly overgrown sections further upwards...

>Keep heading forwards. Going around this entire place first could probably work out well and give you an idea about which places were most interesting.
>Head upwards with one of the nearby stairs. The overgrown sections looked most interesting and clearly would have something of interest.
>Check out some of the sections containing fruits. They seemed like the most likely spots to contain signs of subject or survivor activity.
>Look around for anything else of interest and head there. (Write in what you wish to find and then head over to.)
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
>>5885953
>Check out some of the sections containing fruits. They seemed like the most likely spots to contain signs of subject or survivor activity.
Just to check if certain fruits were eaten more then others so we can figure out if there is a preference among subjects and then...
>Keep heading forwards. Going around this entire place first could probably work out well and give you an idea about which places were most interesting.
>>
>>5885953
Supporting >>5885958
Not too hopeful about the overgrown sections actually, the harder it is to move through them the less likely it is we'll find anyone alive up there.
>>
>Check out some of the sections containing fruits. They seemed like the most likely spots to contain signs of subject or survivor activity.
After teaching the first corner of the green section, you'd have several options. You could head forward, upwards or check some of the fruit sections you had walked past. And after thinking for a moment, you turned to your men and told them what you wanted to do. You wanted to check if certain fruits were eaten more then others so you could hopefully figure out if there is a preference among subjects. Afterwards, you could head forwards and try and circle the first floor of this place. You didn't want to head upwards just yet, as the overgrown parts would probably be a lot more difficult to traverse. And in turn, it didn't seem like anyone would be up there. Most survivors would probably stick close to places with actual foods, like where you were heading now.

Thus, you'd head back a bit, quickly finding an entrance into the orchard where they had all kinds of fruits growing. Most of this place was divided into strips of trees, with small raised paths on which you and your men could walk. You'd quickly start walking down the first path, looking around to see if there had been any activity here. It didn't take long for you to find signs of something having been here, as you noticed a few apple trees where something had been snacking from.

There were plenty of cores on the ground, many of which were not really too rotten or old-looking. As you walked through this place though, Alan would yet again take a bite from one of the apples he could grab. "Alan, ya should be careful. It could be trapped or covered in poison or somethin' awful, remember?" Evander would say in a more concerned tone, Alan not caring as he soon nodded in approval. "They taste fine to me. Actually, quite good if I say so myself!" Well, at least it meant this place had some edible and good food, meaning a greater chance of people coming after this place.

Of course, there weren't just apple trees. You'd soon move past some of the rows of apple trees, being met with patches of fields containing water melons. You'd notice some of these had also been smashed and opened up for consumption. Though you didn't notice anything particular about how they had been eaten or opened up. It just looked like someone had torn them apart with brute strength, or smashed them onto the hard path to open them up. At least Alan wouldn't eat some of the smashed open melons this time around.

A bit further, and you'd get to a section with orange trees. These actually seemed a bit untouched, with many fruits on the floor. However, one of your men did find a few fruits which seemingly had a large hole poked into them. They also appeared to be lacking juices, as the fruit juices had presumably been sucked up by whatever had fed on them. You didn't find many of these emptied fruits though, with you and your men only finding a few of them.
>>
And after exploring some small patches containing pears, berries and even one with honeydew melons, it became clear that nobody had really fed on a specific thing here. Most of the fruits were still fine, and nobody had been picky in their choices. Some of the fruits had been partially consumed in odd ways, but nothing which made you think the folk who hid here had certain favourites. With that in mind, you told your men you wanted to get back to the main path. The plan was going to be to circle the entire place, before then going to further upwards. Perhaps also figure out a good place to hold out and set up your main base.

>Keep heading forwards. Going around this entire place first could probably work out well and give you an idea about which places were most interesting.
Once you had left the orchard, you'd go further down the long path north. You'd pass more fruit sections, each one having all kinds of fruits and vegetables. Some were starting to die out quite badly though, but many were still alive thanks to the lights continuing to work. Though you did pass one section which contained carrots, cauliflowers and celery. This place was quite dark, and you quickly realised why as you saw gunshots and signs of a fight which had been there. You weren't all too sure if it had been a firefight caused by guardsmen, or other death-squads. Either way though, it wasn't too much of a surprise.

After wandering for ten or so minutes though, you'd be about halfway past the entire length of the green section. To your right, you saw a large reception area similar to the one you had entered before. Though this one seemed quite flooded, just like the lower floors. Though, you noticed something of a path which had been made with rubble and pieces of the facility, indicating something had either traversed to this place through that very hallway, or that someone had left this place and went eastwards. Alan soon checked the map, and confirmed that this section connected to the flooded facility, which was definitely worth looking into for future missions.

However, after Alan mentioned this, you heard a whizzing sound which quickly grew a bit louder. Before you could react, there was a loud shattering sound a few meters away from you, followed by several soft splashes and ringing noises. Your men quickly drew their guns, clearly shocked by what had happened. "Everyone alright?!" Thaddeus quickly said, as fortunately none of your men had been hurt. "What the hell was that?!" Artyom said in quiet shock. Looking at what had happened worryingly close to you, you realised it was a large set of lamps akin to those used in this place to grow crops. It had fallen from up high and hit the very edge of the walkway. Glass shards had flown everywhere and some of it had fallen down into the waters below you. And once your men also realised what had happened, they got their guns ready and went quiet as they looked around.
>>
Clearly, someone didn't want you snooping around here.

>Move back from the ledge first and discuss a plan of action with your men. Clearly, you were being watched and attacked.
>Continue moving on. It was a freak accident and it could possibly have been one of the lamps from the ceiling high above you
>Continue moving on. If it was someone who wanted to take care of you guys, you didn't want to stay in one location for too long. Lest they drop more items down towards you.
>Look up the ledge to maybe get a glimpse upwards. Maybe you could get a sight of the person who had dropped the item near you?
>Something else...
>>
>>5886337
>>Look up the ledge to maybe get a glimpse upwards. Maybe you could get a sight of the person who had dropped the item near you?
Is thermal or infrared picking up anything?
If not
>Move back from the ledge first and discuss a plan of action with your men. Clearly, you were being watched and attacked.
>>
>>5886337
>>5886376
Once we clear and secure this place we can move Chrys and the others in where they'll have more food than they can eat.

Hopefully they also have vegetables though and it's not all fruit.
>>
>>Look up the ledge to maybe get a glimpse upwards. Maybe you could get a sight of the person who had dropped the item near you?
You told your men to stand back, clearly not wanting any of them getting hurt by any further debris which fell from the sky. They quickly listened, getting away from the ledge. Though in the meantime, you actually moved towards the ledge and tried looking up. "Mikhail, be careful!" Thaddeus would hiss at you, clearly not expecting you to actually check out what had happened. It was definitely a dangerous thing to try out, since you could be struck down by any subject or guardsmen with ranged weaponry. Still, you wanted to see who or what was potentially going after you, and this was the best way of doing it. Even then, your men seemed concerned and a bit reluctant to let you peek over the ledge.

You saw that two floors above you, there was tons of overgrowth and a bridge which went to the other side of the hallway. You knew then that the thing had probably been thrown from there to try and hit you. So, you looked around with your thermal vision to see if there was anything up there. You did notice some tiny warm spots on the other side of the ledge, but you couldn't say for sure if that was the cause of someone having been there or some sort of anomaly. Given that there was a lot of overgrowth on the other side as well, it could also be caused by something else. A different source of light for the plants, or maybe just some residual heat. Still, it was another space to explore sooner rather than later.

>Move back from the ledge first and discuss a plan of action with your men. Clearly, you were being watched and attacked.
After looking for a short minute and not spotting any movement, you headed back before telling them what you had seen. Or rather, the lack of things you had seen. Your men were still on edge, and they clearly didn't like that you could be ambushed from above. At least whoever had potentially ambushed you had done a lousy job and alerted you. It gave you an opportunity to discuss a plan with your men.

Thus, you asked your men what they thought of this ambush, and if they had any suggestions on how to deal with it. Alan stepped forward with his flamethrower and spoke confidently. "Let's just go up there and kill whatever we find there! Whatever did this, they clearly tried to kill us!" While Alan was true on the fact this was done with murderous intent, your men clearly weren't all too eager to deviate from the current path and potentially head into a trap. In fact, Artyom quickly stated that this very well could just be some way to lure them towards an ambush, and that you shouldn't just go on the offensive when the targets clearly had a homefield advantage.
>>
The other men quickly agreed, with Thaddeus quickly giving his own suggestion: "I say we stick close to the wall now and keep going. Once we've discovered most of this place, we can think about going up there and dealin' with it!" However, this suggestion wasn't entirely popular, with Mike shaking his head in refusal. "Staying close to the walls? I don't think that's safe. Just look at how dark some of these chambers can be... What if we get ambushed from some dark chamber we're walking past?" It was an understandable concern, given how abandoned and cluttered some of the nearby chambers were. But then again, it was probably far safer than walking near the ledge where things could seemingly be dropped onto you.

"Look, we can just stay somewhere in the centre away from the ledge or the walls. Either way, we should not stay here much longer and keep scanning out this place! We should see if there are any potentially hazardous areas, and figure out which is most dangerous from there!" Anon eventually remarked, which like a reasonable suggestion to your men. Thaddeus, Zaria and Lars all seemed to agree in turn. Though Artyom was quick to add his own suggestion to it. "We can maybe even set up some cameras in areas which seem the most dangerous or risky. In case something moves around in said areas so we can then focus on them." It was another suggestion which your men agreed with.

Though, Evander soon also spoke up, doing so in a confused and mildly bewildered tone. "Ya guys sure we wanna do all these things? I mean, we had a plan to just scan everything floor by floor. Why now act precautious and deviate from the plan? Especially when we only got here about an hour ago or so?" Perhaps keeping it simple and just following the base plan was the best choice. Though, most of your men seemed hesitant, given that this was highly likely an attack on you and your men. You also had to admit that you wanted to find a safe spot somewhere around here. Not just for your own camp for the evening, but also because you wanted it to become a main base for Chrys, Oreas and Laura... as well as any other subjects and scientist you may find.

>Write in the best course of action for the time being...

Suggestions:
>Mix certain parts of each plan together and head forward. (Write in which parts you wanna go with)
>Take Alan's suggestion and go to the risky area right away to deal with whoever was there.
>Take Anon's suggestions. Be careful, methodical and note down which ever area seemed the most risky. It'd require more analysis and time, but it'd safe you a lot of effort.
>Take Evander's suggestion and just keep heading forward. Convoluting the plan now was just asking for trouble.
>>
>>5886635
>Take Evander's suggestion and just keep heading forward. Convoluting the plan now was just asking for trouble.
Home ground advantage, by the time we get up there I'm sure they'll have moved somewhere else or hidden. Keep clearing the place and we ought to find their own base/camp. Just be a lot more alert and have people watching all the exits/vantage points.
>>
>>5886681
Support
But also
Make sure to have one or two guys making sure to do visual sweeps of our blind spots (above or in the dark) with thermal/infrared to make sure we can avoid them getting the drop on us at least
>>
>>5886861
>>5886681
Supporting.
>>
>Take Evander's suggestion and just keep heading forward. Convoluting the plan now was just asking for trouble.
While your men had all sorts of ideas or suggestions on what to do, you decided to agree with what Evander had to say. Whoever was targeting you had a home ground advantage, and by the time you'd get up there, they would've moved somewhere else or would've gone into hiding. You wanted to keep clearing the place and maybe then find the place they were hiding out at. Some of your men didn't seem entirely convinced of the idea, but they didn't question your reasoning. And after you told them to be a lot more alert, you offered your men two of the thermal vision helmets. Those who put on said helmets could watch the vantage points and also do visual sweeps of your group's blind spots. That way, they couldn't get any drops in on you or your men.

With the offer of the thermal-vision helmets being put on the table, Anon and Evander offered to take them. And after they put them on, they quickly got used to the fact that they could now smell this place. "Hmmm, this place smells quite nice. It's like a forest scent." Anon would remark, Evander also seeming to enjoy it. "Reminds me back of me home planet. But, with this hint of chemicals and farmland." After the two got a whiff of what this place was like, Mike spoke in a more irritated tone. "Maybe we should stop sniffing the air and move forward, given that we were just attacked a minute or so ago?!" Thaddeus would try and get Mike to relax, while Anon and Evander quickly nodded and turned to you. They were ready to follow you yet again. Quickly, Evander and your desired plan was put into action.

Or rather, the plan you had had for some time was continued. This time though, your men stayed a bit further away from the ledge. Your men walked in a neat queue, staying closer to the wall. The only exceptions were you, Anon and Evander. The three of you walked closer to the ledge, continuing to look up to see if there was anything of note which you saw with your thermal vision. You and Anon walked ahead of everyone, while Evander walked all the way behind everyone, the three of you acting as the main guards of your little group.

After passing by the large hallway which lead to the flooded section, you'd be met with more orchards. Many of these still had fruits, with you passing by some areas containign plantains, berries, and mangoes. Some of these had also been broken into, and many of the berries were also starting to die off rather quickly. Though you'd soon also pass a section which caught Lars' and Evander's attention. "Are those grapes?" Lars said, to which Evander looked quite excited. "Aye, looks like it! Ya think this place would've used 'em for makin' wine?" It was clear that both of them were most enticed by the sights, and were quite interested in using it for making some good food for you and the others.
>>
Given that it was just like the previous section you had explored though, it was probably safer to skip it. Especially since the next section of farmland, which was even more massive than the previous sections, also quickly enticed Lars.

"Hey, they do have wheat here!" He'd say excitedly. He had already mentioned before that he was tempted to make pasta for you guys, so this clearly was something he was quite excited by. Though, the wheat seemed to already be dying out a bit, probably due to it drying up too much. Despite the fact the wheat was starting to die, it was still plenty tall. In fact, the field of wheat kind of concerned some of your men, particularly Anon and Artyom. "Mikhail, I feel like we should explore this place somewhat. Folk could easily be hiding in that field by laying low." Anon would say, Artyom shaking his head in turn. "We should actually avoid going in there. We could easily get ambushed in there." It wasn't helped by the fact that there was quite a large entrance to the field less than a minute's walk away from you.

>Enter the wheat fields and explore it. Maybe you'd indeed encounter something hidden there?
>Just keep moving on. You couldn't afford to get distracted now, given the plan you were following.
>Wait for a minute, and see if there was any movement which was out of the ordinary. The place didn't appear to have much air flow, so any movement would be obvious.
>Throw an explosive into the field. If anyone was hiding in there, they'd scatter right away in a panic and become easy targets.
>Threaten anyone in there with the fact that you had a flamethrower, and someone who was mighty eager to use it.
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
>>5887325
>Find a spot with a good visual of the field and deploy one of our three remaining cameras.

This way we'll see anyone coming in or out.
>>
>>5887327
>Threaten anyone in there with the fact that you had a flamethrower, and someone who was mighty eager to use it.
>Wait for a minute, and see if there was any movement which was out of the ordinary. The place didn't appear to have much air flow, so any movement would be obvious.
Save the camera maybe, the wheat field is neat and all but I think we should save the last three until after we;ve done a few more rounds and know th best spots to put them, maybe even go abck for one of the ones we palced (not the gaurd one or the cave tunnel one, those are needed).
>>
>Threaten anyone in there with the fact that you had a flamethrower, and someone who was mighty eager to use it.
Given the concerns which were brought up regarding the wheat field, you considered your options. And after carefully thinking it through, you thought you had a decent idea: You'd threaten anyone who was in there with the risk of a hellish ending at the hands of Alan and his flamethrower. Thus, you'd walk towards the entrance, telling Alan to get his flamethrower ready. "Hohoho, finally... time to burn this place to the ground with everyone inside of it!" He said eagerly, walking ahead as you told him not to go too far ahead lest he get ambushed. He didn't seem to care though, confidently walking towards the entrance.

Meanwhile, your men would start asking you why you thought this was a good idea. Some cited the fact that this would cause massive damage and smoke, while others pointed out that it could be trapped or used for food. Given their worries and objections, you told them that you'd just go for the threat first, and that if nothing happened, you'd leave it be. It seemed like a suggestion your men were fine with, though they clearly worried that Alan would get burn-happy regardless of what you had to say.

Either way, you'd reach the large entrance, noticing plenty of footsteps in the dirt close to the section where the glass had been broken open. So, people had indeed been in here. You did notice some which had gone deeper into the wheat fields, but there also were some which showed they had walked their way back. Still, you'd clear your throat before loudly proclaiming that anyone in the field should show themselves with their hands up. You further told anyone in the field that you had a flamethrower and that you weren't afraid to use it to 'clean' this place up a bit. Lastly, you told whoever was in there that you'd not kill them right away and that you might even spare them if they co-operated. Alan already readied the flamethrower, pointing it at the field of crops and waiting for your signal. The rest of your men stayed somewhat back, clearly not wanting to be too deep inside, lest something goes wrong and they end up dying from the fire.

You waited for some time, looking closely at the field, expecting some people to come out of hiding. However, nobody popped up their head, nor did anyone come out with their hands up.
>>
>Wait for a minute, and see if there was any movement which was out of the ordinary. The place didn't appear to have much air flow, so any movement would be obvious.
"Aight, gimme the signal." Alan would say excitedly, clearly still ready to light it all ablaze. However, you instead opted to wait longer. But, rather than looking around and waiting for people to show themselves, you decided to focus on something different: movement. If anyone was hiding in this place, you'd be able to spot their movement now. Especially since anyone not showing themselves by now, was probably going to try and escape from you rather than try and ambush you. At least, you hoped so anyway.

You watched for a solid minute, Thaddeus, Artyom and Anon also looking around. Though you wondered if they were looking for the same thing you were looking for. Regardless, you and the others would not notice anything whatsoever. No movement, no clear signs of activity, it was all completely empty. And after what must've been a couple of minutes of silence, Alan would finally speak up. "So, can I light it ablaze now or what?!" You told him that there was nobody there, and that it'd be better to just leave it be. Alan groaned softly. "Goddamnit, you gave me a flamethrower and cock block me like this?" He'd say in a tired tone, to which Lars responded: "Hey, you got to use it yesterday, remember?" Alan still seemed disappointed, wanting to get his money out of the toy you had provided him.

>Find a spot with a good visual of the field and deploy one of our three remaining cameras.
This way we'll see anyone coming in or out.
After Alan stepped back, you turned to Artyom and asked him about maybe setting up another camera trap. "That can be done, Mikhail. But, keep in mind that we still just have three of them... and I personally think it could be used better elsewhere." After Artyom made his suggestion about the camera, Thaddeus and Anon seemed to agree that it might be better to use it elsewhere as well. Mike, Lars and Evander seemed to agree a bit more to the idea, while Alan and Zaria didn't seem to mind either option.

>Keep the camera for now and move on. It could be used more efficiently elsewhere.
>Place the camera down. This place seemed like the perfect spot for anyone to hide, so you wanted to monitor it.
>Set up a different trap here. Perhaps a snare trap?
>Check the space further. Maybe there was actually someone in there, but they had called your bluff?
>Something else...
>>
>>5887625
>Deploy the camera
People always hoard resources in quests, I don’t want to explore this whole place and still have 3 cameras. If we find 3 better spots we can come back for it. Putting it here isn’t just to watch for anyone hiding in the field but also anyone who comes to or passes through the field
>>
>>5887726
That's a fair point, we cna come back for it if we find better spots.
>>
>Place the camera down. This place seemed like the perfect spot for anyone to hide, so you wanted to monitor it.
While Artyom, Thaddeus and Anon felt that the camera could be used elsewhere more efficiently, you decided that it was better to just use the material you got. After all, you could explore this whole place for hours on end and not have to use the camera, so better to just use it right now. And if you found better spots to place the camera at, you could always get back to it and retrieve it. Thus, you gave Artyom the go to set it up. He didn't hesitate at all, quickly being helped by Zaria once again. Your men kept looking at the field, though one person wasn't content just looking. "Lars, what are you doing?" Thaddeus asked calmly as Lars would step onto the field and grab some of the tops of the wheat. "Uhhh, harvesting them? I did say I'd like to try and make some good stuff with this!" Your men seemed a bit unsure what to think, but there clearly was no harm in what Lars was doing, so it didn't seem like an issue.

Regardless, Artyom soon had set up a camera, giving you a thumbs up. By that time, Lars had also gotten himself quite a decent amount of wheat, collecting it in a pretty solid pile which he managed to fit in one section of his bag. Thus, with everything set up, you would lead your men forward once again. You'd walk past the field of wheat, soon being met with a section containing a different type of wheat. This one had also been broken into, but you decided to ignore it as it was very much like the previous chamber. While you kept heading forward, you'd also continue looking up for any signs of movement with your thermal vision. You didn't see anything too out of the ordinary though, as the place once again became awfully quiet. Well, awfully quiet aside from the radio. Annie was still blasting music and providing you with plenty of fun happenings around the facility.

Most of the news was just about where conflicts were happening, which death squads were doing the most heinous things, and information about incidents. Though you did soon hear something after a few songs passed. "You're listening to VRCMG Radio with Annie Marconi, the third greatest cause of conflict down here behind teamkilling and government incompetence! In other news, I am hearing reports of heavy casualties for a group of Blackstar soldiers in the South-eastern quadrant of the facility. Intel has shown that this is the work of a subject who, for some particular reason, has not been noted down on the government provided tablet. My guess is that the government will either deny their existence, or will soon note down their codename once it becomes impossible to ignore. Be sure to listen carefully what the government has to tell about this subject, cuz I am sure it will be as exciting as it will be conflicting! Anyhow, next up, 'Time out the soul' by 'The Droogs'."
>>
Even though none of your men said anything, you could tell your group was intrigued by this unknown subject which Annie mentioned. Then again, it was another remark which you probably should take with a grain of salt. After all, Annie had also presented some other obvious lies over the radio: things like the flooded section currently being completely empty and a waste for death squads to go hunting in. Or the time she pointed out how Blackstar soldiers had been murdered in cold blood by a bunch of Diamond Dogs. Sure, Idris and his men had been dicks, but other Diamond Dogs (hopefully) would not stoop that low.

Regardless, you'd keep walking, passing more chambers with farmland. Most were still active and some had also been pillaged quite a bit. But a lot were also clearly not being supplied with enough water, nutrients and light. Within a few weeks, this place would be about as dead as the average scientist who somehow survived this mess. For now though, it'd serve as a good space to keep Laura, Chrys and Oreas safe. As well as anyone else you encountered.

However, you'd soon be reminded that this wasn't an entirely safe place to be. After reaching the North-eastern corner of the place, you'd look down the walkway which headed westwards. Not too far away from there, you noticed that a section of the upper floors' walkways had collapsed. There was a large pile of rubble which had filled up and blocked off the lower walkway. What struck you was that it had clearly been blown up in a way that wasn't caused by the facility collapse. After all, the main crater was quite far away, and this collapse was far too localized. It must've been caused by some kind of separate explosion. At least you could probably climb over the pile of rubble to get to the other side, though it meant that future exploration of the three floors above you would have to stop in this area, since you couldn't circle around the entire section anymore.

For the time being though, this already was quite the hurdle, and one which elicited quite a few questions. "You guys think a subject could've caused this?" Zaria calmly asked as she pointed to the collapse. "I think it looks more like something caused by a conventional explosive." Evander would say confidently, pointing to how there had also been quite some damage to the surrounding area, with a few food chambers being blown open and even a few parts on the other side of the divide being destroyed. It was still a minute walk away, but you probably could consider what to do next once you did manage to reach the pile of rubble.

>Explore the rubble and the destroyed site. Perhaps there was some signs of what could've caused this?
>It was clearly caused by explosives like Evander said. Just try and make your way over it and to the other side of the walkway.
>Maybe look around to see if there was an alternative route. Perhaps a bridge to the other side or a stairwell which was nearby.
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
>>5888181
>Explore the rubble
Perhaps the entrance to this place was collapsed intentionally the same way, look for similarities
>>
>>5888229
support and then
>Maybe look around to see if there was an alternative route. Perhaps a bridge to the other side or a stairwell which was nearby.
>>
>>5888400
Supporting.
>>
>Explore the rubble and the destroyed site. Perhaps there was some signs of what could've caused this?
After encountering the large pile of rubble, you headed for it right away. Evander thought it was caused by conventional explosives, which definitely upped the stakes here. It'd mean that something here had explosive weaponry to defend themselves with. More importantly though, you wanted to see if this place collapsed under similar circumstances to the hallway you had blasted open to get here. If it looked similar, then you could safely say that someone was actively blocking this place off from the rest of the outside world. You'd wander for a short minute, you soon walking through dirt, bits of concrete and glass, before reaching the gigantic pile.

The pile of rubble was about a floor and a half tall, and a large portion of it had visibly slid down from the blast zone into the hallway below. It had created a hill from which you could potentially move towards the lower, flooded floors. You could also try and move up the pile to reach parts of the blown up second floor. Though given how collapsed that section of the floor was, it probably was a bit too dangerous. Regardless, you'd tell Evander and the others to look for anything of note in the rubble site. When asked why you wanted to inspect this place in particular, you explained that you wanted to see if were similarities between this site and the one you had to blow open before.

Evander already knew why, and would start looking at the pile and the way it was blown open. Meanwhile, the others just walked around the edge of the pile, trying to see if there was any kind of material which was of note. For a few minutes, you and your men would look around, unfortunately not finding much of note. Evander did eventually point you to the top part of the blast site, explaining that it did look similar to what you had seen in the hallway, and that both blasts could've been created with the same material...

>Maybe look around to see if there was an alternative route. Perhaps a bridge to the other side or a stairwell which was nearby.
With the pile of rubble at least telling you something useful, you decided that now would be a good time to actually go around it. You wanted to keep exploring this part of the green section after all. Fortunately, there was a bridge quite close by which you could use to get to over the lower floor. Thus, deciding not to risk walking over an unstable pile of rubble, you'd tell your men to follow that path. It was not exactly something your men were eager to use, as the bridge would leave you quite open to attacks from above. But, it was still probably the safest bet, especially in comparison to crawling over the pile of rubble to move forward. Especially since you wouldn't just casually head over the bridge without a worry. You made sure that Anon and Evander looked up to see if there was any movement or threats whilst everyone crossed the bridge.
>>
Thankfully, there was no reason to worry. You and your men quickly crossed the bridge and were able to walk around the pile. Though now that you were on the other side, you could get a decent look at what this place held. It seemed to be mostly just used for storage space. Some areas had various types of equipment, ranging from simple tools for farming, to more complex and compact devices to help out. There even were some larger, automatic machines for automated crop farming. Though these were far and few between. There were also plenty of bags and containers with all kinds of chemicals for crop growth. Pesticides against fungi, weedkillers and fertilizers were all visible in the storage space. Your men didn't seem too interested in them though, as they were more focused on just heading forward.

"This place seems rather quiet." Alan would eventually say, at which point Thaddeus spoke up in a more bemused tone. "Well, we did get attacked by something not too long ago. We just gotta keep lookin', and we'll find ourselves in a fight soon enough!" Afterwards, Artyom spoke up in a more amused tone. "I'm sure we'll find plenty of things here. We'll probably find Annie, Elbrus, Roraima, that mysterious scientist, perhaps some more working vats, and perhaps even that mystery subject Annie mentioned over the radio!" There were some soft chuckles from some of your men, clearly just trying to entertain themselves whilst you walked onwards for quite some time.

And after passing the pile of rubble, you'd walk down this walkway for quite some time. You passed by more storage space, some of which looked to contain slowly decaying fruit and other harvested crops. On the other side, at the path you wanted to follow, there looked to be more farmland like the previous areas. Eventually, you found another bridge back to the main section. Though before crossing it, Artyom would raise his hand quickly to try and stop you all. He put a finger in front of where his lips were, indicating everyone to stay quiet. And as you listened, you'd hear some feint noise coming ahead from you. Some very quiet thuds on the floor nearby, followed by a soft crackling noise which quickly stopped. It came from pretty close to you, yet not everyone seemed to take notice of it.

Looking around, there were several broken open chambers on the other side. They had more farmland containing more exotic fruits, such as Jackfruits, dragonfruit, Durian and similar tropical items. Their glass walls had also been broken open, meaning people could indeed enter it. Though looking closely for the source of the sound, you couldn't see anything which could give a clear explanation. Even your thermal vision didn't reveal anything of note, which was quite odd.
>>
Still, most of your men, aside from Thaddeus and Evander of all folk, got their guns at the ready and waited for your command.

>Write in the plan...

Suggestions:
>Wait quietly to see if the sound came back again. If it didn't just move on.
>Say something. Perhaps there was someone hiding in front of you who you could reason with.
>Give a nice threat. You did it before in the field of wheat, you could easily do it here as well.
>Flashbang! Throw one forward and see if anything exciting popped up!
>>
>>5888555
>Flashbang! Throw one forward and see if anything exciting popped up!
Think fast!
>>
>>5888598
where? there are 7 chambers and we don't know which has the target.
if its for the sake of sound we have a whole ass sonic cannon

>>5888555
>Wait quietly to see if the sound came back again. If it didn't just move on.
then proceed to.
>Give a nice threat. You did it before in the field of wheat, you could easily do it here as well.
"Kamara I swear to god if thats you, you will likely get shot if you keep sneaking around like that."
>Write in the plan...
Sweep chamber by chamber swat style,
Anon with shotgun in front as they sweep the front of each chamber one by one,
have two-three guys outside on overwatch to make sure no one tries sneaking away from the others while we do so. Ig Evander can be one of the ones on overwatch duty.
>>
>>5888713
forgot to add
wait a sec to see if anything happens and if not "Don't say I didn't warn you" as we proceed with sweep.
>>
>>5888713
I didn't get the sense that it was in one of the chambers from the update - it seemed to me like we thought the sound came from the bridge ahead of us, or somewhere close enough that we should be able to see the source and that's why it was weird we didn't even with thermal. Maybe I misread, or maybe the chameleon subject can also regulate her body temperature.
>>
>>5888773
Yeah, the otherside of the bridge is where the open chambers are.
Unless I misunderstood.
Also yeah I believe it is likely the camouflage subject, thats why I wanted the threat to include her name (not sinply her code name).
>>
>Wait quietly to see if the sound came back again.
After it became clear something was close in front of you past the bridge, you'd tell your men to keep quiet. They had their guns at the ready though. They all scanned the area to see if there was any movement or anything out of the ordinary. After a moment of silently watching, you heard some more of the cracking noise. It seemed to come from somewhere to the left of the walkway past the bridge. Though you couldn't see anything movement wise. One thing was for sure though, it didn't seem to be coming from within any of the nearby chambers containing the exotic fruits. It was outside of it.

Your men kept quiet, yet all aimed their gun in the general region of where the noise came from. It soon stopped though, as there was a deafening silence yet again. It was only broken when Mike whispered to you and the others. "What do we do now?" The others didn't respond, as it was clear that making too much noise now could complicate things. Still, you needed a plan of some kind. You were tempted to just throw a flashbang right there to see if it stunned who- or whatever was causing the noise. However, you had a better plan.

>Write in the plan...
>Give a nice threat. You did it before in the field of wheat, you could easily do it here as well.
You'd quietly tell your men what the plan would be. You'd first deliver a more vocal threat to hopefully scare whoever was making the sound out. Though you already had somewhat of an idea as to who was responsible for the sound. After all, Idris did mention a certain stealthy subject who was quite hard to find. Regardless, you told them that, if the threat failed to show anything, that you'd sweep the chambers in front of you one by one. Anon could use the shotgun and check each entrance one by one, while two or three of the others could be on overwatch. You were also tempted to use a flashbang to maybe disorient whoever was ahead of you. However, your men quickly tried to dissuade you from using it. After all, they felt that it wasn't necessary, and that it'd just attract more attention from other potential threats in this area.

Thus, you stepped forward and would finally deliver your threat. If nothing popped up after a few seconds, you'd proceed with the sweep. "Kamara I swear to god if that's you, you will likely get shot if you keep sneaking around like that." You said, your men not seeming too surprised that you had come to the same conclusion as them as to who you had found. There was a bit more sound coming from in front of you, it still being hard to say where it was coming from. Despite the subtle noises, there was no clear movement in front of you. Nothing popped up out of nowhere, nor was there a loud noise or anything like that. Thus, you looked to your men, before calmly responding: "Don't say I didn't warn you." And afterwards, you signalled your men to start the sweep. Anon would move forward, followed closely by Alan and Lars.
>>
Meanwhile, the rest stayed back. Evander, Artyom and Mike were on overwatch duties as they spread out slightly. This left you with Thaddeus and Zaria. Thaddeus would stay by your side, while Zaria decided to head to the right, down the forward path so that whatever made the noise couldn't escape that way as easily. Anon, Alan and Lars would have their guns at the ready as they entered the first chamber on the other side of the bridge. They looked around for a few minutes, before exiting. "Clear." Anon would say confidently, before entering into the next nearby chamber.

However, as they explored it, Artyom froze up and would prod you to the side with his elbow. He pointed upwards, to the walkway above the one which you were now heavily clearing out. You couldn't see what he was pointing at though, nor could the others. "Don't you guys see it?!" He said in bewilderment, as you honestly wondered if he was seeing stuff. None of the others could see what he was pointing at. It just looked like a section of metal piping, which wasn't that out of place or odd to you.

And after a moment where neither you or any of your men could see what he was pointing at, Artyom became too impatient. He got his sonic cannon, and aimed it at the bit of upper walkway he had pointed to. None of your men were close to where he was aiming at, so nobody was really in any danger of friendly fire. But, it was still not ideal for him to use the sonic weaponry in this space, especially without you or your men (dis)agreeing to the idea. But before you could object, you heard the loud and powerful alarm-like noise of his cannon go off. He kept shooting for a few seconds, the sound thankfully being focused enough that it probably wouldn't be heard all around the place. Still, anyone nearby would absolutely be made aware of the loud noise.

Bits of dust and rubble particles started falling down from the section Artyom was shooting at. Though you didn't see anything else fall down or move. And only a few seconds after Artyom had ignored your command and fired at whatever the hell he saw, Evander would approach him and pull the weapon away from him. Artyom stopped firing thankfully, not fighting Evander or showing any resistance to what he did. "What are ya doin', ya bleedin' idiot!" Evander would hiss angrily, as the others all looked most confused and unsure what to even say. Anon, Alan and Lars quickly exited the large chamber they were in to see what was going on. Artyom clearly shouldn't have just fired his gun at what looked to be nothing.
>>
Even then, Artyom didn’t say anything back. He only looked a bit perturbed by Evander’s aggression, before simply grabbing his pistol without even so much as saying a single word. There was a moment of horror amongst your men, as they feared that he’d aim it at Evander for some ungodly reason. However, Artyom would quickly aim it at what he seemed to perceive as a threat. But before he could fire at it, you saw something truly shocking. A large section of the upper platform started moving, speeding up rapidly before seemingly detaching from the ceiling and hurdling towards the ground in front of you. The gunshot of Artyom's pistol echoed past you as you watched the strangely long chunk of the upper platform fall to the ground and land with a loud thud. It didn’t break apart, nor did it crack at the seams.

The section of platform which had fallen down quickly took a more obviously human shape. Though it still perfectly blended in with the ledge above you to which it had attached. It had a similar colouration and texture, even mimicking the straight and cubic shape of the platform. It was clear now that you had been right in your conclusions about who was making the strange noise.

Not even a second after Kamara landed on the floor and her form became apparent, she started sprinting on all fours towards Zaria. Most of your men hadn’t exactly been prepared for what was happening, so they didn’t exactly have their guns at the ready. Nor did they want to fire in a spot like this, where missing the target could mean hitting each other. However, Zaria was in a perfect position. She already had her gun at the ready and was quick to aim it at Kamara to take her down. In turn, Kamara would dash to the side, hopping over the fence and falling down to the lowest floor. She landed in the layer of water below, quickly starting to zigzag as she ran westwards as fast as possible. “Shit, she’s getting away!” Thaddeus yelled, as he and the others started aiming at her.

>Write in the plan.

Suggestions:
>Have Zaria follow her from the upper floor. She was a speedster and couldn’t be exhausted, meaning she could hopefully follow Kamara if she did escape.
>Try and call to Kamara to stop running and that you weren’t going to kill her if she accepted defeat.
>Just shoot at her from a distance. Surely, some of the shots would land and maybe take her down.
(A rather large and exciting update. I hope that it makes sense reading through it, and that it's also satisfactory in terms of the position you're now in. There were quite a lot of rolls I made for this one, but I think it definitely put you in a solid position. Though, if luck isn't on your side or you make some poor decisions, I can absolutely see Kamara escaping.)
>>
>>5889123
>Have Zaria follow
Zaria has superpowers?
>>
>>5889209
Not superpowers, but she might be able to go after Kamara for some time. She is pretty fast and also doesn't get fatigued very easily. Though even then, Kamara has the benefit of being a subject.

Either way, it's a potential option you could elaborate on.
>>
>>5889123
>>5889209
support while we
>Try and call to Kamara to stop running and that you weren’t going to kill her if she accepted defeat.

>Write in the plan.
have us give fire not towards the subject but in the directions directly in front of her leading away from zaria, in a way blocking her away from ways away or she'll run into the bullets.
Excep the sonic cannon, use that shit to pin her down, shouldn't kill but should harm enough to weaken. the less she struggles the more we relent.
>>
>Have Zaria follow her from the upper floor. She was a speedster and couldn’t be exhausted, meaning she could hopefully follow Kamara if she did escape.
Right as Kamara started running away, you'd look to Zaria and told her to go after her. Zaria didn't hesitate, as she quickly started sprinting after Kamara. Though Zaria's sprint seemed to be rather average in comparison to the breakneck speed with which Kamara was running. It was probably as fast, if not faster than the speed with which Oreas had dodged you and the others before. Fortunately, you weren't just going to have Zaria chase her blindly, as you had another plan in mind for you and your men.

>Write in the plan...
>Try and call to Kamara to stop running and that you weren’t going to kill her if she accepted defeat.
You told your men to start unloading their guns in Kamara's direction. However, you told them not to aim directly at the subject, but rather simply in front of her. You didn't really elaborate as to why you wanted that, since every second counted right now. Fortunately, your men seemed to understand what your goal was. They knew you wanted to block her way out by scaring her with gunfire, thus making it hard for her to truly escape. Thus, everyone started unloading their guns in her direction, the sound of the firing line being rather deafening.

You also told Artyom to switch to his sonic cannon, which he quickly did. Soon, the blaring alarm somewhat silenced the sound of gunfire. If the noise didn't warn anyone around you before, it most certainly would warn those in this place now! Artyom aimed his cannon directly at Kamara, as you watched her putting her hands to her ears. She slowed down further, giving Zaria more of an opportunity to catch up. And all the while, you'd yell at Kamara to stop running, and that you wouldn't kill her if she simply accepted defeat. Your other men quickly joined in with the yelling, but Kamara didn't seem to listen. Either she was unable to hear what you were saying over all of the noise, or she didn't trust you to let her live. Probably the former, given Artyom's sonic cannon.

Whatever her thought process was though, she didn't stop running. In fact, she started trying to move even more erratically to try and dodge the incoming fire. At least this gave Zaria an even greater chance to catch up with her. In fact, in the short minute where you were shooting at Kamara, Zaria was able to close the gap between herself and the subject. Though it was becoming clear that Kamara was potentially getting away here. The current location you were at was just past the mid-point of the green section's entire width. And given how it had taken you about 40 minutes with several pauses to walk to this midpoint from the north-western corner, it'd take over an entire hour to get from one side to the other... And Kamara just ran what must've been approximately a fifth of the distance you had walked in 40 minutes... in less than a minute.
>>
To say that she was fast was therefore an understatement. And given how she was getting further and further away, being accurate was also becoming more difficult. At least she was now significantly slowed down due to the sonic cannon which fired at her. Though, you also had to clearly do something fast. With how fast she was running, she'd be out of sight within at most 6 minutes. Probably even less if you stopped firing at her and slowing her down. Maybe in that time period, Zaria could catch up with her and stop her, but that'd still require you to maintain fire on her.

You really were limited on options here, it seemed...

>Keep on firing the way you were now. Slowing Kamara down long enough could give Zaria the chance to reach her and maybe, just maybe, convince her to stop.
>Take the risk and try and shoot her in the legs. Given how she was moving quite erratically, the chance existed that you'd shoot the wrong part of her and kill her. But that was better than letting her go.
>Something else...


(A bit of a shorter update, given the lack of options here. I hope everything has at least been described well enough. Maybe there are still a couple of vague things, so do ask if there are any questions.)

(On an unrelated note, I am a bit worried about player retention rn. You guys are enjoying this, right? It feels like I'm slowly losing players over time, so I just wanna make sure to stay updated with you guys. Both to hear if everything is alright and well, and if there's anything I can do to make things a bit more enjoyable and easy to follow.)
>>
>>5889489

>Keep on firing the way you were now. Slowing Kamara down long enough could give Zaria the chance to reach her and maybe, just maybe, convince her to stop.

Well, for the past while nothing much has happened. That might be why.
>>
>>5889542
I am curious what you mean by 'nothing has happened for the past while' and would like a bit of elaboration, if you're willing to give it. I assume you're talking about how things were going before encountering Kamara, since things were going quite slowly then.

Should I perhaps start speeding things up again? Or are there perhaps some other things I could change to improve the overall quality of the quest?
>>
>>5889489
>Keep on firing the way you were now. Slowing Kamara down long enough could give Zaria the chance to reach her and maybe, just maybe, convince her to stop.

>>5889551
>Feedback
I'm enjoying it but yeah until Kamara appeared it felt like things backslid back into the very slow progression.

Another thing would be to make all the choices distinct and meaningful. In this post >>5888181 the vote options can be boiled down to investigate or move on, and since we'd move on after investigating it becomes investigate or don't, and obviously we're going to investigate, so it ends up not even feeling like a choice at all. Just like before when it was between search this room or move on, unless there's a clear and obvious danger we're going to search/investigate.

Also we already know each floor of this facility is like the size of a city, so you could have probably condensed the fruit orchard exploration down a good amount. Not every hour of time has to be accounted for, you can and should skim over the boring ones.
>>
>>5889551
This
>>5889605
Basically
>>
>>5889489
>>Keep on firing the way you were now. Slowing Kamara down long enough could give Zaria the chance to reach her and maybe, just maybe, convince her to stop.

>>5889551
as the other anon said
>>5889605
some times we have decisions where its kinda obvious what we'd do like the one anon mentioned. Some of em are worth asking when its a tense situation but if we are just meandering its kinda obvious we'd look into whatever we can and not just leave it.
>>
>>5889605
>>5889625
>>5889665
Alright, so: avoid any prompts where it becomes obvious that you'll investigate the place, do more timeskips instead of going over *every* single room and condense certain sections when they are samey and don't provide too many details. I'll try to make this work. If I start backsliding again, please remind me so I can speed things up again. I don't wanna bore any of you folk.

Anyway, I'll start work on the next update now. Though, I am thinking of maybe taking a break sometime in the near future. I don't know when or for how long, but I may just do it when this thread hits the 10th page. I feel like doing it earlier than that will just be kind of a waste. Suppose you guys can maybe give your thoughts about it as well.
>>
>Keep on firing the way you were now. Slowing Kamara down long enough could give Zaria the chance to reach her and maybe, just maybe, convince her to stop.
You told your men to keep on shooting the way you were now. Even when Mike yelled that you should maybe go for a more direct shot, you insisted on continuing the way you were now. At least Kamara slowed down more than enough from the constant firing and the deafening sound, allowing Zaria to catch up. From a distance, you watched Zaria try and get ahead of Kamara, seemingly trying to yell at her to stop. Kamara still kept trying to flee though, either unable to hear Zaria's remarks or ignoring them like she had seemingly been doing so far.

After twenty seconds of Zaria harassing Kamara, it seemed that Zaria decided to opt for a more violent option. You didn't want her to do this, but you were too far away from her to tell her otherwise at this point. Thus, Zaria got her carbine and started firing down at Kamara. In turn, Kamara panicked even more, trying to move closer to the wall below Zaria, so that firing down at her became more of a chore. No longer did Kamara zig zag or try to dodge your fire though, instead focusing solely on avoiding Zaria.

However, Zaria soon did the unthinkable, running a bit forward before jumping over the ledge. She landed a short distance in front of Kamara, pointing her gun at her. Maybe Zaria wanted to get in front of Kamara to ensure she stopped running, or maybe Zaria simply wanted to get closer so she could talk to her more clearly. Either way, things did not look like they were going well, your men quickly stopping with firing as they didn't want to risk hurting Zaria with their fire. "Shit, what is she doing?!" Anon would say, as Kamara stopped running entirely and looked at Zaria. The two were facing each other, and you could only see what was going on from a distance. Though you and your men would quickly try and run after Zaria to try and help out.

Walking close to the ledge, you'd try and keep your eyes on Zaria. You saw her pointing her gun at Kamara, yelling something at her. Only now did you get a good glimpse of just how huge Kamara was. In comparison to Zaria, who was pretty damn tall at 6 and a half foot, Kamara was easily 8 feet. It made her look even more bestial and animalistic then before. And like a cornered animal, Kamara would soon run towards Zaria, in a way that seemed like a desperate final attack to try and scare Zaria away. In turn, you heard Zaria yelling a bit more at Kamara, the subject continuing to run at her. Zaria only fired at the last second, which was sadly too late as it had given Kamara the opportunity to lash out with her claws...
>>
You and your men soon watched in horror, as Kamara's claws sliced across Zaria's chest. Zaria stumbled backwards before finally actually shooting, seemingly hitting Kamara in the chest. Kamara would take a few steps back in what looked to be shock, before stumbling to the side a bit. And a short second later, the subject fell down onto the thin layer of water which covered the lower floors. Meanwhile, Zaria dropped her gun and fell to her knees, as you saw three red slashes on her torso where blood started seeping out. "Soldier down! Soldier down!" Anon would yell, as the rest of you quickly ran over. You'd thankfully find a set of stairs to the floor below, as you all ran towards Zaria and the downed subject.

By the time you approached Zaria, you saw her trembling and breathing heavily. She was groaning in pain from the rather serious injuries, yet was still alive and breathing which was good. "Zaria, stay with us! We're here!" Thaddeus would say in a way to reassure her. Though Zaria did not respond, as she put her arms over the huge wound. It had dug quite deep into her flesh, having taken chunks of her breast and slashing into her lower stomach. Meanwhile, Kamara also looked to still be alive, albeit heavily injured. She was still camouflaged to look like the section of wall Artyom had spotted her at. She looked to have been shot in her upper chest just below the breasts. More concerningly, she wasn't moving and was bleeding quite badly.

>Write in the plan.

Suggestions:
>Assign some of your men to try and keep both Kamara and Zaria alive with the medical equipment you had.
>Assign some of your men to act as guards, in case anyone tried to surprise attack you right now.
>Contact the main base to announce someone had been heavily injured and would likely need to be brought back to the main base.

(And the dice have once again delivered chaos. I know I said I'd improve the prompts and such not too long ago, but... yeah, this is a case where there's so much you could decide on doing, I think it's only fair I have you guys set up a plan.)
>>
>>5889489
>(On an unrelated note, I am a bit worried about player retention rn. You guys are enjoying this, right? It feels like I'm slowly losing players over time, so I just wanna make sure to stay updated with you guys. Both to hear if everything is alright and well, and if there's anything I can do to make things a bit more enjoyable and easy to follow.)
Hey QM, just telling I like the quest a lot, the whole thing kinda makes me feel a sorta of a LobCorp or SCP kinda feel. I would like to collaborate more it's just shit happens, work and family get in the way of questing and stuff, don't let it take it too the heart, if you were a bad QM or the quest itself was going a bad direction most people here would tell you, don't care too much about numbers though, you can have great quest with 2-3 regulars and bad quests with 10-15 who spent 30 posts in infighting, shitposting and waifufagging rather decise the next action. Anyway.

>Assign some of your men to try and keep both Kamara and Zaria alive with the medical equipment you had.
>Contact the main base to announce someone had been heavily injured and would likely need to be brought back to the main base.

Keep the subject alive but make sure she can't escape so we can interrogate her, if we get nothing or she becomes uncooperative or aggressive terminate her.
>>
>>5889934
Well this is bad. If those claw wounds went through the bone and destroyed a lung or otherwise maimed her other organs our only shot might be if we can try and find one of those vats. I mean, it's a long shot but it's better than just letting her die. Besides, it'll probably make that one anon from last thread happy and we do have a scientist we can potentially draw upon. Hopefully it isn't as bad as I think it is.

>>5889963
Supporting only keeping both alive. Do not contact base yet.
>>
>>5889934
Backing >>5889963
damnit, I was worried she’d lash out if cornered too closely. Shoulda just let her escape
>>
>>5889934
>Assign some of your men to try and keep both Kamara and Zaria alive with the medical equipment you had.
>>5889963
If we do contact main base they will be wondering what injured her, and you can't cover up wounds of this size easy. So we will either need a decent story or to mention Kamara was indeed in this area.
If we do heal Kamara we need her to be separate from us when we hand off Zaria.

>>5889979
Scientist may not be able to do any actual medical treatment, the severity of the wounds validates the option of choosing to call for main base.
I am not against the decison, but would like to hear a valid thought process on what happens if we go through with it.

>>5889986
The dice gods decided our fate.
>>
>>5890011
They won't. The important thing is she has a lot more knowledge on how to work with the nanite bath a lot more than we do. If the wounds Zaria has are as bad as I think she's going to die without immediate transport to a field hospital, hence if she clinically dies or comes to death door trying to use a vat is our only real option. Ideally, I'm wrong and her wounds are bad but not life threatening. If I'm not, well...If it works out we have a friendly subject I guess.
>>
>>5890028
We may be better off calling main base and letting them know there are subjects found in the area, then letting one of ours die.
Currently I'm leaning in favor of calling them.
>>
Yeah I don’t want to risk our squad members dying because we don’t want to give HQ even an approximate location for Kamara that we can just lie about later.
>>
>Assign some of your men to try and keep both Kamara and Zaria alive with the medical equipment you had.
Once you had reached Kamara and Zaria, you would quickly assign some of your men to look after Zaria. You wanted them to check up on how she was doing and see if she was gravely injured. Though you didn't specify who would get to help out, meaning some of your men were quick to start crowding around Zaria. Thankfully, they quickly sorted themselves out, leaving Thaddeus and Lars around her and checking up on her wounds. Artyom also assisted by talking to Zaria to try and see if she responded.

Though soon after, you also told your men to try and help Kamara out, given that so far nobody had really paid attention to her. "What?! Why should we help her recover when Zaria is potentially fucking dying here?!" Artyom said in genuine shock and frustration. Though you right away told him that you wanted to keep the subject alive while make sure she can't escape. That way, you could interrogate her. It'd also help to potentially create some trust between you and her, especially now that you had shot her. Lastly, you told them that you could terminate her, if you get nothing from her or she becomes uncooperative or aggressive.

After you explained your reasoning, Anon and Evander would do as told. They'd check up on Kamara's wounds and general state, as your group tried their best to help both of them recover. Meanwhile, Mike and Alan would act as guards. Fortunately, Zaria was able to speak. Though from her tone of voice, it was clear she was in genuine pain. "Ow, ow, okay, how bad is it?! I-I'm not gonna die, am I?!" Thaddeus would by now have grabbed a bottle of drinking water from your supplies, using it clean the wounds. Zaria turned her hands to fists and gritted her teeth, her entire body tensing up as she tried not to let her pained state be too obvious.

Lars tried reassuring her, speaking calmly. "Relax, Zaria. You got lacerated pretty badly. Just stay calm. We're going to first clean the wound, then use some antibiotics. Afterwards, we'll try and cover the wound and..." Lars looked at you, clearly aware that you probably needed to bring her back to base for these wounds. Zaria obviously didn't like the silence, speaking in a more desperate tone. "J-Just, ow, fuck... just do whatever! So long as this fffffucking pain stops!" Soon enough, they had cleaned the wound and used the antibiotics you had taken along. They were ready to use the gauze now, but the fact that the wounds had cut quite deep, it was likely that she was going to need some stitches. Something you couldn't exactly provide for her.

All the while, Anon and Evander were looking at Kamara's wound. They would try and get her in a safe position where she wouldn't be at risk of bleeding out, all the while putting pressure on the wound. Though Kamara appeared to be somewhat out of it, the stress and bullet wound probably having knocked her out, hopefully only for the time being...
>>
>Contact the main base to announce someone had been heavily injured and would likely need to be brought back to the main base.
Given the state Zaria was in and the situation you had found yourself in, you decided that it was just for the best to contact the main base. The only issue would be that you had to hid the fact that Kamara had caused this, or that she was essentially neutralized for the time being. After all, you wanted to interrogate her still. Thus, you'd go over to Lars and tell him to hand over the tablet. "What is it, Mikhail?" He'd ask, before you explained what you wanted. Though after stating that you wanted to call the main base, Zaria spoke up in a soft yet still pained tone. "N-Not necessary. I'll be fine. I'm fine." With the pain now away and her torso being wrapped in gauze and bandage, she probably was a bit better.
Still, given how deep the wounds were and the fact she was still clearly bleeding, it was probably for the best.

Thus, you'd start navigating the tablet, before sending out a message. Quickly, you were responded to by a government official. And after you explained that one of your men had been wounded severely, they'd tell you that they'd send some medical staff your way. The only thing they'd need from you was a location where you'd meet said staff, what kind of injury it was, how Zaria was doing, and what caused the injury. It actually was somewhat helpful that they gave you the chance to explain yourself now, as it meant you had an opportunity to think of a reason as to why this had happened. Not to mention, you could send the medical staff somewhere close-by, but not nearby enough that they'd get to see the downed subject.

>Write in what you want to tell the staff member about the injury, Zaria's current state, how it happened, and where you'd meet up.


(Apologies for the late update, and the fact I will miss the third update today. I may not be able to get a third in tomorrow as well, due to how seemingly busy my weekend has gotten with family stuff. Regardless, I hope this update suffices. Zaria thankfully is a fighter, and the wound is most likely not going to kill her. Though, yeah, it is going to require some stitching... In other words, you'll probably be down another soldier for quite some time.)

(Also, just wanna thank >>5889963 for the kind words. I really don't mind it if my quest has 'only' 3 to 4 regulars and a few occasional lurkers or participants. What matters to me is that the quest is fun to those few players and that I can keep it engaging and entertaining. I really don't want to end up boring people. I just wanna occasionally ask to hear what you guys think so I can improve things again if I end up backsliding into it becoming boring again.)
>>
>>5890632
>>Write in what you want to tell the staff member about the injury, Zaria's current state, how it happened, and where you'd meet up.
Half truths, best truths. We had an encounter with one of the subjects, during this encounter one of our squad mates got some serious injuries and while she likely won't die or become crippled we rather not risk and are sending her back together with a few of our man's, the subject has retreated for now but we shall continue our pursue.
With this we can at least buy some time and regardless if we kill her or not we can at least come up with something.


Also no problem OP, looking forward what comes up during the quest, hope we don't get raped or if we do, not too hard. Hope the QM curse doesn't strike you down.
>>
>>5890699
Supporting.

Also, will this subject actually show their normal appearance after we patch them up? Speaking of, will our soldiers get pictures later on too? Or will it just be subjects for now?
>>
>>5890699
Right forgot the location, I kinda lost track of were we are, anyone got any ideas were we could send them for a extraction?
>>
>>5890632
Ugh
I'd like to move her out of this section entirely but it's probably not good to do that without a medical expert to give the ok

Take her to the nearest fruit field that can be hidden in like the wheat was, tell the staff member your group had split up to search and she had gotten ambushed by a subject hidden in the field. You managed to scare it off after coming to help Zaria out but didn't manage to get a good look at the subject. Meet up near that field to move Zaria as little as possible.
>>
>>5890632
>>Write in what you want to tell the staff member about the injury, Zaria's current state, how it happened, and where you'd meet up.
Deep Abdominal/Chest Slash on wounded, Antibiotic and Gauze applied. Wounded is awake, but requires assistance. Primary damage is believed to be a subject which ambushed the wounded near some chambers and quickly left. No visual was confirmed upon reaching the wounded and a quick scan showed nothing. Currently enroute to nearby fruit field for a more defendable position until link up.
At the same time, have Evander and Anon drag her to a room away from the rest of us etc.

I may have missed it if you did reach three lol
Also yeah OP I'll still be hanging around so far, we've been interested enough to not drop it thus far, so its not like your doing bad.
>>
>Write in what you want to tell the staff member about the injury, Zaria's current state, how it happened, and where you'd meet up.
There was a short moment of silence as you considered what to tell the government workers on the other end of the tablet. You didn't want to bring up the fact that Kamara was still alive and with you, nor did you want her to be spotted by the staff members. Thankfully, you quickly thought of a story where Zaria could be recovered quickly. "Our group had split up to look around in the green section to the North. One of our men, Zaria, got ambushed by a subject hidden in a field." You'd say, which the responder repeated before telling you to continue. "We managed to scare it off after coming to help Zaria out, though we didn't manage to get a good look at the subject since she quickly fled. No visual was confirmed upon reaching Zaria, and a quick scan showed the subject had disappeared."

The government worker on the other side asked for further details. They wanted to know how Zaria was injured and if she needed immediate medical help. "She receives deep Abdominal and chest Slashes. Antibiotic and Gauze have been applied. She is awake still and likely won't die or become crippled. But, we'd rather not risk things and wish to send her back. We will do such together with a few of our men." You would explain in turn.

The government worker thus told you to keep Zaria awake at all costs and to be careful of any other subjects who may be in the area. In his words: "The monsters in this place tend to go after fresh blood. Some can even smell it.". While it was clearly meant as a warning, you couldn't help but feel that this was also some kind of exaggeration to instil fear in you and your men. The government worker would also ask where the subject went, you giving a vague statement before assuring him that you'd continue pursuing her. In response, the government worker told you to see if you could find the subject on the tablet so you could potentially identify her.

Finally, the government worker would ask for specific co-ordinates for where you'd like to meet up. Given how hurt Zaria was, you obviously couldn't take her too far back. Thus, you told the government worker that you'd take her to a nearby space where she could be hidden in. You even suggested the wheat field, which would allow you to hide quite efficiently. "We're sending the given co-ordinates to a medical crew and some soldiers who are heading your way as we speak. It may take some time to get there due to the distance, so try and keep her alive, soldier. If you can, maybe even try and move closer back to the main base." Having Zaria walk back was probably going to kill her. Though, Zaria did want to have a say in the matter as well. "Hngh, just... let's try walking... I-I can walk a bit." Of course, Zaria was in no state to walk. Fortunately, you had some men who could help carry her somewhere safely.
>>
You told Thaddeus and Alan to help Zaria get back to the field of wheat where you'd meet up. They would quickly help with that, Thaddeus carefully picking her up. "Hngh, y-you don't have to... carry me! I can still wa-ow, owww! Careful!" Thaddeus would start gently carrying her with Alan's assistance, responding softly to Zaria's remarks. "Yer in no place to walk, Zaria. Don't worry too much." Zaria groaned a bit, though you couldn't tell if it was from pain or annoyance. Either way, you'd tell the government worker where you were heading and that you'd keep them updated. They seemed pleased and would finally hang up.

With them no longer able to listen in, you turned to Anon and Evander. You told both of them to look after Kamara and to move her to a side chamber where she couldn't escape or cause too much trouble. "We'll try." Anon said a bit worriedly, Evander responding far more calmly and confidently. "Aye, Mikhail. You and the others look after Zaria now. We'll be fine." And as you and the others left to get Zaria back to the wheat field, Artyom spoke to you in a mildly reluctant tone. "Are you sure that having the two of them with that subject is a good idea? What if she wakes up and really huts them?" Given how Kamara was knocked out, and the fact that Evander and Anon were quite tough but reasonable, you felt that they were safe. Even if Kamara woke up, they'd probably be able to handle her.

The walk back to the field would be slightly arduous, with Zaria continuing to breathe heavily and groan in pain. Lars would try and get her to eat some food and would also provide some painkillers, though it was clear that Zaria needed professional help. At least she was able to stay awake and nothing else assaulted you whilst you made your way back. And finally, you'd reach the field, where Zaria would be placed down onto a little patch of wheat you and the others made.

"You feeling alright, Zaria?" Mike asked softly, Zaria scoffing. "Well, I'm being treated like royalty, so... I guess I'm alright. Still hurts like shit, but I'll be fine... I hope..." There was a lot of relief as Zaria spoke, clearly being in a decent condition despite the pain she was in. And you'd soon get some messages that medical aide had entered the green section with a few soldiers. It seemed they had come here quite fast, which was a good thing considering what Zaria said next.
>>
"I'm feeling quite lightheaded. Keep me awake. I... I don't wanna die..." That last statement was tinted with fear, showing that Zaria still wasn't entirely out of the clear. Given how deep the lacerations had been, chances were she was still losing some blood. Having her go unconscious now would be utterly detrimental. Your men would do as much as they could to keep her awake, talking to her and telling her that medical aide would arrive soon. And fortunately, after a tense few minutes, you heard footsteps outside, followed by the voice of soldiers. "They're in here!" You watched a group of five soldiers and four medics arrive, quickly coming over to you. They told you and the others to get back, as they quickly went to work with some more advanced tools to stop the blood-loss. You didn't know what they used, but it seemed to be some kind of coagulant to close up the wound in a controlled manner.

And after a few minutes, they were seemingly done. "We've temporarily stopped the bleeding. However, we are going to need to take her back to main base, since she needs rest and further treatment to close up the wounds. Not to mention, tests to ensure she will remain fine. Give it two to three days for her to completely heal." Your men were all relieved to hear that Zaria would in fact be fine. Though it was unfortunate news that your most agile member had to be taken back to main base. Still, it was understandable, and a far superior alternative to having her die down here. Soon, the medics would get a stretcher, carefully putting Zaria on it. They'd quickly take Zaria away, as the soldiers gave you a salute and the medics wished you good luck.

>Ask the medics and soldier some questions (Write in)
>Accompany Zaria and the soldiers for a bit. Perhaps they could use a bit of support on the way out.
>Head back to Anon and Evander to check up on Kamara.
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
>>5891324
>Discuss with your men...
While we are trying to capture subjects for information, we should take care of ourselves first. From now on if a subject is on the run, we don't try the intimidation tactic, Shoot the legs and if they're lucky they'll live.

it's good that they left, I would like to speak with them but if we ask questions they might as well so its better to break off cleanly like this.
>Head back to Anon and Evander to check up on Kamara.
>>
>>5891324
>>5891384
Backing the option and the discussion but rather than going for the legs I'd just risk the subject escaping. Especially for subjects like Kamara who only run and never attacked until cornered and under gunfire. Laura still hasn't forgiven us for shooting our her legs, and we did promise to do our best to spare all innocents.
>>
>>5891324
>>Discuss with your men...
I'm all in for new tactics but the whole shot the legs won't give us a good impression. I say we use our heads a bit and take a note from the team who uses traps, if we notice a situation were the subject doesn't fall for intimidation and is not initially hostile we could try to drive them in traps we laid out to make sure they don't run away.

>Head back to Anon and Evander to check up on Kamara.
>>
>>5891430
>>5891441
Reminder that part of the reason subject encounters result in capture is because at least one person/subject gets shot.
This one also resulted in capture we just got wounded from it.
They are subjects (except laura) and we have first aid, better to ask for forgiveness after the fact then ask for permission and never actually get them to get info. The initial impression may be bad but so far its worked out pretty well.

Though we did say we'd try to spare, we didn't say we'd just let them all go either. Don't forget until we get evidence of actual government conspiracy, it is entirely possible we see through our deal with our employer and get our paycheck.
>>
>Head back to Anon and Evander to check up on Kamara.
While you watched Zaria being taken away with the stretcher, you decided it was for the best to head back to Anon and Evander. You did want to ask the men some questions, but you knew that asking them questions would also make them ask you questions. And, truth be told, you weren't ready to answer some of the likely questions they'd throw at you. Besides, you had to check up and see how Anon and Evander were doing. Hopefully, Kamara was also awake and not aggressive. Thus, you told your men it was time to go. And swiftly, you'd be heading back towards where Kamara was shot down.

>Discuss with your men...
While you made your way over, you decided to discuss some things with your men in regards to how you'd respond to subject. While you wanted to try and capture subjects for information, you also knew you should take care of yourselves first. So, going for aggression against subjects who might have huge claws, could potentially crush you under their bodies, could resist explosives with ease, could shoot acid from their body, or just straight up had acid bodies, was probably not a good plan if you wanted to take care of yourselves. Thus, you told them that you had a few ideas for how you'd treat subjects from now on. The first idea you had was to forego intimidation tactics if subjects ran. You'd just shoot the legs and pray they didn't get too heavily injured.

Of course, you also stated that this could be risky, as it could instead provoke the subject into going for the offensive, especially if they were cornered like Kamara. Thus, the second option you thought of was to just let flighty or fast subjects escape if they couldn't be controlled. After all, you had promise Laura that you'd spare innocent lives whenever possible. Though obviously, this was a suggestion you (or your men) weren't all too keen about. Still, at least you'd not get into nearly as much danger, and would fulfil your promise to Laura.

Lastly, you offered up to go for something of a middle ground. You'd try to use intimidation if the subject didn't yield, and would instead lure them to traps where they wouldn't be able to get out off. This obviously had the benefit of being quite similar to what you were already doing, but requiring a ton more set-up. It was something Artyom certainly didn't mind trying, but you also knew your men weren't entirely sure about the set-up which was required.

After proposing your solutions, you'd ask your men what they thought. Alan was the first to respond, stating that he wanted something simple and clean. It was also clear that he didn't like the more complex choices, or the ideas of letting them go. Your other men also agreed that letting subjects escape wasn't worth it. Shooting them down could still mean you could befriend them, with Mike citing Chrys' willingness to co-operate even after being shot.
>>
File: Spoiler Image (2.06 MB, 2458x4096)
2.06 MB
2.06 MB PNG
Thaddeus would soon give his own opinion on the matter. "Look, the way we've handled subjects so far ain't that bad. I think what we just did wrong with Kamara is that, well, she probably couldn't hear us and felt cornered. If we didn't shoot at her as she fled but kept yelling that we weren't gonna hurt her, she would've been more reasonable probably." Lars agreed to the sentiment, though Artyom was quick to speak in a more soft tone. "To be fair, I do take some responsibility for things going wrong. She was hiding, and nobody spotted her. Had I known she would just flee and panic, I wouldn't have done that." Mike soon scoffed, responding in a more snide tone. "Probably didn't help that you deafened her with the sound cannon." Obviously, that comment wasn't appreciated nearly as much.

Regardless, Artyom's actions were understandable at the very least. Nobody saw Kamara hiding in plain sight except for him. More importantly your men had been close enough that she could've have jumped them if she wanted to. Him using a sound cannon first was honestly the safest option he could've taken. Even then though, it was clear that you needed a bit of a change in plans now. At least it was clear that your men didn't want to let subjects go, nor brutally slay them. Maybe preparing larger trap chambers could work, though the plan you've had going for the time being still remained popular. Tell them you weren't going to hurt them, only fire at the legs or around them if they ran, and only go for the kill if they are truly dangerous. Thaddeus, Mike, Alan, Lars and Artyom all agreed to a certain extent. Still, maybe Anon and Evander felt a different way.

Speaking of which, you'd soon return to the spot where everything went to shit. You'd quickly enter the side-chamber where they had taken Kamara, finding the door closed off from the inside. Though after saying it was you, Anon and Evander let you in. And once you and the others entered, you'd see Kamara lying in the corner of the storage room. She was no longer white, nor did she have the strange shapes from before. Instead, she now had a deep green colour, lots of spikes and rough skin. She had long, minty green hair and these illustrious, red and yellow eyes. She looked quite sombre and weak though, lying on her side and instantly shrinking as you approached her. It was quite the odd sight, given just how huge and well armoured she seemed. Though given how she had been patched up and had clearly bled a ton, it was clear that her rough, scaled skin was more for show than anything.
>>
“She woke up not too long ago, Mikhail. We reassured her we wouldn’t kill her, but… well, she hasn’t said anything yet and we don't wanna scare her further. I fear she might be a mute.” Anon would say calmly, Evander nodding along. You’d soon stand in front of Kamara, seeing her shivering and hearing her sniffle a bit. She looked up at you, before proving that she wasn’t a mute to the surprise of Anon and Evander. She responded with a rather gentle and normal voice, though it started cracking and increasing in pitch the longer she spoke.

“I-I’m so sorry... P-Please, don’t kill me. I don’t wanna die…”

>How do you respond?

Suggestions:
>You don’t respond. You just start asking her questions.
>Introduce yourself. Maybe a proper introduction wold work better this time.
>Put away your weapons to really assure her that you wouldn’t try anything.
>Ask her if she was okay. Maybe that would make her realise that you didn’t want to see her hurt.
>>
>>5891747
>Put away your weapons to really assure her that you wouldn’t try anything.
>Introduce yourself. Maybe a proper introduction would work better this time.

No one liked backing off rather than risking lethal injuries I guess. The idea was they'd notice our reluctance to go for the kill and make contact themselves later, but I guess that's a bit hopeful.
>>
>>5891805
Support
also
>How do you respond?
To be completely fair, we did explicitly warn you.

Fair point to the others about the sound cannon stopping her from hearing us, Us calling out to her was supposed to precede the sonic blasting but I suppose we can only do so much at once.
>>
>>5891747
>>How do you respond?
Tell her we don't mean further harm, we are gonna question her, as long as she cooperate we may let her go, but if she try anything we'll terminate her.
>>
>Put away your weapons to really assure her that you wouldn’t try anything.
>Introduce yourself. Maybe a proper introduction would work better this time.
Seeing just how anxious Kamara was, you told your men to lower their weaponry and put them away. Mike clearly wasn't too pleased with this, and reminded you what Kamara had done to Zaria. Though you simply ignored his remark and instead tried being as friendly and peaceful as possible. Thus, you and your men did as you had told, Kamara looking extremely anxious when you did grab your weapons. Though Kamara didn't do anything, and actually became a bit less tense once you moved your weaponry out of view.

Finally, you'd introduce yourself and your men. You told them that you were hired to deal with some threats here, but that you wouldn't kill anyone innocent like her. Kamara quietly listened, looking over you and your men without saying a thing. And once you were done, there was an awkward pause as you wanted to give her a chance to introduce herself as well. Once she picked up on it, she spoke rather quickly. "Oh, uhhh, K-Kamara. Kamara Acrodon. I- Sorry, I-I didn't... I didn't want to, h-harm your friend. B-But the gunfire and s-sound, a-and yelling, a-and other people I met just like you a-and-" She murmured for a moment, before pausing as she realised she was just rambling now.

"I-I'm, uhhh, y-yeah, sorry." She probably had no real idea on how to feel about the way you were treating her now, or the way things had gone. It was clear she at least was remorseful about harming Zaria, showing that she really did just want to act in self defence. Given how massive she was, not to mention her claws, it was fair that she probably couldn't exactly 'hold back' when panicking. For now though, you'd try and brush that aside and continue to try and make her feel comfortable. Or rather, comfortable enough that you could ask her some important questions about this place.

>How you respond...
The first thing you'd calmly tell her was that you did try and tell her to show herself, even before Artyom had noticed her. Your men nodded along calmly, Artyom even adding onto that: "I even just used sonic weaponry on you to try and get you to show yourself, rather than instantly going for lethal options." However, this more confrontative statement and your remarks only served to make Kamara feel more and more regretful.

You saw her lowering her head, sniffling as she started letting out more tears. "Sorry, I-I thought... t-the g-gun you had... i-it was l-like the men I encountered b-before who... p-pulled tricks o-on me and... p-purposefully s-shot around me a-and, I-I thought you were just l-like them and I didn't kn-know y-you were serious, I-I-" She rambled a bit more, once again getting extremely emotional. Though by then, Thaddeus would approach her and would try to reassure her. "Aye, calm down, Kamara. We aren't gonna hurt ya, alright? Just calm down and take some deep breaths."
>>
Kamara nodded along rather quickly taking some deep breaths like she was told to. In the meantime, you told her you truly didn't mean harm, even pointing to how you had patched up her bullet wound. She nodded understandingly, yet still was quite frightened and unsure what to even say. You then told her you'd ask her some questions, and that she'd be let go so long as she co-operated. Only if she tried anything funny, would you consider more extreme options again. Kamara nodded understandingly, before Lars asked the first question. "May I ask you something, Kamara? You mentioned men with similar weapons to Artyom who pulled tricks on you. What did they do to you exactly, if I may ask? We met a group of soldiers who were after you, though we sent them in a different direction away from here." Kamara froze up when Lars mentioned Idris and his men. Though the suggestion that they were going a different direction did calm her enough where she could start telling her story.

"Umm, basically, I encountered this group of s-soldiers like you, m-maybe the ones you mention s-seeing. They all had guns like those ones." She carefully pointed to Mike's acid gun, Artyom's sonic cannon and Alan's flamethrower. "W-When they first found me, they... they a-acted friendly a-and told me I could trust them! I-I was kinda s-scared, but ch-chose to trust them. B-But then, a-after I got close, they shot me in my f-feet and l-laughed at me as they did so. T-They called me a m-monster and a dumb a-animal, b-before telling me to r-run so t-they could play this 'g-game' with me, a-and that if I f-failed to amuse them, t-they'd kill me. I-I tried r-running, despite the pain, while they s-shot a-a-around me. T-They d-deafened me with t-those w-weapons you have a-and laughed at me... I-I tried to hide, b-but they a-always scared me with f-fire o-or other things." It was clear now that she had been harassed and utterly traumatized by the Diamond Dogs she was with. It made sense, since the Diamond Dogs loved being sadistic assholes to whoever they encountered, but this was clearly just getting excessive. Kamara had practically been tortured by them.

Kamara was about to continue telling more. But seeing just how anxious and emotional she was getting, Thaddeus stepped forward. "Kamara, don't. Please stop. Ya don't have to tell us. It's okay." He tried to reassure her, your other men also telling her you wouldn't hurt her and that she would not be harmed further. Despite that, Kamara was still most anxious, looking at all of you before responding rather meekly. "P-Promise me you won't h-hurt me. P-Promise me! I-If you plan on doing the same, I-I..." You knew she was about to ask for death over torture. For her to switch from begging not to die to almost begging for death, just went to show how thoroughly the Diamond Dogs had terrorized her.
>>
Obviously, you wouldn't lay a finger on her, since you weren't sick in the head like the Diamond Dogs were. But, it was also clear that you had to be a bit careful about questions. You didn't know all the horrific things she had been through, and she was clearly afraid that you'd trick her somehow so you could torture her.

>Ask her if there was anything you could do to help her calm down. Maybe she came here for food which you could provide her? Or perhaps she wanted something else?
>Ask her other questions in the hopes it'd help her calm down. Perhaps questions about her creators or friends could make her more relaxed.
>Leave her alone for a bit to do something else. Obviously, she was too terrified to really interrogate, and maybe a bit of rest would help her relax and feel more at ease. (Write in what you want to do instead.)
>Ask her questions, regardless of how scared she was. She still was a potential threat to you and your men, and you needed more intel about her and the rest of this place. (Write in.)
>Discuss with your men.
>Something else...
>>
>>5892156
>>Ask her other questions in the hopes it'd help her calm down. Perhaps questions about her creators or friends could make her more relaxed.
This seem like a good option, we can get some information and calm her down a bit.

>Something else.
Ask her about the usual. The scientists wanted alive, the level 10 threats and other more dangerous ones like the acid slime and about Anderson.

>Discuss with your men.
What we do with her? We kill her, we let her go or we bring her to Laura?
>>
>>5892186
Oh yeah forgot about Titania, ask her that as well.
>>
>>5892156
>>5892186
Backing, but don’t discuss killing her, jeez.
>>
>>5892156
>Ask her if there was anything you could do to help her calm down. Maybe she came here for food which you could provide her? Or perhaps she wanted something else?
>Ask her other questions in the hopes it'd help her calm down. Perhaps questions about her creators or friends could make her more relaxed.
Similar to the other anon, but in a specific order.
Where was she when shit went down/what happened after that. Who was she with/what subjects does she know, then we ask about her creator/caretaker, then proceed to scientsits wanted alive and the other threats.

>>5892186
if we were going to just kill her we'd just save our interrogations for scietists only. Bring her back to Laura is likely, but that'd be after we scout the path between our location and Laura to make sure no mercs/gov or specifically Diamond dogs are in the area to catch us. She would follow us cloaked, but that'd be something we figure after we are done with questioning.

On another note OP, the camers we have, are they not live feeding into our helms? or are they just like wildlife observation cameras where you see the footage after picking it back up. I thought it was the former but we would've known ahead of time when the medics were in the area since the camera is in that location and would've caught it.
If its not the former either turning it intoa live feed into our helms that we can view when we want to or just getting those types of cameras would be something we should do. We already have apps for it today, surely there is tech for it in the far future.
>>
>>5892330
I imagine the cameras are connected to the tablet, so they can be looked at through there. There's also the option to just have it constantly record offline, just like the wildlife observation cameras you mentioned.
>>
>>5892241
>>5892330
I'm putting that option because at the end of the day we're a death squad, sure those girls are innocent but as was said in the first thread we already used to killing innocents and what not we're simply professionals rather than psychos and unlike the 3 guards on the first thread all of them already entered in conflict with our team and this one mauled one of our own. I bring this up as well because I feel we need some bigger justification about why we aren't gonna kill those people, this will be the third subject we're collecting, while you could make an argument we're doing that because our client is very fucking shady and we need more info in case they decide to fuck us over, why bother keeping they alive once they gave all they know? I'm not saying that because I'm out for blood but because some of our squad mates seem to be getting a bit appaled why we keep the subjects alive so if we ain't coming with a good reason yet we could at least put it into a vote and if most are fine with it either let her go or brung to Laura than offing her.... just far away were she can't hear us.
>>
>>5892355
A valid point, its entierly possible we kill all of them. That said, this subject has a bit more utility, by virtue of her being able to blend in, we can hide the fact that we are using a subejct to aid us in the exploration of the facility, A subject that can camouflage to a level where IR/Thermal can't find her and observe is a valuable scout. Provided we convince her to aid us. Just provide a method of communication and we are good to go. Preferably if they get the tracking collors we are especially able to start utilizing these subjects in explorations deeper in the facility. Oreas and Kamara both have abilities that would make them uniquely valuable in exploration provided we have methods of knowing where they are/knowing they'd return. Since to be seen adjacent to them risks confirmation of us betraying our current employer's trust. With Oreas we have Laura, with Kamara we'd need to dig a little bit more.
>>
>>5892364
Well.... I guess if we become to adverse to killing we could pull a anon with the girls. Kinda like him, if they prove they are worth not killing in the end we could pull a few strings and get them hired by Lodger... it's something.
>>
>>5892367
Them being employed by Lodger is not likely, especially given the fact it would be an obvious direct violation of our agreement with the government and would quickly have bounties on us. Keeping things under cover. We will probably cross this bridge if we get to it.
>>
>Ask her other questions in the hopes it'd help her calm down. Perhaps questions about her creators or friends could make her more relaxed.
With how anxious and shaken up Kamara was, you decided the best option would be to ask her some questions which would hopefully make her more relaxed. The first thing you'd thus tell her was that you'd not hurt her, before asking her if she wanted to maybe tell a bit about her creators or friends. It'd both give you information about those, and hopefully make her feel less terrified. Kamara still was quite anxious and even still shivered, but she at least didn't question why you wanted to know about those things. And after sniffling a bit and calming down, she spoke with a mildly hoarse voice. "M-My creators were... M-Mona and C-Cerro." The former instantly caused quite some curiosity. After all, it was a scientist who Laura and Oreas also knew quite well!

Cerro also seemed quite interesting, as he was a scientist who was really close to a subject he had made. In fact, you recall the tablet mentioning that Cerro was walking around the place with said subject. So perhaps that was something you could ask her about. For now though, you let Kamara continue to talk about her creators. "Umm, I-I don't know w-where they are... o-or if they're safe. Y-You wouldn't happen to know, w-would you?" She'd ask, Thaddeus making the wise decision by saying. "We don't know, I'm afraid." You didn't know much about them, other than that Mona was highly wanted and that Cerro had that subject as a companion. Though telling Kamara the former probably would not ease her at all. At least Thaddeus' vague response kept Kamara somewhat calm. "Oh, w-well, h-hopefully they're fine." She said quietly, before pausing for a moment. "Um, aside from them, I-I had a caretaker. H-His name was Mordecai. I-I don't know w-what happened to him either, b-but..." She looked a bit down again. "I d-don't thin... h-he made it."

While it was tempting to try and ask her about this Mordecai and the circumstances of his passing, it was clear that bringing that up would be even worse than continuing to discuss Cerro and Mona. In the future, you could most certainly discuss it with her, but for now it was better to ask some more general questions.

>Something else...
You and your men tried showing some sympathy to Kamara, telling her that you'd not ask further about him or her creators. Instead, you told her you'd ask some more general questions. And the first you started with was, how the hell all of this even happened. You asked her where she was, and what happened after the disaster. It surprised Kamara somewhat, and she clearly wasn't prepared for such a question. Even then, she thought for a moment, before trying to give her thoughts as best she could. "Well, I-I was let out of my c-containment by C-Cerro. He wanted me to head to, uhhh, a safe zone. I wasn't sure where to go so I just hid and p-prayed I'd be fine."
>>
It seemed that Cerro had freed her so she wouldn't be stuck in her containment during the disaster. Did that mean that he knew that the place was going to blow up? Or did he just know that something was going horribly wrong, and that Kamara needed to leave? "Did Cerro do this just for you, or also for other subjects?" Anon asked calmly, Kamara hesitating, before worriedly saying: "H-He also freed s-some other subjects of h-his, y-yeah? I-I kinda l-left them be though a-and fled on my o-own. I-I hid with my c-camouflage and... w-well the e-explosion then happened w-which was quite scary. A-And ever since th-then I've just b-been running around l-looking for h-help."

It wasn't exactly the most riveting story as to what happened with her, but you weren't entirely sure where to press for further details. After all, asking her about what happened to her caretaker would probably just make her depressed and anxious. But, at least you could ask her about the subjects she knew who were freed by Cerro, which you swiftly did. "Oh, ummm, w-well C-Cerro had two other s-subjects I befriended. T-They were..." She paused, before looking away and speaking softly. "Y-You won't h-hunt them down, w-will you?" There was a short silence, before Thaddeus responded calmly. "We might look for 'em, but we won't hurt 'em unless if they try and attack us first. And even then, we don't wanna kill anyone, unless if they're truly evil. I take it yer friends aren't that?" Kamara nodded in response, hesitating for a moment. Fortunately though, she soon explained more about the subjects she knew.

"I-I had o-one friend a-and one other s-subject I knew. M-My friend was, ummm, N- Uhh, ND-12. Her name is M-Morgan. S-She's kinda a l-lizard l-like me, b-but with armour a-and far stronger... Oh, a-and also a lot l-less of a c-coward than me. S-She disappeared a-after we were l-let go, ummm, w-wanting to fight the subject responsible f-for this disaster." It was quite sad hearing Kamara calling herself a coward. She really was quite self-critical, it seemed. At least the fact that her friend went after the subject told you some more about ND-12. Regardless, Kamara continued, soon naming a more familiar name. "T-The second s-subject I know w-was Oreas. I-I didn't know her t-too well, but s-she was very k-kind to me w-when I first met her. I-I hope they're o-okay." You could tell that your men were quite pleased with this little revelation. It meant that you could probably get Kamara to calm down once you brought her to Oreas, or if you brought Oreas here.

Still, you'd not tell her just yet, just in case. After all, you still had some more pressing matters to ask about. You asked about the scientists who were wanted alive, which mostly just included Elbrus, Roraima. For the time being, you refrained from asking about Mona. It was highly likely that hearing that one of her creators was wanted, would cause Kamara quite some stress. She was slowly calming down, which you wanted to see.
>>
"Umm, E-Elbrus and R-Roraima? I, uhhh, j-just know that E-Elbrus is creepy and R-Roraima very cruel. Umm, C-Cerro tried p-protecting me from them, e-especially since they s-sometimes, uhhh, they sometimes j-joined Mona w-when she visited me." Mona was joined by Elbrus and Roraima? Well, there was something new you didn't know about the resident psychopath and pervert. Though why would Mona, a scientist who seemed rather kind and well-liked, be joined by two of the most genuinely terrible people this place had to offer so far? Perhaps you could push her further about that later, especially if you told her that you wanted to hunt those two creeps down and have them face justice.

You then would ask about Anderson, and why he would be kept alive by the government. Though unfortunately, Kamara knew little about him or why he was being kept alive. You could've tried to push her for more about him, but you had more important questions to ask. Mainly, the level 10 threats and the slime subject. You started with the former, grabbing the tablet before asking about the most dangerous subjects: LW-20 and 38-VG. LW-20 was a subject Kamara didn't seem to know about, though you had already learnt quite a bit about her from her radio show, which was good news. 38-VG was something she did know about. "V-Vinella. Umm, I-I just know she was, uhhh, Elbrus' and R-Roraima's favourite subject. S-She was huge, t-terrifying and... v-very aggressive. V-Very few people d-dared get close to her, a-and I know s-some people died to her w-while looking after her."

Your men didn't seem all too pleased to hear that Vinella already had a kill-count before this incident. But hey, it was something you already kind of knew based on other testimonies. You'd then ask about the acid slime, which Kamara seemed a bit confused by. "S-Slime? I- W-Well, I was t-told she was a g-great escape artist a-and quite g-good with hiding l-like me. Umm, I-I don't know much e-else though." She seemed to be getting more worried. Maybe because she wasn't exactly answering many of your questions thoroughly. Then again, maybe she just didn't know about these things very well, so she couldn't be blamed. Besides, you had one more question, which she delivered quite a bombshell on.

You asked her if she knew about Titania, Kamara gasping before nodding. "Ah, y-yes! I know her! S-She's the biggest subject! Uhhh, s-space faring! She was d-designed for spacefaring! L-Like travelling through s-space safely! Uhhh, Tengri made her a-and she k-kind of was used for t-testing subject s-size capabilities. Ummm, I-I know she was o-often shown off t-to scientists and i-investors. Uhhh, she... she's blue, I-I've heard? Ummm, y-yeah, no, that's it, hehe." She gave a bit of an awkward chuckle, hoping that the information would be of use. It most certainly was, as Titania being capable of space travel was not something you had been told about. Even your men seemed surprised by the revelation.
>>
It also maybe explained how she hadn't been found here, as it meant she could've disappeared into deep space after the disaster. Perhaps that was why she wasn't on the tablet, as it meant you couldn't really reach her anymore? Then again, if she was out of the picture, the government would still know and want to hunt her down. So why wouldn't they then mention her or provide details about her?

Either way, you had learnt quite a bit from these few questions, yet there still was plenty you could ask about. Especially based on the new details provided to you.

>Keep asking questions. Maybe also some in regards to the more sensitive topics to her. (Write in what you wanna ask.)
>Thank her for the questions, and tell her what your plans are for her now. (Write in what you intend to do with her.)
>Tell her about the fact you found Oreas and that she is safe with her caretaker. That ought to further reassure Kamara and perhaps even ease her worries enough to ask some more concerning questions.
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...

(A big update to wrap up my day... and fuck man, is it late lmao. I got very distracted this evening by two of my friends, which absolutely postponed this update and tired me out. I was hoping to sleep two hours ago, but... yeah, that didn't happen.)

(Either way, I Hope it doesn't show too much in the update. I hope there isn't any major error in there. If there is, I'll fix it after I wake up. I imagine I missed/skimmed over some details, so I also can see there being plenty more questions for Kamara you guys will ask.)
>>
>>5892639
>>Tell her about the fact you found Oreas and that she is safe with her caretaker. That ought to further reassure Kamara and perhaps even ease her worries enough to ask some more concerning questions.
If she behave herself and not do anything stupid we can bring her together. Show her the subject list, ask if she knows about any subject not listed here other than Titania. Let's dangle that carrot on her face to see if it works.

>Discuss with your men...
A safe path out of the Diamond Dogs so they don't target or track her or us.

>>5892533
I don't know anon, depending of what we find in the contract we can always find a way around it after all one of the subjects wasn't even on the list and we can always fake their deaths or something like that, anyway like you said we cross that bridge when we get there for now let's wait till we receive it.
>>
>>5892639
oh shit, living spacecraft
badass

Backing >>5892697
Go down the list

As for the DD squad, maybe they already got slaughtered in the flooded section? My suggestion would be to go ahead with some scouts and confirm the way is clear before bringing Kamara. Though with her camouflage abilities she's probably the easiest subject to escort and could just hide from them in plain sight, but I guess it doesn't hurt to be careful.
>>
>>5892697
Support
But also check our camera feeds and see if there is/was any activity while this went down.
>>5892728
Yeah that's what I was saying here.
>>5892330
We can neither confirm nor deny their deaths so its better to be safe, encounter them then extract to saferoom. Better then DDogs appearing and her being scared as shit and panicking.
>>
>Tell her about the fact you found Oreas and that she is safe with her caretaker. That ought to further reassure Kamara and perhaps even ease her worries enough to ask some more concerning questions.
After Kamara revealed some pretty useful and intriguing details, you looked at your men for a moment. You told them that you'd tell them about the other subjects you encountered, not yet mentioning Oreas to avoid stressing her too much. Kamara was indeed concerned when you brought it up, yet waited to hear what you'd say. And finally, you told her that you had already found Oreas. When you brought her up, Kamara's eyes widened and she froze up. Though you quickly added onto her that you let her live and kept her safe, which made Kamara's expression go from concerned to completely elated.

"O-Oreas is safe?! Y-You didn't k-kill her?! W-Where is she?!" Kamara asked in a more hopeful tone, as you explained that she was with her caretaker and another subject you had found. Kamara seemed to let out some tears of joy, yet quickly tried calming herself again as it seemed that you had definitely gained a lot of trust. Though, she did say something which showed that she still was mildly anxious and worried. "O-Okay, I-I believe you f-for now... J-Just promise me th-they're safe a-and that I can s-see her again." You were prepared to let her meet Oreas, Chrys and Laura again. Though you first wanted to get something else out of her. You told her that if she behaved herself and did not do anything stupid, you'd let her see them. The tone you took did put her off a little bit, but in the end she nodded along in agreement.

You then asked Lars for the tablet again, which he gave right away. You'd show Kamara the subject list on the tablet, before asking her if she knows about any subject not listed on it other than Titania. Kamara looked through the list, remaining quiet and reading through most of the subjects. "Uhhh, I... I don't know. Um, there might be... one subject I've heard of who doesn't seem to be on the list? But also some subjects I don't know about myself." The mention of an unknown subject other than Titania was met with curiosity from your men. "Can you tell us about this unknown subject?"

Kamara would hesitate, before looking away. "Um, I-I don't know much about her, o-other that s-she was made by, I-I think Roraima. Um, s-she's kinda l-like me, b-but darker and very a-aggressive. Umm, t-that's all I know." Well, that was disappointing to say the least. A dark lizard girl who was highly aggressive wasn't exactly much to go off. Still, Titania was known by other scientists, so perhaps this one was also known by others? Given the lack of details, Thaddeus would right away ask her: "Who told ya about this subject, if I may ask?" Kamara didn't hesitate at all, giving a rather short answer. "Cerro told me... He did so a-a long time ago, when discussing, uhhh, b-bad subject t-treatment a-and the awful w-weaponization of s-subjects."
>>
Well, it was obvious that such a subject would be combat or weapons related, especially since it was Roraima's subject. Though any other details about this supposed subject were quite sparse. Still, you could ask Laura about this new mysterious subject, since she'd probably know something about them. But, before you could really do that, you'd need to return to the room where she and the others were hiding.

>Discuss with your men...
On the topic of returning to Laura, Chrys, Oreas, Derek and Lydia, you stopped focusing on Kamara and instead turned to your men again. You'd ask them about how you'd deal with the Diamond Dogs who were nearby. Kamara obviously was scared by the mentioning of them, but was relieved when you said you wanted to avoid them. You rmen didn't seem sure though, and were a bit hesitant answer given how you brought the suggestion up quite suddenly. Though, you then suggested to get some scouts forward to be on the lookout for said Diamond Dogs, before you'd actually bring Kamara back to the other subjects you had under your care.

It seemed like your desire for a scouting mission was rather perplexing to your men, especially after you pointed out Kamara's camouflage which could help out with keeping her hidden. Anon pointed out that Kamara still was injured, and probably still needed some rest. Finally, Thaddeus asked why you even wanted to do such a mission to begin with. Thus, you stated that you also just wanted to be extra careful to avoid further incidents with the Diamond Dogs, your men nodded along as it seemed they understood where your concerns came from.

"Aye, makes sense. We don't wanna get in another fight with 'em." Evander responded, the others nodding along right away. So, the scouting idea seemed to be approved by your men. Though there were still some minor concerns from your men. Mike was the one to bring up the first of these, as he spoke calmly. "If we are sending scouts in, who should we send in? There's just 7 of us now if you don't count Kamara, and having just 2 men look out for the Diamond dogs could prove troublesome, don't you think?"

Afterwards, Alan would ironically bring up the second concern, doing so with a rather simple question. "What about exploring the rest of this place? Weren't we gonna do that?" It was indeed a bit of a conundrum. You could go back to Laura and the others now with Kamara, but didn't you also eventually plan to take Laura and the others here? It would be far safer for them here, given how remote and untouched by death squads it was. Not to mention the fact that it had food. Perhaps it was something worth discussing with your men as well, since they also weren't sure what the plan was. At least sending scouts back was a viable option to you and your men if it was to deal with Idris' Diamond Dogs.
>>
>Something else...
Since you were going to send scouts in sooner or later, you thought you might as well first use the cameras to see if anything interesting had been sighted. Perhaps there was some interesting activity going on which your scouts could be on the lookout for later? Thus, you told your men you wanted to check the cameras, which seemed a bit of an odd timing to them. You told them that it could be a good way to scan around the place before actually sending in any scouts, which they seemed to understand. You soon would use the camera app on the tablet.

Kamara quietly asked: "What are you looking at?" At which point, you'd elaborate that you wanted to look out to see if anything of interest had been spotted. Checking the timeline, you did get notified there had been some movement. Though looking at what was spotted, it seemed to just be the medics and soldiers which came your way and also brought back Zaria to base. No subjects, death squads or other security threats had been spotted. It was simultaneously a relief, and a bit of a concern. After all, it meant the Diamond Dogs could be anywhere in the flooded section. Perhaps they’d return right when you didn’t want them to.

Though, it’d only be a concern if you opted to send out scouts. And like Alan had pointed out, exploring this place was also still very much a viable option. It was why you came here in the first place. And once it was cleared out, it could honestly act as a solid base of operation for those who you had chosen not to kill. If you were able to keep doing the opposite of what the government wanted you to do…

>Continue asking Kamara some questions. She keeps bringing up interesting things which you were dying to know about (Write in…)
>Assign two of your men to scouting duties and send them out. You wanted to get Kamara to the others as soon as possible, so scouting was viable.
>Continue exploring the green section. It was huge, and surely there were more folk in here based on what you had seen here.
>Discuss with your men…
>Something else…

(not gonna lie, I feel like this update was a bit lacklustre in terms of my own writing. Maybe I'm just tired after last night and really self-critical, but I feel like something is very wrong with it. Either way, I just hope it makes sense and that the options provided are good enough. If there are any issues with it though, please let me know.)
>>
>>5893105
>>Continue exploring the green section. It was huge, and surely there were more folk in here based on what you had seen here.

>>Discuss with your men…
Their thoughts on the mission till now or what they think would be a good priority moving forward.

>not gonna lie, I feel like this update was a bit lacklustre in terms of my own writing. Maybe I'm just tired after last night and really self-critical, but I feel like something is very wrong with it. Either way, I just hope it makes sense and that the options provided are good enough. If there are any issues with it though, please let me know.
Take it easy a bit QM, you're doing good. Good rest is important, I rather you don't get sick or suffer of burnt-out.
>>
>>5893105
>Continue asking Kamara some questions. She keeps bringing up interesting things which you were dying to know about (Write in…)
We found the corpse of the guard that got operated on, ask her if she's seen anyone in the area/knows anything about it.
>>5893129
We should have Kamara meet up with them as soon as possible, less for her sake more for ours. I dislike our men being isoalted from us, or us being only a team of 5 when going into a possibily subject rich enviroment.

>Discuss with your men…
Keep things tight and close until the two others confirm Kamara is with the others and can regroup with us. Being down Zaria and being isolated into two groups is not very good, so if we do explore, we should play it safe in case we encounter a subject or whatever the fuck did that to the guard. Once we are back to 7 strong we can go from there.

On another note, I am not exactly in agreement with moving anything to here. The argument of there being food and it being safe is dependent on no squad wandering in here. We can't exactly stop them and if they do come in they will burn the crops and patrol the area. A saferoom locked behind a keycard is arguably safer. if they need food they can get some of it from us or by having Kamara make stealth trips to gather resource rather then having them all there. There is whatever harmed the guard, the other subjects who's locations are unconfirmed etc.

>>5893105
so far so good OP, don't be too hard on yourself, you've done well enough and at the very least you got yourself a few consistent anons to stay.
>>
>>5893105
>Assign two of your men to scouting duties and send them out. You wanted to get Kamara to the others as soon as possible, so scouting was viable.

It's not like it takes too many people to ensure the path back is clear. Plus if something happened to the DD squad we want to see asap while the scene is fresh. Also as said before this place is xbox hueg, I think it was estimated at multiple days to clear the whole area. Kamara's already in a fragile mental state, keeping her isolated that long is sub-optimal.

>the lackluster feeling
Not to nitpick here OP but it feels like everything we do gets a paragraph about how our squad finds it weird that we want to do that, but then we explain and they seem to understand. Happened multiple times this update, but it's also fairly frequent in previous ones.

>>5893148
It would be nice to have some way of securing the entire area, but with how big it is there's a good chance we'll find more lockable rooms while sweeping it.
>>
>>5893168
I also support sending two guys to get Kamara out as soon as possible (in case that wasn't clear in my previous post
>>
>>5893220
Yeah I got that, I was commenting on the reluctance to move them. The security is the only advantage of that last location, and there's always a possibility that another squad will blast through the door. They can requisition special tools like we did with the explosives, or Heroes probably can do it with just their standard loadout.
>>
>Assign two of your men to scouting duties and send them out. You wanted to get Kamara to the others as soon as possible, so scouting was viable.
Given that it wouldn't take too many people to ensure the path back is clear, you felt that just sending two scouts out wouldn't be too difficult. Besides, if something happened to Idris and his men, you wanted to discover that as soon as possible while the scene is fresh. Beside, you felt that Kamara kind of needed some folk to keep her company, because of her rather fragile mental state. Thus, you'd ask if there were any volunteers.

Alan would raise his hand, before stating: "I wanna see if I can find anything fun to kill." Probably not the best course of action, but at least he was someone who wasn't afraid and would do the job well. The second scout would be Artyom, who responded: "I wanna check up on the traps and cameras and see if anything happened to them. Given that a radio subject has hijacked the airwaves already, we cannot rule out that the cameras have also been tampered with. Besides, somebody has to do it."

While it was risky to send out two soldiers on their own, it was probably the safest option to go with. Besides, it would probably not take too long for them. Hell, there was plenty you could do whilst they were away. You could continue exploring some small portions of the green section, or just ask Kamara questions. Thus, you told Alan and Artyom to be most careful and to check up and see if there were any signs of Idris and his men returning to the main base. Artyom and Alan nodded, Artyom even stating: "If we don't encounter anything at all and the place is secure, we will try and tell you through the cameras we've set up. We'll probably head back once we've scouted everything, so if you decide to send Kamara back to join the others, we probably can pick her up somewhere." It was a decent idea from Artyom, though you probably still wanted to accompany Kamara a bit if you did decide to send her away. Regardless, Alan and Artyom soon after headed out together on their lone mission. Now it was just you, Lars, Mike, Thaddeus, Evander and Anon. And of course, Kamara.

>Continue asking Kamara some questions. She keeps bringing up interesting things which you were dying to know about.
Now that Kamara had calmed down substantially, you decided to go in on a more specific question surrounding the guard you found. You mentioned where you had found him and that he got operated on in a rather gruesome manner. Already, you saw Kamara's expression grow horrified as she tensed up yet again. And after describing some of the horrific details about her, you'd ask her if she had seen anyone or knows of anyone who could've done this. And unlike before, she would provide some rather detailed answers. "I-I think I know who's responsible for s-something like that. Ummm, I-I already m-mentioned that E-Elbrus sometimes v-visited me with M-Mona, r-right?"
>>
The fact that Elbrus was mentioned, already made it clear that this was likely going to be very screwed up. Or at the very least, be extremely concerning even to you and your men. "N-Now, I-I might be w-wrong about th-this. I-It even may have b-been a cruel j-jab from E-Elbrus, b-but, uhhh, w-well, he m-mentioned h-how, uhhh, I-I could use... m-more f-f-feminine features, a-and that he kn-knew someone w-who... c-could 'f-fix' m-me through c-cosmetic s-surgery..."

There was a moment of silence, as Anon asked the most obvious question: "Was this someone a subject, by any chance? Or was it just another scientist?" Kamara didn't seem sure, looking away and trying to remember further details. After a few seconds, she spoke reluctantly. "T-The way he t-talked about h-her m-made me think she w-was, yes. B-But, uhhh, I-I don't know. M-Mona asked him to s-stop talking about it, since it m-made me uncomfortable." Mike took a more confrontative tone, clearly being a bit sceptical about this topic.
"And do you think this cosmetic surgeon would be capable of such horrific acts to a guardsman?" Kamara seemed unsure how to answer. Though the next question posed by Evander did reveal something else interesting: "Say, why did Mona even hang out with that creep? We've been told she's quite a nice las. Can ya explain it or somethin'?"

Kamara looked a bit more disappointed, sighing and responding a lot calmer. "Well, Mona was not the most c-confident. Umm, she often was pressured by Elbrus and Roraima to d-do things she didn't want to. L-Like adding features to subjects they felt would be g-good, or giving her pointers as to how she should t-treat subjects. She thankfully d-didn't follow their advice most of the time, but it was still disheartening to see." It seemed that Mona did in fact have some kind of partnership with Elbrus and Roraima. Though if what Kamara said was accurate, then it probably was quite one-sided. Of course, this revelation only made it clearer to your men that Elbrus and Roraima were most likely the main reason why some of the subjects here actually warranted being killed and hunted down.

>Discuss with your men…
Having asked Kamara about whoever caused the horrific sight from before, you turned to your men yet again. You asked them their thoughts on the mission till now, or what they think would be a good priority moving forward. You felt that it'd be important to keep things tight and close until Alan and Artyom confirmed it was safe for Kamara to join the others. Once you were back to 7 strong, you could then go from there. Your men didn't seem to disagree much with the points you had made, and there wasn't any real disagreement in regards to only heading forward once you were leading your group of 7 men again. The question about the mission and what they'd feel would be a good priority did seem to get a few more diverse responses though.
>>
Mike was quick to clear his throat and say: "I do think we should start actually hunting down subjects and..." He paused, looking at Kamara before making gun symbols with his hand. Kamara obviously understood this still, and was a bit anxious with what he suggested. She didn't respond though, leaving your men to give their own opinions on what Mike said. Ironically, most of your men still agreed that you should only go for kills against those who were truly malicious, since they could provide actual beneficial info to you and your men.

Anon also would give some of his own opinion. "I think we should try and hunt down some more dangerous and evil subjects now. If we kill them and show the government that we did our job, we can use that as leverage if we do ever get questioned about our jobs. Maybe Kamara or the others can even tell us about any subjects they know who we could hunt down?" It was something your men did seem to find worthwhile. Though Lars did mention having to be careful not to bite off more than you could chew. After all, Vinella was obviously evil, but wasn't something you were keen to go after just yet.

"I think we ought to create a proper safe zone for subjects and other folk we meet who are clearly harmless. I know we were hired to kill folk down here, but I think it's also clear that the government is fulla shit, ya know." Evander would finally suggest, which was at least something everyone could agree to to a certain degree, even the ever sceptical Mike.

Other than that, it seemed your men so far had full trust in your leadership still, as well as the choices you had made. Even if there was some disagreement and a desire to actually kill something, most of your men felt that your treatment towards subjects and scientists so far had been more than adequate. Perhaps you could follow Anon's suggestion and only try to look after subjects who were clearly evil and worth killing.

>Continue asking Kamara some questions. You were waiting for Artyom and Alan to return now anyway, so you might as well.
>Wait for Alan and Artyom to give a signal through the camera system and then send Kamara off towards them so she could be brought to safety.
>Explore the final section of the first two floors of the green section. By the time you were done exploring them, Alan and Artyom probably were done scouting, and you could send Kamara over to them.
>Just wait here for Alan and Artyom to return. It was better to have them accompany an injured Kamara, than letting her leave on her own.
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
(Feeling a lot better about this update now. Maybe I missed someting, maybe I didn't, I suppose you'll guys let me know. Regardless, thanks for the words of kindness after the previous update. I do think that tomorrow, I'll give myself a minor break and just make one update, if that's okay with you guys. I'll also take a day off on Friday, since I'll have a friend coming over.)

(I should probably mention that I kinda don't wanna slow down too much yet with updates. I have only a month left until my college begins again. So, I wanna keep making plenty of updates before I'll likely have to reduce the number of updates I can make per day due to the lack of time. I got all the time in the world right now, so I wanna keep a good streak going.)
>>
>>5893634
>Wait for Alan and Artyom to give a signal through the camera system and then send Kamara off towards them so she could be brought to safety.

We have time.
Get her out, then proceed with the mission.
Also remind her to hide properly until she meets with them and remain properly hidden from any potential eyes until she's in teh safe room.
>>
>>5893661
While we are waiting, listen to a lil annie macaroni to slip up on livestream so we can cancel her irl.
>>
>>5893663
"Why do scientists and other subjects try to call me out when I call bug girls 'buggoids' or 'cockroaches'? I mean, they call each other that, so why can't I? Besides, I got a friend who's a bug subject who is okay with me calling htem that. So why do other bug subjects have a problem with it when I call them that?"
>>
>>5893634
>Wait for Alan and Artyom to give a signal through the camera system and then escort Kamara to them so she could be brought to safety.
Let's rejoin them asap.

As for future plans, we started out the day wanting to do what Anon suggested, but can't seem to find any of the nasty subjects/scientists. It does seem like a depraved surgeon is in this area though, so hopefully we can clear this place out and find her while doing so, two birds with one stone.
>>
>Wait for Alan and Artyom to give a signal through the camera system and then send Kamara off towards them so she could be brought to safety.
With your men having given their thoughts on the mission, you paused before giving a nod. You'd tell them that you wanted to wait for Alan and Artyom to give a signal before you moved on along with Kamara. Your men didn't oppose the suggestion, though they became far more excited when you said you'd try to go after some actual threats now. "Guess we could search up some dangerous subjects on the tablet now, if we're going to be waiting here." Mike remarked, Lars offering the tablet to him. "Just make sure to check the cameras often. We don't wanna end up missing Alan and Artyom when they give us the signal, given that it'll be one-way communication."

Lars and Mike thus focused on the tablet, leaving you with Anon, Thaddeus and Evander. You soon got seated and grabbed your radio, turning it on to Annie's frequency. You turned up the volume so that the others could listen along as well, which they quickly did. Right now, another pop song would be playing, which your men seemed to relax to. Kamara seemed a bit confused, soon asking: "R-Radio? Y-You guys listen to the radio?" Thaddeus nodded in turn, explaining a bit about this particular radio station and why you were tuning in. Though after his explanation, he'd ask Kamara: "Do ya know anything about Annie, if I may ask?" Unfortunately, Kamara just shook her head, not having the faintest clue about Annie or why she was doing this. Though she seemed to listen just as intrigued as the rest of you and your men.

Annie gave some reports about men in the western section of the facility abandoning their positions after a local structural collapse, followed by playing another song. You'd watch as you saw Kamara starting to move her head to the music a tiny bit. "Ya seem to really enjoy her music, eh?" Evander asked her, to which Kamara nodded. "I've heard this one before over the intercom before the disaster. They had a radio system in place in some sections which played music. Some scientists and subjects hated it from what I've been told, but, uhhh, I enjoyed it quite a bit."

Kamara even started humming along with the song not long after it started. And seeing the 8 foot tall green lizard subject starting to enjoy herself was honestly a sight you could tell some of your men were enjoying. It also made you realise that, for a person who had been shot in the chest, Kamara sure as hell didn't seem like she was suffering a lot. Or well, physically speaking anyway. You weren't the only one to notice Kamara's state, as Thaddeus soon asked her if she was feeling better despite her gunshot wound. "It still hurts a bit, but it's getting better. I've been programmed with pretty decent regenerative abilities. Not to mention, all the food here which helps me regenerate even more!"
>>
For quite some time, you'd just listen to Annie and her music, while Lars and Mike looked at subjects and the camera system. Though, you'd soon hear some news which could be of some interest to you. "You're listening to VRCMG Radio with Annie Marconi, your best source of classified information your government does not want you to hear about!" Our next news item covers the rarely-discussed 'flooded section', and a group of brilliant and honourable soldiers who have valiantly fled the flooded section after realising that flamethrowers do not work well against subjects who reside underwater." With the mention of flamethrowers, it already seemed like this could very well be about Idris and his men.
Thus, your men immediately started listening more closely.

"These heroic individuals, who's main accomplishments include terrorizing innocent lives, teamkilling and even stealing equipment from other squads, thought they would have an easy fight after encountering a rather simple and 'quirky' subject. These soldiers proceeded to then lose two of their men in the abyss that is the flooded section, delivering a decisive blow to their moral and to their ego. I hereby wish to send my condolences to these men, as well as a heartfelt wish for their broken ego to recover swiftly so they can continue their valiant efforts! Now, in the spirit of this news, our next song shall be 'Cuttlefish Garden' by 'the Cicadas'!" You heard the silly little pop song playing soon after, clearly meant to mock the men who had been gravely defeated in the flooded section. And all the while, your men looked in horror at each other.

"Do you guys think she's talkin' about Idris and his men?" Anon would ask softly, followed by Thaddeus calmly stating: "Could've been a different group of soldiers. She didn't specify which squad they belonged to, so maybe she's just trying to trick people to go in that location?" Obviously, this started a little discussion, most of your men seriously considering the possibility that this had been Idris and his men. Though it really was just speculation based on the fact that these men had flamethrowers. While Idris and his men had shot at you, they hadn’t exactly teamkilled, let alone tried stealing your gear.

Though, the major concern here wasn't that it could be them, but rather the fact that they found a subject which had defeated them. If it was Idris and his men who were defeated, then it meant that they probably got into a skirmish relatively nearby to the area you were in. In other words, whoever defeated them was close to you and could easily reach you. Unless if they were limited to the flooded facility of course. One thing which Lars decided was that he'd try and compile a list of subjects in the flooded facility, and to see what they'd be weak to in case you did encounter them out here. Then again, this news did give you the opportunity to maybe consider going down into the flooded section to try and hunt down the subject who did this.
>>
Before you could discuss the topic further though, Lars informed you that Alan and Artyom had reached the final camera all the way back near the collapsed hallway. They had given you the clear to head back, you telling Kamara that it was time to move. She seemed mildly reluctant, but you reassured her that you’d join her on the way back to quickly explore the last parts of the first floor. You also told Kamara to try and keep a low profile through her camouflage, which she quickly nodded to. The only issue regarding her camouflage was that the bandage around her bullet wound. It wasn’t too large, but could potentially give her away if anyone got close. Still, you felt sure that things would be fine. If Artyom and Alan’s scouting mission had gone well, then it meant you wouldn’t be likely to encounter anyone who could cause you trouble for co-operating with Kamara. Still, you’d join her regardless, wanting to explore the final sections of the first few floors of the green section.

After leaving the room, you’d quickly make your way back to the floor above you, following the same path you had strayed from after the fight with Kamara. It would be quite a lengthy walk still, and you’d not see much other than more abandoned chambers for growing crops. You still were careful, Kamara also sticking close to you while taking a more grey-ish white colouration. She even changed her shape a little, smoothing out her features and reducing her outline. Her camouflage abilities were quite mesmerizing to watch, especially from up close.

It quickly caught the interest of Anon, who decided to ask Kamara some minor questions. “Say, Kamara, how does your camouflage even work, if I may ask?” Kamara was somewhat surprised, but calmly answered the question in great detail. “Well, from what I’ve been told, my cells are really flexible and nanites can regulate their pigments, texture and even the shape!” Your men were quietly impressed, Mike even asking where all the necessary coding for such cell parts even came from. “Uhhh, Cerro told me he used Chameleon for most the colour changing abilities, but also bits of octopus DNA and even some beetle DNA!” The latter really seemed quite confusing to your men. Though Kamara quickly told them that it was responsible for allowing her to change her body temperature more easily, allowing her to hide from thermal cameras with ease. It made sense enough to your men. Though it was a bit strange to think that she was technically part insect. Then again, it seemed that most subjects had all kinds of DNA in them from the varying animal kingdoms in them.
>>
After walking for quite some time though, you’d reach the South-western part of the green facility. You already saw Alan and Artyom in the distance near the entrance you came from, them also noticing you. And after walking for a decent amount of time, you’d thankfully be regrouped again. “Alan, Artyom, did ya guys see anything noteworthy?” Thaddeus asked right away, to which they shook their heads. They’d also ask you if you had spotted anything of note, to which Evander explained that the western part of the green section had been a lot of the same. “Makes sense. Maybe we’ll find more on the upper floors.” Artyom remarked, before looking at you. In fact, all your men looked at you, waiting to hear what the plan was. Kamara also waited a bit worriedly. Perhaps she was afraid to leave this section, given Idris and his men had hunted her down in the very section you’d bring her towards.

>Send Kamara away along with two of your scouts again. Once she has been brought to Laura and the others and the two returned again, you’d be able to continue exploring the green section further. (Assign the scouts…)
>Join Kamara on the way back as a whole group. It’d take a lot of time to travel back and forth, but separating now wouldn’t be in your interest. Besides, maybe you could check out the flooded facility you had seen Idris go down into.
>Send Kamara away on her own with info on where Laura and the others were. She clearly trusted you to the point that she wouldn’t just use this chance to escape. Besides, you had this place left to explore.
>Discuss with your men…
>Something else…
>>
>>5894509
>>Send Kamara away along with two of your scouts again. Once she has been brought to Laura and the others and the two returned again, you’d be able to continue exploring the green section further.

>Discuss with your men…
Tell our scouts about what we heard on the radio about the team in the flooded sector. Also for shits and giggles if Annie is keeping a watch on everyone ponder with our teammates if we reach the flooded section any musical requests to shot at her, my vote is heavy metal.
>>
>>5894509
>Send Kamara away along with two of your scouts again. Once she has been brought to Laura and the others and the two returned again, you’d be able to continue exploring the green section further. (Assign the scouts…)

>Discuss with your men…
Rip DD's, we were right about not going to the flooded zone and encountering a subject in a sewer somewhere. Fuck the flooded zone we can pick our battles where we have the advantage.

>>5894543
Anon...How could you attempt solicating with a subjet like that? baka.
>>
>>5894543
Supporting

>>5894604
She's in the walls. She's in the goddamn walls, anon!

She fucks around with electronics and we have a radio tuned directly to her station. Plus, she seems to know what's going on in chunks of the facility given what happened to that diamond dog squad we played as temporarily. If that death squad that just ate shit is the other DD squad we met up with earlier, she can probably hear us or at least see us.

It's worth a try anyway. It can maybe tell us she can see what we are doing if she actually accepts our request.
>>
>>5894509
>Join Kamara on the way back as a whole group. It’d take a lot of time to travel back and forth, but separating now wouldn’t be in your interest. Besides, maybe you could check out the flooded facility you had seen Idris go down into.

Also yeah share the Annie news

>>5894543
light metal

>>5894604
if only more of them had died :(
they'll probably be mad at us now
>>
>Discuss with your men…
With all the eyes on you again, you thought of what you'd do next. The first thing you'd do though, would be to tell Alan and Artyom about what you had heard about the Diamond Dogs in the flooded sector. Alan hardly seemed bothered by the news, even responding in quiet satisfaction: "Good. Hope they all ate shit." Artyom nodded along a bit, clearly feeling a similar satisfaction in knowing that the Diamond Dogs were dead. However, you also stated your concerns about the news. For one, you weren't sure if it were even Idris and his men or not. And if it was them, not all of them had died, which meant that they may just get pissed off at you and your men for letting them go down there.

Honestly, your men didn't seem too worried still, Artyom arguing that they'd probably be out of the picture for a while if they had suffered such damages. They did seem concerned about the potential dangers of the flooded facility and the subjects it held. Hell, those dangers were now directly confirmed to you. However, your men also argued that you wouldn't have to worry too much. You weren't going to head into the flooded facility anytime soon anyway, given your current mission. Still. The potential of a subject from there somehow taking to land and coming after you was there, even if it was somewhat unlikely.

Afterwards though, you'd mention your other concern: Annie knew of the men who were injured in the flooded facility, and you feared she also knew of you because she was listening on on you. This concern was actually taken a bit more seriously by your men. Though you had a simple idea to maybe test this out: You wanted to try giving Annie song requests. It seemed like an odd suggestion, though you argued that she might just take them and prove she was listening in. Honestly, there really wasn't any harm in trying it.

At best, she'd ignore you and you wouldn't really be sure. At worst, she'd directly prove to you she was listening in, and that she knew you were working with subjects. "So, do we just try and... state what sorta music we wanna hear in our comms devices?" Mike would say a bit confusedly, you nodding as your men all looked at each other in confusion. There clearly was some reluctance from your men, though they soon gave their suggestions in a way where their comms devices would hopefully pick it up.

Mike would hesitantly ask for some country music, while Thaddeus and Evander both wanted folk songs to be played. Lars would state he wouldn't mind some art rock and ambient music, while Anon showed interest in more peaceful classical or orchestral music. Alan said he liked the rock which Annie already played, and didn't wanna see it get changed too much. Artyom reluctantly stated he liked some mild hardbass, but was fine just continuing with generic pop and rock if it wasn't something others wanted to listen to. And lastly, you said you were fine with any type of metal music, with a mild preference for heavy metal.
>>
>Send Kamara away along with two of your scouts again. Once she has been brought to Laura and the others and the two returned again, you’d be able to continue exploring the green section further.
Having stated your musical desires in the hopes that Annie would listen, you'd decide to move on from that topic. You moved onto the real reason you got to this part of the facility: wanting to send Kamara away along with Alan and Artyom. You told her the plan and that she'd be safe with Laura, Oreas, Chrys and two of your men, which she seemed more than happy with. Thus, you'd head back to the entrance to the green section where you came from. You told Artyom and Alan that you'd wait for them here at the entrance, them nodding before you wished them good luck on this scouting mission. It was a bit annoying that Alan and Artyom would have to repeat what they had done already, but they'd be back far sooner than before. Besides, you and your men could wait here and remain on guard in the green section, hopefully spotting some dangerous subjects...

After Artyom and Alan left, you and the rest of your men would wait in the reception area. Thaddeus and Evander got seated, while Mike and Anon explored the area a little bit. Lars was still busy compiling a list of subjects in the flooded section. And of course, you would listen to Annie on the radio, her having already moved onto other songs and news regarding other death squads. There was news of death squads being gunned down in the southern parts of the facility, as well as news about a group of scientists creating a blast in the south-eastern quadrant. Though there was no further news about the Diamond Dogs who had been injured in the flooded section unfortunately. However, things did become interesting ten or so minutes later as the music wound down and Annie spoke up again, delivering quite the bombshell of an announcement...
>>
“This is VRCMG Radio with Annie Marconi, that ray of sunlight here to make your world just that little bit darker! Hopefully you were all able to enjoy our previous song, fore I have some very special news regarding your favourite station. As you all may already be aware of, I've been running this station for a quite a few days at this point. Now, none of you death squad boneheads probably know this but originally this was meant for survivors! Kind of ironic that it's now used to bring you morale destroying news and music to console your fragile little hearts. Yet, I think it's time we have a bit of a change for the better to the station and accept requests from you, given that I have heard some complaints from some of you people regarding my tastes in music. Only the best radio stations accept suggestions from their true fans after all! Unless if your suggestions are terrible, I will now try my best to take some of your song requests. Maybe this will last for a few hours before I regret doing it, or perhaps it shall become part of my regularly scheduled routine. I’m not all too sure just yet. Kill squads have unique requests after all, including this first request I’ve opted to go with which, while not to my taste, I think is quite fitting given what you all are doing."

As Annie finished up her little talk, you heard the radio starting to play metal. Immediately, your men all stopped with what they were doing and listened to the radio as well. It seemed that Annie had indeed taken up your request for some metal music to be played, Even though you weren’t in the flooded facility, or doing anything truly death-squad related. Despite the music which was now playing, there was a deafening silence as your men started becoming nervous. Was Annie perhaps playing this music just to you, or was this across the entire facility? Was this proof that the radios were completely unsafe to use? Or was this just a confirmation of a suspicion you already had, which you already were more than fine living with?

>Write in how you respond and what you’ll tell your men. They clearly weren’t sure what to think about this.

Suggestions:
>Turn off the radio for now, just to be sure that she doesn’t listen in even more to you or your men.
>Keep listening, perhaps there was some sort of clue she’d drop when she played the next request?
>Try and converse directly with her again. Perhaps she was trying to send a message of some kind to you specifically to which you had to respond?

(This will be my only update for today. Tomorrow, I'll also not make any updates since I'll be busy with IRL things. I'll maybe join some conversations in the thread or answer any questions you guys have if I get the time. I'll try and be back in the weekend with some more updates though, so do look out for that. Either way, hope this update is a good one.)
>>
>>5895153
>Keep listening, perhaps there was some sort of clue she’d drop when she played the next request?
>Write in how you respond and what you’ll tell your men. They clearly weren’t sure what to think about this.
We all knew this was a possibility, that's why we discussed some things with helmets off. Remember, listen only if you know why we are doing so, if it gets to your head tap out.
>>
>>5895153
>"She listened to my request but not yours, get wrecked losers."

Also this is handy as fuck

>Try and converse directly with her again. Perhaps she was trying to send a message of some kind to you specifically to which you had to respond?
Let's help her out a little. Any nearby subjects in urgent need of rescue or fucked up surgeons that need to be put down? Rerun the same song twice to confirm. Play country if they're on a higher level than us, folk if lower, classical if we're on the right level. Once we hear a classical, she can do metal for north, pop for east, rock for south, and alternative for west. Please don't guide us into Vinella thanks.

Actually hold up, how can she hear us? Is it some weird monstergirl power or are there microphones in our radio? Can the government listen in? Disassemble that thing ASAP!
>>
>>5895222
We should not converse with her. We have no way of knowing if the government is also able to tap onto it, and we shouldn't go for direct contact yet. If she wanted to speak with us directly she would have had the means. We already have a game plan and shouldn't be relying on a subject who we have no handle on. That's a risk and a mistake to assume the subject has any reason, regardless of our actions thus far, to assist us in any way.
>>
>>5895228
>We have no way of knowing if the government is also able to tap onto it
That's why I want to disassemble it.
All of the government provided gear while we're at it.
Let's find out.
>>
>>5895230
My point was in regards to conversing with her. But on the topic of comms, I believe any radio we have on us is more likely to have software listening in on us rather then hardware. Unless of course it was sources from lodger itself. In which case that may be a work around.
>>
>>5895222
She was able to mess with electronics that have an online connection or active receiver. Chances are she's viewing and listening to us through our helmet coms, our camera's, camera's the facility itself has, and our radios.

Also anyone else find it weird she called us Kill squads instead of death squads? I don't think anyone but a few anons used that term before. Perhaps it's a part of a code?

>>5895153
You've been doing this for a while with a lot of regularity, QM. You deserve a short break at the very least.
>>
>>5895153
>>Write in how you respond and what you’ll tell your men. They clearly weren’t sure what to think about this.
Well shit, this is some really scary news. Not only because she's watching us but also she's apparently watching US specifically. Might be paranoia hitting but, she gave the news of a team getting fucked which is the direction which we gave DD and she took our music suggestion of all our team just now when we were discussing.... That mean's she's probably aware of our "storage".

>>Keep listening, perhaps there was some sort of clue she’d drop when she played the next request?
For now keep it on, let's avoid further contact we might need to think of alternatives since Radio's seem useless...

>Try and converse directly with her again. Perhaps she was trying to send a message of some kind to you specifically to which you had to respond?
Let's try to confirm my worst fear.... on a special way of course. Ask Annie if she's aware of our "special storage" play Country for No, Metal for Yes.
>>
>>5895222
Anon I'm against that. We know nothing about this broad, she's a level 10 threat and she's pretty close to the degenerate squad. I rather just keep at minimal and confirm whetever or not she got dirty on us than become buddy-buddy with a possible psycho who seem pretty content in watching people getting fucked.

>>5895153
Ok QM, question for ya, score wise which team has the most kills for now? Don't think Lodger is the best since we're most logistics but till now the list counts only got one dead scientist and two dead subject, so I'm curious who's doing the most work.
>>
>>5895287
It depends on what you define as 'work' in the ruins. I think every squad has so far done quite a decent amount of general tasks. Blackstar has explored large chunks which most folk somewhat ignore. Lodger has helped in setting up safe zones, as well as exploring the place in a similar vein to Blackstar. Heathen has limited subject movement by a ton through traps and control points. Diamond Dogs has so far encountered and forced a lot of potential threats out of hiding. And Heroes have so far been busy tracking down some of the higher threat level subjects.

In terms of kills though, you have to remember that guardsmen, lower level scientists and general staff also still exist. They are far more numerous though, so they're the bulk of all kills really.

If you just wanna focus on raw kills then, I imagine that Blackstar and DD have put in most of the work neutralizing enemy forces. DD has more kills, but also has suffered greater losses than Blackstar. Not to mention, DD having spent far more resources than Blackstar has. Lodger is somewhere in the middle, while Heathen and Heroes are surprisingly low when it comes to kill counts. Heroes might have only just killed a few guardsmen who tried fighting them.
>>
>>5895272
>>5895287
We expected it, its the whole reason we told our squad to pay attention to her to see if we can find shit out about it with our helmet/comms off, because there was the possibility we were being listened too.
She is watching every squad too, I don't think she is limited to just us. She knows everyone's kills and how they went down. Or at least most of em (if we assume she isn't lying). I think the moment we didn't kill Chrys she would've known and gave us a bit more extra attention. Especially since we were in talks for a while now with other subjects. We are likely on her list of interests, but far from the only squad or the only one she watches. At the very least we can assume one thing, she has decided to take our suggestion and change the music. That is all. SHe is 100% aware of what we've been doing thus far the same way she's aware of other squads dying or killing.

On that note I don't believe the government IS listening in on us, I just wanted to mention the possibility of it. If they were we would've been found out a lot earlier for having 3 subjects under us. I doubt its within their means to tap into our comms since we are a bunc hof different death squad mercs and are likely bringing our own gear. The government here can only spy on us through the tablets if anything. So we just gotta be wary of that. I would not dissassemble it and risk breaking it tho bc again any spyware will be software based in nature. We may just want to assume they can log information through it.

So far its 2 to 1 for conversing with the subject. If anyone else wants to join the no gang we can still comeback.
>>
>>5895252
>I believe any radio we have on us is more likely to have software listening in on us rather then hardware
You need both though? Hardware to pick up the sound and software to process it. No amount of code is going to conjure a microphone into existence to pick up sound waves.

Conversing with Annie is risky, but we can't live without risk, and the payoff could be phenomenal.

>>5895259
Death squads have bad blood with the gov so anything sourced by Lodger, which should be most of our stuff if not all, should be safe and also a matter of it's way too late to do anything about it at this point. Just don't remember if the gov gave us the radio and figure now's a good time to confirm they're not monitoring us that close. Don't think they are but better safe than sorry.

OP does deserve a break for sure. Very consistent with the content delivery which is great.

>>5895272
You say worst fear, but us helping other subjects is why I think Annie will help us out rather than send us to our doom.

>>5895287
I know it's a risk, but a huge problem is how it's impossible for our lone squad to get coverage on this monster sized facility. What handier solution than a super hacker who has access to all cameras and microphones in the facility?

>>5895317
Good to know, thanks. Unrelated, you follow any other quests, or you just run this here and that's it?
>>
>>5895324
The hardware would already be there, how else is a radio supposed to hear you speak. The output is also there, that's how others hear us, who taps in and stuff like that would be software related.
>>
>>5895324
I mentioned this before in the first thread, but I lurk the Air Wing Commander quest. My friend who told me to start running a quest here runs it and it is quite fun to read through. Especially since he uses some of my OC's in it for pilots, which is fun to see until they inevitably crash behind enemy lines. Somebody, please save Levia..

Other than that, I sadly don't follow any other quests. I probably should start doing such, since there are bound to be some which I'd probably enjoy participating in, but I dunno. It can be somewhat hard for me to get into something when it isn't fresh.
>>
>>5895336
>how else is a radio supposed to hear you speak
In my experience a radio isn't supposed to hear you speak. They are devices that receive radio waves and convert them to sound, anything that allows them to receive sound would be extra functionality outside the scope of a radio. It's why that scene in the early part of The Truman Show where Truman talked to the radio and the announcer talked back was a hint that things weren't as they seemed, because the radio wasn't supposed to be able to hear him, let alone transmit his words back to the announcer. Even in the newest cars that can take voice commands, the microphone that picks those up isn't part of the radio but a control system that can operate the radio.

It is possible that I'm old and out of touch though. Perhaps all radios in the space colonization age are smart radios with embedded AI who can be voice operated. Haven't gotten that impression from the quest so far but it would fit the tech level.

>>5895338
I might need to start following AWCQ then.
If you're looking for quests to follow, Path of the Exorcist is top tier and criminally underrated.
>>
>>5895153
>>5895272
You know what I changed mind. I rather not make contact with her. Best just to assume the worse and she's aware of our doings than risk whatever trouble we could get if we made direct contact.
>>
>>5895356
Anon I believe they are more like hand radios (like walkie talkies) rather then just us literally carrying a radio system. The difference is them being in our comms system as a whole.
>>
>>5895287
I think she's nice. If what she said is true, the radio was originally to help the people who survived whatever made this place the ruin it is now. And, you have to keep in mind, the entire reason we are here is because we were contracted to kill her, her friends, her creator, everyone she knows, and everyone she doesn't who worked here. So, from her point of view leading a few of the worst death squad soldiers their deaths is understandable.

>>5895322
I think I decoded the secret message she left for us. If I did and it's not a weird coincidence, I agree with your statement of her being interested about us and knowing we are sparing subjects.

>>5895324
I also agree with your statement on Annie likely helping rather than hindering us.

>>5895356
I think we are listening to her on a two way radio. Perhaps she has something that is making it so it's always transmitting to her as well? Or it could just be the helmet cams and those coms. Maybe the QM can tell us what kind of radio we are using to listen to her.
>>
>>5895356
>I might need to start following AWCQ then
AWCQ is definitely a different beast from this quest, being far slower and more based around logistics. If you like that sort of stuff or wargames, I think you can enjoy it. The written updates and effort he puts into the map are honestly incredible, and really pleasant to look through and read.

Just remember that the technology in that quest is limited to adorable little biplanes, rather than vastly cooler and superior jet fighters. Also, don't let him know I said this.

Also, I love the discussion going on about Annie and how much you guys are willing to trust her. Though I probably should specify again how the radios work in the next update. I do recall describing them in the previous thread, but maybe my description was kinda flawed back then or buried between a bunch of other information.
>>
>>5895153
I think I have a possible lead
first letter of every sentence
>>5895153
"THANKYOUMIK" -> Thank you mik (abbrevation of our full name)
>>5894505
YOTTIN? (no clue, likely nothing or a reference to another squad/target)
>>5888180
YIIBA?

Note that the main reason for this is the that in the earlier entries (the two mentioned the first, they are very much nonsensical, the one that was tailored as a response to us is very much more specific. Could have been entirely random, could have been on purpose.

Anyway on a completely other note.
>>5895393
OP, the only subjects I trust are those we have gathered through gunboat diplomacy. Strangers on the internet aren't friends until we dox them IRL and appear at their location.
>>5895383
She is likely helping us, but outright direct communication for either of us may be difficult/a risk for either side, nor should we ever allow ourselves to be dependent to third party sources, and finally we told our squad not to let her get into our heads, this plays against all of our prior advice of playing it safe and analytically. We have a gameplan, throwing that away and moving at the whims of the voice on the radio are not good optics regardless of her intentions.
>>
>>5894604
also bc my ID changed, I am this anon just so its known.
>>
>>5895409
Yep, same code I spotted. If YIIBA is a code though it, BA would probably mean Bad Actor, YI could be referring to some subject we don't know about and I as is. YOTTIN could be her talking to a squad or another subject maybe? I don't entirely know what it could be. For all I know this could be jumping at shadows. I do think we should keep a close eye on what she says from now on though given she might actually be slipping in codes like that to the survivors who listen in to her.
>>
>>5895380
It's always been mentioned separately from our comms units, so I figured that while those were short range and two way the radio is a literal radio, handed out in case the gov needed to broadcast orders/info to all operatives at once across the entire facility. Hopefully OP can clarify.

>>5895409
This was a really nice catch. Hopefully more people will be in favor of responding now. Even if it's just a "you're welcome" to let her know we understand.

I think it's a bit harsh to only trust people we've held at gunpoint. Low risk but also low reward, we'll end up losing out on potential alliances that way. We're like 1/280th of the mercs total numbers alone, we can't afford to be that picky.
>>
>>5895611
no, in fact after decoding that message I am even MORE resolute in not trusting that subject. Obviously she is trying to trick us through trust (how evil).

The real reasons are the ones I stated above,
>>5895409
as a matter of principle I'm following them regardless because the points still stand.
>>
>>5895704

I think we should respond, if only to get confirmation she knows we've been sparing subjects and staff. Then discuss things with our men. We should hold off trying to get her as an ally for now given she's a threat level 10 and the government will very much want her dead no matter what, along with the fact I doubt she'd want to bring us directly to her just yet, especially in code that might be picked up by the government. Honestly I'd more so trust an ally of her to come to us directly if she wants to speak with us.

Still, if she is just manipulating us, it's certainly worked on me as I do trust her. But for the sake of appearances we should just acknowledge it and move on. I am curios though how she's able to be on the air for so long. Maybe she sealed herself in a room with equipment for all of this and a few tons of whatever she feeds on?
>>
>>5895729
The thank you mik was confirmation enough, but I think it was obvious that she knew we were sparing way in advance, if anything then from the facilities cameras. It seems overly redundant to confirm something that isn't that hard to find out when you have access to every electronic in the facility. If she can give you live feedback of squads dying she can tell who's being spared. at the very least I thought it was basically a given.
I agree that we should just acknoledge it and move on. I also agree that she is likely in one single locked in location. Where that is is likely deep in the facility, likely a safezone if not the main security hq of the facility perhaps. We may or may not find out as we explore as we intend.
>>
>>5895741
Look I just wanted an excuse to say you are welcome to the funny radio subject.
>>
>>5895798
oh you just wanted to leave her a message?
silly anon you could have just said that. after all thats...

>Write in how you respond and what you’ll tell your men. They clearly weren’t sure what to think about this.
"Now everyone relax. Our situation hasn't changed. Perhaps our circumstances are a bit more obvious now though. Right now we need to keep our head in the game and follow the game plan. Our agenda for now is to meet up with the others after they are done. Better off together than we are divided. Letting anything mess with our heads is not good and if that's the case for some of you then feel free to tune out. Everyone else should remember to keep their wits about them. Me included."
>>
>>5895835
I’d like to leave a message that conveys more of a willingness to cooperate
>>
>>5896349
which brings me back to
>>5895409
I think its 1-3 for choosing to converse with the subject verse not atm?
Cause its me and
>>5895729
>>5895370
for just showing we get it and moving by.
>>
>Write in how you respond and what you’ll tell your men. They clearly weren’t sure what to think about this.
The moment the metal music started playing based on a 'request', things became far more tense for you and your men. The only noise which you heard was from the medium-sized radio which you had placed down. Your men looked unsure what to even say or do, as it was now pretty safe to say that Annie was listening in. However, something you immediately noticed was how oddly she spoke. Instead of starting with her usual intro of 'You're listening to VRCMG Radio with Annie Marconi', she started her announcement in a different way. You also noticed there was something off about the way she spoke. It seemed like something was wrong. Though whatever was wrong, you had to figure it out later as your men clearly became more and more tense from what had been said.

While this was some really scary news, you knew you had to stay calm and not grow paranoid from this. Yes, she gave the news of a team getting absolutely destroyed in the very direction which you gave Idris. Yes, she took your music suggestion of all your team members right after. Both of these things certainly didn't help to ease your concerns. However, you knew you couldn't let this get to you or your men. So, you told everyone relax and that your situation hadn't changed and that you still intended to follow the plan you had set up. Your circumstances might be a bit more obvious now though, but your agenda for now would remain the same: meet up with the Alan and Artyom after they are done. Letting Annie mess with your heads was not something you wanted to cause further paranoia among your men, so you told the others that they could just explore the nearby area if they didn't want to hear anything.

>Keep listening, perhaps there was some sort of clue she’d drop when she played the next request?
Your men looked at each other, before Thaddeus seemingly spoke for all of them. "Aye, we're not gonna let this get to us. Maybe if we continue listening, we'll see if this is all just a big coincidence or not." You and your men were obviously leaning towards Annie knowing. However, it was still too early to say with 100% certainty. Besides, keeping calm and not getting paranoid now was quite important, so you and the rest of your men opted to just let it be and continue listening. At least the song she played was quite nice to you, though you could tell your men weren't all exactly into it. You even teased them in turn, saying that she listened to your request but not theirs. Most of your men could take the joke, though Mike was clearly not all that happy with the remark.

After the song finished though, Annie once again spoke up. This time though, she went back to her regular introduction to the surprise of some of your men. And while the previous few messages had potentially been aimed at you, this next one was most certainly aimed at somebody else.
>>
"You're listening to VRCMG Radio with Annie Marconi, your second best source of disinformation behind the government you work for! I am glad to say that our first request was received quite positively by many of you! However, there are some who clearly weren't all too pleased with my services and choice of song. In fact, a certain sergeant Millers from Heathens recently made some very interesting remarks to their fellow squamates while their radio was on. He claimed that the music choice was 'rather idiotic' and that I am most foolish to so openly announce that it is me who is doing this to your communication equipment. So, to sergeant Millers, I would like to remind you that your employers already have files about me online, despite my continuous editing of said files. I would also like to take this moment to remind you that they have all of you on file now as well, in case you plan on doing anything they wouldn't want you to do. I just hope you boys have prepared a fake identity for after all of this! Now, with that out of the way, here is some delightful Prog Rock to hopefully make you think deeply about the many crimes you are committing here today!"

Soon after, a more quiet rock song started playing, where the vocalist sang about some random crap about his past and his crimes. It wasn't exactly like anything you or your men had suggested. Though given what had been said, there still was some interest from your men. "Don't you guys find it weird that the previous announcement, which seemed to be directed towards us... started out differently than her usual messages?" Mike would say, you and the others nodding along.

Anon even suggested that Annie's previous message sounded a bit off. Lars afterwards suggested to try and see if the live radio station could be rewound. Fortunately, while the government-provided radio was clearly not the most secure thing, it did have some buttons on it with which you could rewind to previous sections. And shortly after, you and your men would try to analyse everything which had been said. Lars even typed out her message onto the tablet to see if there was anything odd.

After everything had been noted down and the audio had been thoroughly checked, you did find a more direct message hidden within: 'THANKYOUMIK'. This was the confirmation you needed that her previous message had most definitely been directed towards you, though it didn't exactly come as a shock. However, it did tell you one thing: Annie seemed to be thanking you for something. You weren't entirely sure, but given her knowledge on everything, you believed her to be thanking you for sparing some subjects. Your men also seemed to accept that theory, which left you with one serious question...
>>
You asked your men if they wanted to directly contact her, or if you wanted to all keep quiet for the time being. This was a far more contentious decision, though you eventually decided to skip out on that. She already had shown she could listen in on you and your men through the radio or comms devices, and directly talking to her was something of a Pandora's box situation. You wouldn't know what the consequences would be of contacting her, or if this was all just a huge ploy on her part. Besides, you still felt that focusing on your normal mission was the best course of action. Clear out this area, maybe set up camp somewhere here, and see if there was anyone else here. Given the lamp which had almost fallen on you, there was a good chance that someone was still in here on the higher floors.

Thus, you waited for Alan and Artyom whilst listening to the radio. It thankfully didn’t take long for them to return at all, coming a few minutes after you had found the secret message Annie had left for you. They quickly informed you that Laura and Oreas were very happy that Kamara joined them. More importantly, they told you that Derek’s and Lydia’s progress on the trackers was actually getting somewhere now, which was reassuring to say the least, as you’d probably need three of the damn things at this point.

Regardless, it was time to get back to exploring the place. Unless if you decided there were more pressing matters…
>Turn off the radio and continue exploring. It was for the best you didn’t get distracted with Annie again. Not to mention, muting her loud music so you wouldn’t make it obvious where you were.
>Keep listening to the radio and continue exploring. Maybe Annie would try and slip in some more interesting information which you could use?
>Go directly to the floors all the way upstairs. The lower floors clearly weren’t of interest, and any and all threats would probably be there.
>Try and tell Annie something. Maybe a small message to let her know you understood her secret message.
>Discuss with your men…
>Something else…

(We're back baby. Not sure if I'll get 2 more updates out today, but I'll try my damndest! I hope this update is satisfying and makes some sense after the huge discussion over the past two days.)
>>
>>5897317
>Turn off the radio and continue exploring. It was for the best you didn’t get distracted with Annie again. Not to mention, muting her loud music so you wouldn’t make it obvious where you were.
While the radio is neat, not so much when there are subjects who might be able to find us through it, ruins any chance of catching them off guard.
Assuming we spoke to our comrades the same way it was written here
>>5895835
then we kinda already left her a message.
That said we really do need to bag a kill at some point to improve our standing with the government. I think we are slightly in the negative with them, a kill would improve our standing and make things less difficult when we go to grab the contract.
>>
>>5897317
>Keep listening to the radio and continue exploring. Maybe Annie would try and slip in some more interesting information which you could use?
No point in turning down help/free information.

>>5897367
It's possible that, given the amount of surveillance she's keeping up with constantly, she doesn't have the bandwidth to decode the same way we did. She also needs to speak in code because she can only broadcast a signal that everyone can pick up, but she should be the only one monitoring us now so a plain "No problem" or more preferably "You're welcome" should be fine.
>>
>>5897670
Supporting. We need to keep an ear out for this stuff. So long as we keep the audio low it can't be that much of a warning to them. Besides, the guards of this place probably listen to her too given she's basically their propaganda mouthpiece.

>>5897367
I agree we do need to kill a subject at some point. Ideally a murderous one. I just hope it doesn't become a Kamara case where a subject is backed in a corner or otherwise thinks we are going to kill them and choses fight instead of flight just to survive or try and protect someone else rather than because they are psychotic and evil. Though I believe so far we have been quite lucky with finding 'good' subjects.
>>
>>5897731
Yeah, really hoping we can get that surgeon soon for some good cred.
>>
>>5897670
I'd say its because she can do so much that I think she can handle it. If she as a subject can handle observing everyone else's actions and the words they say all at the same time,then I think its more probable that she can decrpyt a message given in the same way that it was sent out rather then not. But that's just my bet.
>>5897731
yeah, 7 of us vs 1 insane rat or some shit that we can bag the kill for. Would also maybe allow us to place the blame for the injury on said given subject to clean up loose trails.
>>
>Keep listening to the radio and continue exploring. Maybe Annie would try and slip in some more interesting information which you could use?
With everyone together now and everything sorted out, you would quickly tell your men it was time to get going. You wanted to explore the second floor of the facility, and hopefully discover some useful things there. All the while, you'd make sure the radio was still turned on. Maybe, just maybe she'd provide some more helpful and free information. While some of your men weren't sure if it'd be a good idea, given that there were clearly subjects hiding around here, you told them that you'd keep the volume low. Perhaps guards would also use this for information, so it was for the best to at least tap into the same source of intel.

Thus, you'd head forward, taking the first set of stairs upwards towards the second floor. You'd once again go anti-clockwise, heading eastwards while listening to some more of Annie and her music. At least the music choices were nice, even if it was a bit too on the nose with the prog rock. Regardless, you found that the second floor contained more of the same stuff like before. It seemed that this section was more focused on vegetables though, which was definitely something of a change of pace. Most of the vegetables were also still in an okay state. Though, you also noticed plenty of sections which had been broken open and raided for material, likely by whoever or whatever lived higher up in this place. You didn't see anything too exciting though, so you kept walking until you did find something interesting.

In the meantime, Thaddeus would explain to them what you had discovered whilst they were gone. He told them of Annie playing the song you requested, along with her hidden message. Artyom was impressed with how you had figured it out, though was clearly also a bit unsure what to think of the fact that Annie was watching. Still, you told him not to worry about it, which Alan already took to heart as he casually said. "Hey Annie, I'd love some classical music please!" It was quite the odd suggestion, especially coming from Alan, but at least it'd be something soothing to listen to whilst you explored this place. The next song wouldn't be classical though, instead just being some techno music which none of your men seemed into.
>>
After a few more songs from Annie, and a bit more scouting on your part though, Annie would once again deliver some news. Though this time, it was clearly more meant to mock some of her listeners. "You're listening to VRCMG Radio with Annie Marconi, the subject you won't admit listening to, since it would get you killed by your superiors! You just listened to 'Age of Amour' by 'Charles Blanc', quite the fine request if I say so myself. Before we get to our next song though, I just like to take a moment to help solve a little discussion among some of my wonderful viewers. Some of the glorious soldiers over at Heathen are currently having quite the discussion, with one group being split on the idea of trusting the government over me! Believe me, I am more trustworthy than the government!"

"I mean, is there any group in the galaxy who has developed and used super weapons to destroy planets? I've read through dozens of files, and the evidence stacks up! The government will try to tell you otherwise, but that is because they plan on using said weaponry on you after all is said and done here. That is right, they will blow up this planet with you on it, once this is all said and done! They'll even blow up all the planets your squads have their headquarters at! And yes, I understand that Blackstar technically has their headquarters on the capital. But do you really think a little thing like that will stop them? Don't believe me? Just ask them, and watch them sweat in fear while denying it! So, my friends over at Heathen, you can stop arguing who to trust now. I am a most serious source of information. So, Sylvie Bright, I can assure you that I am serious... and please, don't call me surely."

That final comment was proof enough that she was currently just taking the piss towards the squad she was listening in on. Still, Artyom and Mike couldn't help but chuckle a bit at her brazen directness to the Heathen squad who was targeted. Despite the lack of any seriousness of the message, Lars still noted down the first word of every sentence on the tablet, Evander asking if there were more secret messages. "Unless if... Y-Y-ibs-bi-it-tab-djsis means anything to you guys, I highly doubt there's anything serious she's trying to tell us with this." There was a bit more chuckling from your men, right as Annie started playing a new song. Once again, none of your men had their music played, instead a more casual Bossa song being played which didn't really fit your situation. Especially as you soon passed a far more intimidating space which told you a lot more things.
>>
You and the rest of your men would walk past a section which had sugar canes being grown. However, a huge chunk of the area had been flattened and destroyed. Though from the looks of things, none of this damage had been done through mechanized equipment. Rather, it looked to have been broken apart through sheer force. There were chunks of destroyed sugar cane lying about, as well as what looked to be bullet holes in the ceiling and even signs of explosives which had been used. Another worrying detail was that there looked to be dried bloodstains on some of the sugar cane. Seems like there had been quite the battle in this place some time ago. Right away, your men got their guns ready, as they waited to hear what you'd suggest to them. The room was clearly unlike any of the other rooms you had encountered so far, but an old room where a battle had happened probably wouldn’t have anything of interest. Unless if you found something on the level of the corpse which you found in that one medical bay…

>Tell your men to quickly explore the place before moving on. Looking into the room in detail probably wouldn’t net you much anyway, and there were more pressing matters right now.
>Do a more thorough investigation of the room. Scan for anything else of note which could tell you about what had happened in the room.
>Just skip the room altogether. There were a dozen spaces in here, and one having some bloodstains and a couple of signs of battle in it didn’t make it any more interesting.
>Discuss with your men…
>Something else…

(I'm afraid I won't get a third update in. Still, I think this update gives you a decent amount of things to work with. And if not, you can opt to move on and another timeskip can occur... unless if the dice say otherwise.)
>>
>>5898137
>Do a more thorough investigation of the room. Scan for anything else of note which could tell you about what had happened in the room.

:/
This is another of those votes where it can be boiled down to investigate or don't, and since we're not pressed for time we're obviously going to investigate.
>>
>>5898166
yeah supporting.
if you just want to give us an update while carrying on the posting schedule OP don't worry about that too much. One or two posts a day or every other day is fine, and the size of the post isn't too much of an issue either.
If you feel like you've taken too much liberty with actions at any point you'll know that we will be here to let our voices be heard.
>>
>>5898166
I mean, exploring spaces like this one thoroughly does take time and energy for your men. And after a while, your men will want to set up a base somewhere to get rest.

So, I think the real choice here is that you can either spend a good amount of time looking in depth into the room to get a strong idea of what happened in it...

Or just look at it from a quick glance and have more time and energy left over to explore the rest of the floor you're on. Of course, this comes at the cost of not really being able to say for sure what happened in the room.

Still, I get what you mean and this isn't exactly the best update when it comes to the prompts. Blame my tiredness and having a bit of trouble figuring out which step to take next.

>>5898181
I was actually thinking of just having Mikhail and his men instantly explore the space, and to then explain what you'd find. However, I wasn't all too sure about just doing that, given what I had in mind for what could happen if you did enter the space.

I didn't want to force you guys into a situation which you couldn't really prepare for, so I rather wanted to give you the option than just throw you into something you maybe wouldn't want to get into.

Honestly, this update also kinda made me realise there's a bit of a conundrum with having a system where you automatically skip past 'uninteristing rooms': It kind of makes it impossible to have rooms which have a some kind of surprise in them? I mean, any room I present to you must have something worth exploring in it. After all, if it was an uninteresting room, I'd just skip it and not mention it. And given that I imagine you'd immediately want to explore such a room, I can't just force you to take a potentially huge risk. Especially when the risk is a major surprise such as 'oh, there's a murderous subject in there who instantly attacks and gravely injures one of your men'.

Also, I hope that what I'm saying right now makes any sense, lmao. I can feel myself being kinda exhausted and struggling to form coherent sentences or writing down my thoughts, so maybe none of what I say is making sense right now. I suppose I'll discuss this tomorrow after I wake up and can think with more than 5 brain cells.
>>
>>5898221
I mean you could say that we explored a lot of rooms and then put us at a cross roads of a few possible destinations which may or may not have interestingthings (like where we wer exploring and found Oreas had us having to pick which rooms in which order we wanted to explore bc they all had stuff). alternatively, we could enter areas that have WAYYYY to many small rooms, like a fuckton of em. Where it'd take us days to check through each and every single one throughly so we have to opt out to waste an entire day doing so, or just skipping through. (make time have weight in our exploration, so we are pushed to do things in the alotted time we have rather then just us being comfortable moving at a snails pace in the total exploration).
So that way you can bypass the "choose to explore option" with 1. A certain order of exploration which may enlighten/alarm us depending on which we choose to investigate first. 2.encounters that are in certain areas but have a chance of moving to another/going somewhere else all together. 3. Time searching actually weighing in on us as we potentially waste an entire expeditions going through rooms with potentially nothing to show for it.

that aside. You are good OP, don't worry about it. we all learn slowly but surely.
>>
>>5898248
to elaborate on the example of the first one. it doesn't just have to be a crossroads but say we enter a room that has information on a specific part of the facility that may be of interest. Now we decide if we want to continue searching through the rest of the rooms (possibily wasting a lot of time in combination with the third suggestion) or go explore the area the information leads to (at the very least it will be on our list of priorities etc.)
>>
>>5898221
These >>5898248
>>5898256
are good ideas but also we've said we're defaulting to searching as long as there's not something obviously wrong like deep growling or an ominous glow coming from the room. So it's A-OK to have us go into a room and then be like oh you run into a scary subject. As long as our normal due diligence wouldn't have picked it up it's what we would have done anyway.
>>
>>5898248
>>5898402
These are some pretty fair points, yeah. I think that the first suggestion about the many small rooms can work out in the upper floors, since it'll contain tons of smaller spaces for R&D purposes. The other suggestion of just having you enter rooms unless they are blatantly dangerous as hell would work better for spaces like this one. I think I'll try and do a mixture of both. We'll see how it goes.
>>
>Do a more thorough investigation of the room. Scan for anything else of note which could tell you about what had happened in the room.
Obviously, you told your men that this room needed a bit more investigation than the previous rooms. There had been a fight here, and you wanted to know details about what had happened and who was responsible. Thus, you send your men inside, as everyone started looking around for anything interesting. The place looked to have had quite the firefight in it, but signs which told you about the fight itself were hard to come by. At least, that was only from a glance into the room. Once you and your men went inside, you found quite some interesting details which told you a lot about what had happened here.

For one and most obviously, you didn't find any bodies or corpses from the fight. Nothing had been brutalized or tortured through surgery anywhere in the field of sugar cane. The first thing which was particularly interesting was found by Anon, who found a broken rifle near a site with plenty of blood and destroyed canes. "What kinda gun is it?" Thaddeus was quick to ask, it seeming to be just an ordinary rifle. It wasn't like anything you or your men would use though. It was kind of akin to the weapons the government provided, rather than anything the death squads would have on their own. So, chances were this either belonged to a poorly equipped death squad, or perhaps a guard regiment who had gotten in trouble. It was probably the latter though, since no death squad had really explored this site this much. And any sort of combat between a death squad and another force in this section would've likely already be reported.

Another key detail seemed to be found soon after by Lars, who would inspect some of the blood and found something interesting. "Hey Mikhail, check this out." He'd hold up a small clump of brown fur-like hair. It was clearly not from a person, and looked a lot more like what you'd find on an animal. Mike was quick to look at it, speaking in a rather sceptical tone. "So, some hair? That's it?" Of course, Lars would immediately explain that it was in fact from some kind of animal. Given his history as a hunter, it made sense he'd know about this. Mike still was unsure, suggesting it might just be fabric from some clothing, or perhaps part of something else. But even then, it was hard to argue that its placement here was particularly specific. "Perhaps something we could send over to the laboratory to analyse, huh?" Lars would eventually suggest, something Evander seemed to agree with as he already got a test tube out for sampling later.

Right after though, Anon would find something else which was odd. "Hey guys, have we gotten across a sector with cabbage and carrots already?" Anon would hold up some of the destroyed and decaying food he had mentioned for you and the others to see. It was clear it didn't belong here at all, which raised the question as to who or what had brought it here.
>>
The longer you explored this place, the more and more intriguing things you'd find. Though the final find would be perhaps the most worrying yet informative. "Woah, careful guys! There's a trap here!" Artyom would say, as immediately you and some of the others would come over. Though Artyom would tell you to tread carefully, as there could be multiple traps. Once you did carefully make your way over to him, he'd point to a large bit of cane which had fallen over and created a decently sized pile. And in said pile, he'd point to what looked to be a bunch of clearly cut and sharpened bits of bamboo which stuck upwards. "It looks to have been placed here recently. Something heavy would step on this pile, right? And, it'd break and then puncture whoever walked on it. It's a bit of a, uhhh, an amateur trap and probably wouldn't work too well... But it's a trap nonetheless." Artyom would say, after which some of your men would look around to see if there were any more traps like it. And surely enough, it didn't take long for your men to find even more of these traps covered underneath small layers of sugar cane which you had walked past.

More importantly, you'd also find some other kinds of makeshift traps: Some snares which would likely entangle people around the feet, a few simple tripwires which were connected to some things hidden underneath more piles of plant material, and even a more serious looking foothold trap near the very opening to this section. Hell, it seemed that your men had actually been quite close to activating it, as you recalled seeing Alan walking only a few steps past it! Clearly, this place had been trapped quite thoroughly, with the food from before maybe acting as a kind of bait to draw things in. The traps were quite haphazardously made though, clearly not being done by people with adequate equipment.

"Okay, I suggest we leave this space, to be honest. Just be careful when you leave and try to take the same steps back as you took to get here." Artyom would eventually suggest, which some of your men weren't all too sure about. After all, you hadn't even looked to what the tripwires connected! Then again, Artyom was the trap expert here, and he seemed dead-set on not fucking around any further in the place. Perhaps his concerns were justified, given that things had blown up in this room before based on some of the visible damage. And honestly, checking out the tripwires, fucking up, and having something blow up in your face wasn't exactly going to help you out in your exploration.

>Carefully tread backwards and just abandon the room. You already had found a sample of something unusual, and fucking around any further was potentially just playing with your own lives.
>Try and check out the tripwire traps. They had to connect to something worth investigating, right? Besides, the traps were clearly very simplistic ones, so an explosive trap seemed pretty farfetched.
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
>>5898902
>Carefully tread backwards and just abandon the room. You already had found a sample of something unusual, and fucking around any further was potentially just playing with your own lives.
>Something else...
Camera! Hid it somewhere they won't see it and see if the subject returns to the scene fo the crime.
>>
>>5898902
>>5898940
But also tie a line around a tripwire and once you're safely out of the room, trigger it. Give the setter a reason to come back.
>>
>>5898902
I think it's obvious the people who set this trap are facility guards. But why would they set up traps here of all places? Wouldn't they want to work together with subjects?

>>5898940
>>5898955
Supporting
>>
>Carefully tread backwards and just abandon the room. You already had found a sample of something unusual, and fucking around any further was potentially just playing with your own lives.
>Something else...
Having encountered quite some traps in the room, you knew the best choice now was to retreat. You didn't want your men falling for any other hidden traps this room might hold. So, you told your men to carefully walk back the same path which they had taken before. They immediately did as told, most not seeming too worried given how primitive the traps were. The only really worrisome one was the mysterious tripwire trap which your men were trying to keep their distance from. Though, you wanted to hold back one of your men: Evander. You told him that he seemed like the best person to try and get a wire around the trap to hopefully activate it. Of course, this wasn't something he was all too eager to do. "Have me activate that bloody trap?! Are ya sure that's a good idea? Isn't Artyom far better for such a job?" You told him that Artyom would set up a camera trap now, and that he was the best for it since it required care and patience. And given how Evander was an expert when it came to setting up explosives, he was a natural candidate for this.

"Well, if ya say it like that... Wait, are ya doin' this cuz ya think it'll be an explosive trap?!" Evander soon remarked, you not really able to promise him anything. Thankfully, he didn't decline, and soon took a deep breath. "Aye... well, let me try somethin'." He'd get a roll of fuse wire from his backpack, throwing it towards you while he held onto some of it as well. "Don't... yank on it." He said quite aggressively, as he carefully made his way to the trap. Meanwhile, you and the others left the room. You also told Artyom and Lars to set up the cameras, which they quickly did. They would hide it under a patch of dirt and cane, trying to ensure that it was practically invisible to anyone who passed by.


Finally, everyone but Evander had left the space. He was carefully moving a bit of the wire around the tripwire. There was quite some tension as Evander feared that putting too much pressure on the trap would activate it. "Evander, don't worry too much! Such a trap probably needs a decent bit of force to activate! Just that bit of the fuse wire probably won't set it off!" Artyom would try and say reassuringly from a distance, Evander not responding as you could tell that he really tried his hardest to focus. And thankfully, he soon managed to do the job you asked him to and had managed to wrap some of the fuse around the tripwire. He carefully stepped back, looking around as to not accidentally set the entire thing off through the fuse wire. Fortunately, given his carefulness, he soon managed to make it back to you and the others in one piece. And after some pats on the back and messages of support towards Evander from your men, you told them it was time to set off the trap and see what it'd do.
>>
At long last, you'd pull on the fuse wire and activated the trap. There wasn't a huge blast, nor was there a loud noise. But, the trap did still let out some sound as it went off. There was a soft whirring sound, followed by a swift snap. You watched as the tripwire moved inwards and started wrapping around the fuse wire. It was quite fast, and within a second the trap seemingly had done its job. There was a bit of silence after it had gone off, as your men tried to see if anything else had happened. "So, what was that?" Evander finally asked, to which Artyom gave his assessment. "It looked kind of like a Bolas trap. The trap would basically have the tripwire wrap around the legs of whoever stumbled into it, and cause quite some damage from the sheer force alone. It requires some machinery to set up, so I doubt there's more of them around here."


With Artyom stating what he had seen, Alan would speak up quite casually. "Well, suppose we can maybe check out the device then or something?" However, Artyom told him to be careful, as the device could maybe have been set up along with some other devices to really try and knock out whoever was stuck by the trap. Given his advice, your men decided to wait for just a bit longer. Though after a minute or so, it seemed that there wasn't much more to the trap. Lars would finally decide to approach it, doing so careful and trying to look at the device which caused it. They were hidden beneath dirt and sugar cane, taking some effort to dig out. Though after digging out the second device, he'd take a step back. "Artyom? What the hell is this?" Attached to one of the devices for the trap, was a small metal cylinder with a small blinking red light. "It looks like some kind of alarm!" Lars would say worriedly, as Artyom approached.

And after getting a good look at it, Artyom spoke up in quiet concern. "That's... we have to leave! That's indeed an add-on which sends out a signal that the trap has gone off! Whoever set this up knows we set it off!" Given that you had already spent a minute waiting in case the trap would explode or something, you probably had to hurry up. Unless if whoever had set up this trap came from afar, you probably would soon be at risk of being forced into this space whilst being attacked from behind. That was, if whoever had set this trap up even came from behind...

>Write in what your plan would be...

Suggestions:
>Just leave the place and try to use the camera which had been set up. Maybe whoever was coming your way wouldn't be there on time to stop you from escaping. And once you had left, you'd be able to get the jump on them.
>Try and quickly hide somewhere in the sugar cane chamber. Obviously, not all of it had been trapped, and you could use it as a perfect spot to hide and jump whichever enemy forces arrived...
>Just leave the room and set up base outside. You could lie low and use your thermal vision to spot whoever was coming from a distance.
>>
>>5899331
>Try and quickly hide somewhere in the sugar cane chamber. Obviously, not all of it had been trapped, and you could use it as a perfect spot to hide and jump whichever enemy forces arrived...

We don't know where the person or people responsible for this trap will come from. Far better to hide than run head first into a potentially dangerous foe.
>>
>>5899331
OP how loud are the mic's on a helmet, can they be increased to be very loud? to where you could here the min a room or do you have to have it on your head.
>>
>>5899453
You could probably take them off and place them somewhere while they remained turned on. They'd probably not be too loud though, and someone would probably have to put it on to really get the best volume and sound quality.
>>
>>5899331
>Try and quickly hide somewhere in the sugar cane chamber. Obviously, not all of it had been trapped, and you could use it as a perfect spot to hide and jump whichever enemy forces arrived...
Waiting around and going back in wasn't part of the plan, but it should still be followable. Set the trap off and wait for the one who set it to come investigate.
>>
>>5899475
But if you had one playing, they'd at least notice it, and as they got closer, they'd be able to hear / put it on?
>>
>>5899538
also do we have any detonable explosives left on us? either small ones like idk c4s or leftover structural explosives.
>>
>>5899538
They probably would notice it if they got close. Emphasis on IF. If they put it on, they'd be able to hear through it, yeah.

>>5899540
Yes you do. Evander still has some makeshift explosive material which he could quickly try and make useful. Anon has a grenade launcher, though I'm not sure if that is what you have in mind.

Also, I'll wait an hour or two to make the next update. Just to make sure you can also get your say in. I also probably will make updates for today, then archive this thread and take a break for a few days. The new thread will come in later this week then, along with hopefully a few new shared docs.
>>
>>5899331
>Write in what your plan would be...
Grab a helmet, put it by the trap that triggered with its volume on loud.
Have evander hide an explosive somewhere in the room as well.
then
>Just leave the room and set up base outside. You could lie low and use your thermal vision to spot whoever was coming from a distance.
>>
>Write in what your plan would be...
Hearing that the device had gone off and that somebody was coming your way, your men were quick to suggest just leaving. However, you had a different plan. For starters, you didn't know where whoever set up this trap would come from. For all you knew, they were already coming your way and had limited time to prepare. So, leaving now wasn't worth it. Besides, the sugar cane room seemed to have plenty of space to hide in for you and your men. You could lie in waiting and maybe ambush whoever showed up. You quickly told your men to get hiding, as they seemed to realise what the plan was. Your men weren't all too fond of hiding in a place which was trapped, but they still wouldn't question you.

Thus, your men would try and find some spots with cover to hide in. They tried being spaced out, wanting to get plenty of firing spots to hopefully disorient the enemy and effectively encircle them. The only issue were the traps which were still around, which you yourself could stumble into. Though you also knew that it was highly unlikely the entire sector had been covered with traps, so getting far away from the section which had seen combat would probably mean you'd be safe. Despite that though, you still had some ideas in mind to hopefully ensure victory against whoever you'd end up facing. You told Evander to try and set up some explosives, to which he seemed surprised. "I'll try and get something done quickly! Just make sure to warn me if someone's comin'!" Already, Anon would move towards the entrance to this space, staying on look-out. It was potentially risky for him to be peaking out of the door, but it was better than having Evander be jumped out of nowhere. Besides, Anon had his thermal vision helmet, which would help him spot whoever did show up.

Speaking of helmets, you asked Lars to get your old helmet from his backpack. You told him to put up the volume to the max, which he quickly did without questioning. "I presume you're gonna use this as a distraction tool?" Lars would even ask, Artyom also seeming quite curious about it. "Perhaps a lure to get them to come over?" Regardless of what you had in mind with it, you'd tell Lars to put it near the activated trap. Meanwhile, Evander quickly tried setting up a remote explosive with some of the tools he had. He was clearly trying to hurry up, especially since Anon soon ducked back into the room in a hurry.

"I saw movement coming from the east! Looks to be multiple individuals! They have flashlights, and are coming in fast! I estimate they'll be here within a minute!" Anon said as he quickly but carefully entered the room again. He managed to avoid the traps, and would quickly try and find a hiding spot of his own. Meanwhile, Evander still was busy with the trap, your men quickly telling him to stop tooling around with it and to hide. Only once he was confident that the explosives were set, did he rush back into the room and try to hide...
>>
>Try and quickly hide somewhere in the sugar cane chamber. Obviously, not all of it had been trapped, and you could use it as a perfect spot to hide and jump whichever enemy forces arrived...
Whilst waiting around and going back into this chamber wasn't part of the plan, it still seemed doable. Your men had encircled the entrance to this space, pointing their guns at the door while waiting for your command. "Everybody quiet." Thaddeus would say, as everything became deadly silent. You soon saw some small light reflections in the windows of the room opposite of you. You started hearing some footsteps rapidly approaching, before they went quiet right near the entrance. There was a minute of silence, followed by some quiet footsteps as you watched three mildly armoured and injured guardsmen walking in front of the glass chamber.
They shone what looked to be pocket torches into the room, looking all over the place for... something.

Despite them being on the lookout for something, you and your men were able to stay just out of sight to the men. Soon, you were able to see how many guardsmen there were and in what state they were regarding readiness. There were six guardsmen, three carrying actual rifles, two wielding shotguns and another wielding what looked to be a type of taser. The men all looked pretty injured, and their armour had also visibly taken quite some damage, offering little protection if they were to get shot at. After looking through the glass, one of the men with the flashlights would make a gesture to the entrance. The three riflemen would provide overwatch, while the two men with shotguns would enter the room. They had flashlights on their guns, and would first look at the traps. After checking out some of the minor traps, one of them finally spoke. "Looks like she didn't fall for these traps. Checking the main trap now."

It seemed all the attention was on you now. There were two soldiers inside the room already, and they'd soon find the activated trap. They'd also find Evander's fuse wire still attached to it, which would probably warn them that something had activated the trap from a safe distance. And how they'd react to figuring that out, well... you couldn't be sure.

What you could be sure of though, was what your men would do next. Whatever command you quietly gave them, your men would follow it...

>What do you do next...?

Suggestions:
>Quitly whisper to Evander to detonate the explosives. Use it as a distraction to get some clean shots in on these guardsmen.
>Remain quiet and wait for as many of the men as possible to enter the space.
>Use the helmet which you had placed near the trap in some way. Perhaps as a distraction, as a way to mute your own voice, or to communicate with these soldiers.
>>
(Alright, hope that this turn makes sense and that you guys are positive about your position. Two of you wanted to stay, but I also didn't want to let this anon's (>>5899538) suggestions be for nothing. Either way though, things are definitely going your way so far. It's not an easy spot to be in, but I got a feeling that you guys have the manpower + equipment advantage. Regardless, I am curious what your plan will be in this situation. If you guys have any questions still, I'll make sure to answer them ASAP.)
>>
>>5900113
>Use the helmet which you had placed near the trap in some way. Perhaps as a distraction, as a way to mute your own voice, or to communicate with these soldiers.
Communicate, or try to. Tell them not to move, you counter trapped this place before setting off one of theirs and now they're surrounded by explosives while you're monitoring them remotely. Then interrogate, start by asking who they're trying to catch with these traps.
>>
>>5900153
Supporting.
>>
>>5900153
Supporting
tell them to stay calm and we just want some info and they can be on their way. We just want to ask some questions and they will be free to go If they try to leave things can get violent (do not elaborate as to how, I don't want to tip them off.) We can let them know we have both eyes and ears on them, and will be having a nice calm conversation so we can both go our own ways.
Which subject are they looking for, tell them its to confirm if we already bagged it or not.
Why are they gunning for a subject instead of trying to stay safe? This is hardly the time to play security as things have well escalated beyond their pay grade.
Who ordered them to do it (betting a lot this shit has to be organized)?

From here we can work out if we wanna ask more or what else we wanna do.
>>
>Use the helmet which you had placed near the trap in some way. Perhaps as a distraction, as a way to mute your own voice, or to communicate with these soldiers.
Despite combat being a valuable choice here, you decided that you first wanted to know why the hell these guards were here in the first place. You wanted to know about the trap they had set, and who it was designed for. And with the helmet in place and on max volume, you'd speak through. You told them to stay calm, which instantly made them raise their guns. "SHIT, SOMEONE'S IN HERE!" One of the men with the shotgun soon found the helmet and instantly aimed at it. And before you could tell them more, he shot it. Fortunately, none of your men were near the helmet, so the stray bullets didn't have the chance to hit. Of course, your men weren't all too pleased, and you almost saw Mike almost pull the trigger.

It wasn't helped by the fact that the helmet did get damaged quite a bit, as you couldn't speak through it. "Mikhail, what are we waiting for?!" Alan would whisper angrily through the comms, thankfully not being heard by any of the guardsmen. Fortunately, after the guardsmen approached the helmet and looked at it for a moment, there were a few crackles followed by the audio returning. You could talk again and you quickly told them not to move, or fire. The guy dropped the helmet, before looking around again. You thus reassured him to stay calm and that if he told you what you wanted to know, he and the rest of his men would be fine. "W-Who the fuck are you?! Wh-why should we listen to you?!" The guardsmen who had shot the helmet yelled, after which you told him that you had eyes and ears on them. That threat wasn't taken all that serious. Though the threat of the room being trapped with your own explosives was quickly taken serious. The men would look around, going eerily quiet as you could tell they were unnerved.

Knowing the danger they were in, the guy with the shotgun spoke up. "What do you want from us?" He said softly, as the other soldier signalled to the men outside. He clearly signalled them to stand back and not to enter the room. They were able to listen in though, keeping quiet and listening from a distance. In the meantime, you'd tell them that you were safe and far away from them. You further explained that any attempt to leave now would get them in trouble. "Okay, okay, fine, we're listening! What the hell do you want?!" The guardsman asked you, at which point you decided to ask some questions. You mentioned that you heard them mumble about a subject, and wanted to know which subject it was they were discussing.

The guardsmen hesitantly looked at each other, before one spoke up softly. "I'm afraid we... can't really tell you." He said, followed by the other speaking up more urgently. "Um, we can't tell because we, uhhh, we don't know either!" Strangely enough, you could tell that they weren't trying to trick you, or that they weren't telling the full truth...
>>
There was a moment of silence, after which you asked them to elaborate on their statement. The guardsman who hadn't shot the helmet spoke up. "Okay, we don't know because we've never been told about this subject. We know what she looks like and what she's capable of, but we know little else about her. Other than that she is a true monster." Given their injuries and the blood everywhere, you could tell that they weren't exaggerating. "She's some sort of... brown rabbit subject. Very quiet, very resilient and highly agile. Bastard leaps at people and massacres folk. We lost three men to her alone the first time we met her." Well, one thing was for sure. You hadn't bagged this one at all. Not even close.

However, the big question then became: why did they even gun after this subject, rather than hiding and trying to stay safe? The guardsman groaned, before softly remarking: "Well, since we didn't know anything about her, we thought she'd potentially be friendly. We looked at her from a distance for some time, and just saw her collecting food for herself. We didn't think she was dangerous, so we tried offering some food to her here. But then, she just went into a frenzy. It was a bloodbath, and she disappeared soon after..." Well, at least the guardsmen were answering a lot of your questions. Though you could tell that the ones who remained outside were looking around, likely trying to see where the supposed traps were. At this rate, there was a small chance that they could potentially spot you, which certainly would mean trouble. However, you still wanted to know more about this mysterious rabbit subject. Unless if they were on the tablet and Lars could just look her up...

>What do you do next?

Suggestions:
>Ask them about if there are any other guardsmen or staff nearby...
>Try and ease tensions. The men outside were still looking in the room for traps, which means you could still be spotted...
>Ask further about this rabbit subject. Do they have any idea as to why she was doing these things?

(And with that, I'll wrap up the thread from this point on. In the meantime, I am planning on taking a slight break until the weekend. I'll archive this thread and let you guys respond with what you'll choose to do next. Feel free to also continue discussing whatever is on your mind, or to give feedback about anything that's on your mind regarding the quest. I'll still be posting here, but just no updates.)

(Oh, and if this thread is archived before the new one comes out, I'll still be in the QTG and will also announce the new thread in there once it has been made.)
>>
>>5900465
>Ask them about if there are any other guardsmen or staff nearby...
Or subjects, not sure why we'd leave those out
>Ask further about this rabbit subject. Do they have any idea as to why she was doing these things?

Once we've gotten those questions answered I'd want to say something like "ok thanks I lied about the explosives btw" but would be ok with a standard dismissal.
>>
>>5900465
>Try and ease tensions. The men outside were still looking in the room for traps, which means you could still be spotted...
The faster they cause the situation to escalate, the faster bullets fly and explosives detonate.
>What do you do next?
continue convo
First being we tell them that we haven't seen that subject, and according to (have someone check the tablet) our sources no one has (or has) either.
The faster you answer our questions the faster we can split.

The standard questionaire
What started this event? Do you have any idea about it?
where were you?
The big 4(or is it 5 now?) scientists, 1 captured, 2 wanted alive, 1 that was in charge of everything but not wanted. Where were they?

then we actually nail things they don't wanna share.
Did they actually think a trap like that was going to work on the subject?
Even if it did, that subject is hostile, why continue chasing after it?

Who had them go around hunting subjects/Why are they actually doing this? the earlier excuse is nonsense and we both know there is more to it.

OP can we connect/reconnect through that helmet when we wish?

>>5900497
They prob will not wanna disclose info on their friends especially since they prob encountered death squads.
the explosives is what is keeping them relatively tame, rather letting them leave knowing it was present would be a better way to show we are willing to spare them
I do plan to suggest to them to take that helmet if they want, we can use it to keep in contact every once in a while for information trading. If all they have is a helmet, we have plausable deniability even if another squad finds and kills em.
>>
>>5900626
>Can we connect/reconnect through that helmet when we wish?

Yes, you can, though it does have a relatively short range. I imagine that after half a mile or so, the reception will start becoming worse. You can thankfully disconnect the helmet both ways though, so you don't need to worry about you talking to your own men, and the guardsmen listening in on you. Just remember that the disconnecting can work both ways, so if the guardsmen opt to turn off the helmet, you can't really do much about it.



[Advertise on 4chan]

Delete Post: [File Only] Style:
[Disable Mobile View / Use Desktop Site]

[Enable Mobile View / Use Mobile Site]

All trademarks and copyrights on this page are owned by their respective parties. Images uploaded are the responsibility of the Poster. Comments are owned by the Poster.